n1-2015-a a01 celkovy obsah · mcr ... svc ... type order code type order code of modules [kg]
Post on 03-Apr-2018
218 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
Modular devices
www.oez.com
MiniaModular devices
INDEX ...................................................................................................................................................A
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS....................................................................................................................B
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS.....................................................................................................C
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS.........................................................................................................................D
SWITCHING DEVICES.........................................................................................................................................E
OTHER DEVICES ..................................................................................................................................................F
GLOSSARY ...........................................................................................................................................................G
CONTENTS
Minia
A3
Modular devices
INDEX
5
5SV8............................................E50, C27
A
AS...............................................B43AVN-DC........................................F2
C
CS-FH000.................................... B43CS-L.............................................F19CS-N............................................F19CS-PE...........................................F19
E
EKC..............................................B42EKD-5..........................................B42ES-35-GS.....................................B42
L
LFE.............................................. C3LFN..............................................C6LST-DC.........................................B30LTS.............................................. B9LTP.............................................. B4LTN-UC.........................................B23LVN..............................................B16
M
MAA............................................ E36MAE............................................E35MAN............................................E35MCR............................................E31MIG............................................. E19MIR.............................................E27MKA............................................F12MMR-HL......................................E55MMR-T1.......................................E57MMR-T2.......................................E59MMR-TD...................................... E59MMR-U3......................................E44MMR-X3......................................E44MQA............................................ E41MQB............................................E41MQC............................................E41MSK.............................................F5MSO.............................................F2MSP.............................................F5MST.............................................F6MT2.............................................F6MTX.............................................F6
O
OD-LT-VP01.................................B35OD-LT-VU01.................................B35OD-LT-VU02.................................B35OD-MA-DK...................................E36OD-MA-USB.................................E36OD-MIG-CO1................................E20OD-MIG-CO2................................E20OD-MIR-BK..................................E20, E27OD-MIR-CO..................................E27OD-MMR-T3N..............................E59OD-MMR-T3S...............................E59OFI..............................................C10OLE..............................................C17OLI.............................................. C20
P
PS-LT............................................B33PS-LT-1100-K.............................. C25PS-MIG........................................E20PS-OF...........................................C16PS-OF-125...................................C16PS-RSI..........................................E7
R
RLP.............................................. E48RPI.............................................. E17RSI...............................................E4
S
S1L..............................................B41S2L..............................................B41S3L..............................................B41S4L..............................................B41SC................................................F7SD................................................F7SE................................................F7SG...............................................F7SJB..............................................D3, D4SJBC............................................D8SP-LT............................................B34SS-LT............................................B33SVBC...........................................D9SVBC-DC......................................D21SVC..............................................D14SVC-DC........................................D22SVD.............................................D18SV-LT............................................B34SVM............................................D15
T
TB................................................F7TC................................................F7TE................................................F7TG................................................F7
U
UMZ............................................F14UNZ.............................................F15UNZR...........................................F15UTZ..............................................F15
Z
ZSE..............................................F18ZSF...............................................F18
Minia
A4
Modular devices
NOTES
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Minia
Minia
B
��Summary of models and description ................................................................................B2
��Miniature circuit breakers LTP...............................................................................................B4
��Miniature circuit breakers LTS ...............................................................................................B9
��Miniature circuit breakers LVN ........................................................................................... B16
��Miniature circuit breakers LTN-UC .................................................................................... B23
��Miniature circuit breakers LST-DC .................................................................................... B30
��Accessories...................................................................................................................................... B33
��Interconnecting busbars ..........................................................................................................B41
Minia
B2
Miniature circuit breakers
SUMMARY OF MODELS AND DESCRIPTION
Type LTP LTS LVN LTN-UC LST-DC
Breaking capacity Icn (EN 60898-1)1) 6 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA
Rated current In 2 ÷ 63 A 0.5 ÷ 63 A 80 ÷ 125 A 1 ÷ 63 A 80 ÷ 125 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V DC 440 V
DC 220 V (1-pole)
DC 440 V (2-pole)
Number of poles 1, 2, 3 1, 1N, 2, 3, 3N 1, 3, 4 1, 2 2
Charakteristiky B, C B, C, D B, C, D C C
1) The standard EN 60898-2 is valid for LTN-UC
Accessories
Auxiliary switches PS-LT PS-LS-1100
Signal switches SS-LT -
Shunt trips - SV-LT SV-LS
Undervoltage releases - SP-LT -
Interconnecting busbars S1L, S2L, S3L, S4L S1L-27, S3L-27, S4L-27 S1L, S2L, S3L, S4L -
Locking inserts OD-LT-VU02OD-LT-VU01
OD-LT-VU02-
Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01 -
Minia
B3
LTP, LTS Miniature circuit breakers
SUMMARY OF MODELS AND DESCRIPTION
Description
Connection
��Simple terminal with secure screw. Enables connection
of conductor and interconnecting busbars from both
sides of the device.
��Safety: the terminals are equipped with sliding plastic
caps, which increase protection against dangerous
contact.
��Interconnection of circuit breakers by interconnecting
busbar both at the top and at the bottom.
��Interconnection of circuit breakers with residual
current circuit breakers by interconnecting busbar
both at the top and at the bottom.
Sealing
��The circuit breaker can be sealed in on or
off position.
��Easy connection and check of conductors
at simultaneous connection of interconnecting
busbar and conductors.
��Connection possibility:
– of two conductors of the same cross-section to one terminal
– of one conductor of cross section up to 35 mm2p
Mounting/dismantling on/from „U” rails
The latches enable:
��enable very quick mounting and dismantling by hand,
without any tool needed.
��Withdrawal/replacement of the circuit breaker from the row
of devices interconnected by interconnecting busbar at the
bottom, without interruption of adjacent circuits or removal
of the busbar.
��Series of miniature circuit breakers up to 63 A, AC 230/400 V a DC 60 V / pole.
��For protection of cables and conductors against over-load and short-circuit.
��For protection of cables and conductors against over-load and short-circuit.
��Breaking capacity 6 kA.
Accessories
Auxiliary and signal switches PS-LT, SS-LT page B33
Locking insert OD-LT-VU02 page B35
Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01 page B35
Interconnecting busbars S1L, S2L, S3L page B41
Terminal extension AS-50-S-AL01 page B43
Minia
B4
LTP Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTP
Miniature circuit breakers 1-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
2 LTP-2B-1 OEZ:42190 LTP-2C-1 OEZ:42202 1 0.178 12
4 LTP-4B-1 OEZ:42191 LTP-4C-1 OEZ:42203 1 0.152 12
6 LTP-6B-1 OEZ:42192 LTP-6C-1 OEZ:42204 1 0.128 12
10 LTP-10B-1 OEZ:42193 LTP-10C-1 OEZ:42205 1 0.144 12
13 LTP-13B-1 OEZ:42194 LTP-13C-1 OEZ:42206 1 0.149 12
16 LTP-16B-1 OEZ:42195 LTP-16C-1 OEZ:42207 1 0.132 12
20 LTP-20B-1 OEZ:42196 LTP-20C-1 OEZ:42208 1 0.134 12
25 LTP-25B-1 OEZ:42197 LTP-25C-1 OEZ:42209 1 0.137 12
32 LTP-32B-1 OEZ:42198 LTP-32C-1 OEZ:42210 1 0.178 12
40 LTP-40B-1 OEZ:42199 LTP-40C-1 OEZ:42211 1 0.160 12
50 LTP-50B-1 OEZ:42200 LTP-50C-1 OEZ:42212 1 0.187 12
63 LTP-63B-1 OEZ:42201 LTP-63C-1 OEZ:42213 1 0.181 12
Miniature circuit breakers 2-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
2 - - LTP-2C-2 OEZ:42226 2 0.306 6
4 - - LTP-4C-2 OEZ:42227 2 0.301 6
6 LTP-6B-2 OEZ:42216 LTP-6C-2 OEZ:42228 2 0.248 6
10 LTP-10B-2 OEZ:42217 LTP-10C-2 OEZ:42229 2 0.347 6
13 LTP-13B-2 OEZ:42218 LTP-13C-2 OEZ:42230 2 0.282 6
16 LTP-16B-2 OEZ:42219 LTP-16C-2 OEZ:42231 2 0.273 6
20 LTP-20B-2 OEZ:42220 LTP-20C-2 OEZ:42232 2 0.261 6
25 LTP-25B-2 OEZ:42221 LTP-25C-2 OEZ:42233 2 0.259 6
32 LTP-32B-2 OEZ:42222 LTP-32C-2 OEZ:42234 2 0.320 6
40 LTP-40B-2 OEZ:42223 LTP-40C-2 OEZ:42235 2 0.340 6
50 LTP-50B-2 OEZ:42224 LTP-50C-2 OEZ:42236 2 0.338 6
63 LTP-63B-2 OEZ:42225 LTP-63C-2 OEZ:42237 2 0.343 6
Miniature circuit breakers 3-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
2 - - LTP-2C-3 OEZ:42250 3 0.491 4
4 - - LTP-4C-3 OEZ:42251 3 0.460 4
6 LTP-6B-3 OEZ:42240 LTP-6C-3 OEZ:42252 3 0.378 4
10 LTP-10B-3 OEZ:42241 LTP-10C-3 OEZ:42253 3 0.374 4
13 LTP-13B-3 OEZ:42242 LTP-13C-3 OEZ:42254 3 0.394 4
16 LTP-16B-3 OEZ:42243 LTP-16C-3 OEZ:42255 3 0.376 4
20 LTP-20B-3 OEZ:42244 LTP-20C-3 OEZ:42256 3 0.389 4
25 LTP-25B-3 OEZ:42245 LTP-25C-3 OEZ:42257 3 0.400 4
32 LTP-32B-3 OEZ:42246 LTP-32C-3 OEZ:42258 3 0.465 4
40 LTP-40B-3 OEZ:42247 LTP-40C-3 OEZ:42259 3 0.496 4
50 LTP-50B-3 OEZ:42248 LTP-50C-3 OEZ:42260 3 0.473 4
63 LTP-63B-3 OEZ:42249 LTP-63C-3 OEZ:42261 3 0.499 4
Type LTP
Standards EN 60898-1
Approval marks
Number of poles 1, 2, 3
Tripping characteristics B, C
Rated current In 2 ÷ 63 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V
Max. operating voltage Umax AC 250/440 V, DC 60 V / protected pole
Min. operating voltage (1 pole) Umin AC/DC 24 V
Rated insulation voltage Ui AC 250/440 V
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898-1) Icn AC 6 kA
Rated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) Icu AC 6 kA
Mechanical endurance 10 000 cycles
Electrical endurance 10 000 cycles
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20
Connection
Conductor see table Connection range
Screw head type PZ2
Torque max. 3.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature °C -25 ÷ +45 °C, max. 95 % air humidity
Working position arbitrary
Climatic resistance (EN 60068-2-30) 6 cycles
Minia
B5
LTP Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTP
Specifi cations
Connection range
Number of connected conductors Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) Conductor flexible with a sleeve Conductor flexible without a sleeve 1)
1x conductor 1x (0.75 ÷ 35) mm2 1x (0.75 ÷ 25) mm2 1x (1 ÷ 35) mm2
2x conductor 2x (0.75 ÷ 10) mm2 2x (0.75 ÷ 4) mm2 2x (1 ÷ 4) mm2
1x conductor + interconnecting busbar1x (10 ÷ 25) mm2 + interconnecting busbar 1x (6 ÷ 16) mm2 2) + interconnecting busbar -
pin thickness max. 1.5 mm pin thickness max. 1.5 mm -1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal2) In case of use of a sleeve without plastic neck: conductor 1x (6 ÷ 25) mm2
If more conductors are used they must be of the same type and cross-section
Correction of rated In
Correction of circuit breaker rated current In is determined by relation In1 = KT x KN x In where:
In1 … is corrected rated current of the circuit breaker
In … is rated current of the circuit breaker (i.e. the one placed separately at reference temperature 30 °C)
KT … is correction factor taking ambient temperature into account
KN … is correction factor taking into account placement of more loaded circuit breakers side-by-side
Minia
B6
LTP Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTP
Internal impedance Z, powers losses P, impedance of fault loop ZS
Characteristic B Characteristic C Max. impedance of fault loop Zs [Ω]2)
In Z1) P1) Z1) P1) Characteristic B Characteristic C
[A] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s
2 446 1.8 295 1.2 23.0 23.0 11.5 23.0
4 97 1.6 81.0 1.3 11.5 11.5 5.8 11.6
6 23.3 0.8 17.1 0.6 7.6 7.6 3.8 7.6
10 14.9 1.5 12.1 1.2 4.6 4.6 2.3 4.6
13 11.0 1.9 10.6 1.8 3.57 3.57 1.7 3.4
16 7.6 1.9 6.6 1.7 2.9 2.9 1.4 2.8
20 5.2 2.1 5.1 2.0 2.3 2.3 1.1 2.2
25 4.0 2.5 3.7 2.3 1.8 1.8 0.9 1.8
32 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.5 1.4 1.4 0.7 1.4
40 2.1 3.4 2.1 3.3 1.1 1.1 0.6 1.2
50 1.5 3.8 1.4 3.5 0.9 0.9 0.5 1.0
63 1.4 5.4 1.1 4.4 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.81) Average values per protected pole2) For TN network, U
0 = AC 230 V, according to EN 60364-4-41; if the measured value exceeds the table value, we recommend to use residual current circuit breaker
1) Correction factor KT
For concrete circuit breaker type (In
, characteristic, number of poles), determine correction
curve number (1, 2 or 3) in the table, and using the correction curve number and given
ambient temperature on the graph, determine correction factor KT.
2) Correction factor KN
Determine correction factor KN according to the number of circuit breakers placed side-by-side.
Example
Task: how rated current In = 32 A will change for circuit breaker
LTP- 32B- 3 at ambient temperature 10 °C and for 4 circuit breakers
placed side-by-side?
Determination of KT: for characteristic B, number of poles 3, and In 32 A, it is possible
to take correction curve No. 1 from the table. For intersection
of the correction curve No. 1 and ambient temperature 10 °C it is
possible to determine correction factor KT = 1.07 on the vertical scale
of the graph.
Determination of KN: for 4 circuit breakers LTP-32B-1 placed side-by-side it is possible
to determine from the table correction factor KN = 0.88
Correction In: new rated current In1 = K
T x K
N x I
n = 1.07 x 0.88 x 32 A = 30.13 A
Rated current of the circuit breaker In [A]
CharacteristicNumber 2 4 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
of poles Correction curve number
B1, 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 - - 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 3 3
C1, 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 3
Correction factor KN for circuit breakers placed side-by-side
Number of LTP circuit breakers
side-by-side 1 2 ÷ 3 4 ÷ 6 > 7
Correction factor KN 1.00 0.90 0.88 0.85
Curve No. 3
Ambient temperature [°C]
Corre
ction
facto
r KT
-20 -10 0 10 403020 500.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
Curve No. 2Curve No. 1
Correction factor KT depending on ambient temperature
Minia
B7
LTP Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTP
The time selectivity of particular combination up to the value of short-circuit
current Ik´́ shown in the table is ensured in case of short-circuit behind the LTP
circuit breaker with back-up fuse-link.
Which means that at short-circuit of particular combination under the Ik´́ value
only the circuit breaker actuates. In case the short-circuit current value is bigger
than Ik´́ value then also the back-up fuse-link actuates.
Example:
Miniature circuit breaker LTP-10B-.. actuates earlier than back-up fuse-link
with rated current 50 A up to short-circuit current 1.6 kA.
Selectivity of LPE miniature circuit breakers of characteristics B and C with backup fuses [kA]
In Fuse of type gG
[A] 16 A 20 A 25 A 35 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
2 0.3 0.4 0.7 1.4 2.5 3.3 4.6 6.0 6.0
4 0.3 0.4 0.6 1.3 2.2 2.9 4.1 6.0 6.0
6 - 0.4 0.5 1.0 1.7 2.2 3.2 6.0 6.0
10 - - 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.0 2.9 5.0 6.0
13 - - - 1.0 1.6 2.0 2.9 5.0 6.0
16 - - - 0.8 1.3 1.8 2.6 4.0 5.6
20 - - - - 1.3 1.8 2.6 4.0 5.6
25 - - - - - 1.8 2.6 4.0 5.6
32 - - - - - - 2.3 3.4 4.5
40 - - - - - - - 3.4 4.5
50 - - - - - - - - 4.4
63 - - - - - - - - -
Selectivity and short-circuit current with backup fuse
In Backup fuse of gG type
[A] 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
2 30 30 10 10
4 30 30 10 10
6 30 30 10 10
10 30 30 10 10
13 30 30 15 15
16 30 30 15 15
20 30 30 20 15
25 30 30 25 20
32 30 30 25 25
In Backup fuse of gG type
[A] 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
2 30 30 25 10
4 30 30 25 10
6 30 30 20 20
10 30 30 25 20
13 30 30 25 20
16 30 30 25 20
20 30 30 25 20
25 30 30 25 20
32 30 30 25 25
Ik"
Max. short-circuit current with backup fuse kA
In case that short-circuit current passing through the circuit breaker is not known in the place
of installation or is higher than breaking capacity of the circuit breaker, backup fuse must be
used to eliminate circuit breaker overload.
Characteristic B Characteristic C
Dimensions
Diagram
11 3 1 3 5
22 4
LTP-..-1 LTP-..-2 LTP-..-3
2 2 4 6
LTP-..-2 LTP-..-3LTP-..-1
17.6 35.2 52.8
73.2
6.2 43.9
64
68.3
89.8
45.1
Minia
B8
LTP Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTP
Characteristics
��Characteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not cause
current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) In.
��Characteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes current
surges. The short-circuit release is set to (5 ÷ 10) In.
Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 60898-1
Thermal releaseTripping characteristic type
B, C
Conventional non-tripping current Int
for t ≥ 1 hr Int
= 1.13 In
Conventional tripping current It for t < 1 hr I
t = 1.45 I
n
Current I3 for 1 s < t < 60 s and I
n ≤ 32 A
I3
= 2.55 In 1 s < t < 120 s and I
n > 32 A
t - break time of the circuit breaker
Electromagnetic releaseTripping characteristic type
B C
Current I4 for 0,1 s < t < 45 s (for I
n ≤ 32 A)
I4
= 3 In 0,1 s < t < 90 s (for I
n > 32 A)
0,1 s < t < 15 s (for In
≤ 32 A)I
4 = 5 I
n0,1 s < t < 30 s (for In
> 32 A)
Current I5 for t < 0,1 s I
5 = 5 I
nI
5 = 10 I
n
t -break time of the circuit breaker
Characteristics I2t
100806040201076421 3 5 98
0.01
0.05
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
50
100
500
1 000
5 000
10 000
1.5
1.13
I n1.
45I n
B
x ln
t[s
]v
At ambient temperature 30 °C
1
2
5
30
120
10
60
min
C
I2 t [A2 s]
Ip [A]
LTP charakteristika B
4 A
6 A
10/13/16 A
50/63 A
25/32/40 A
20 A
2 A
100
400
600
800
1 000
200
4 000
6 000
8 000
10 000
2 000
40 000
60 000
80 000
100 000
20 000
1 0
00
800
600
400
200
2 00
0
4 00
0
6 00
0
100
LTP charakteristika C
4 A6 A
25/32/40/50/63 A
16/20 A
8/10/13 A
2 A
I2 t [A2 s]
100
400
600
800
1 000
200
4 000
6 000
8 000
10 000
2 000
40 000
60 000
80 000
100 000
20 000
Ip [A]
1 0
00
800
600
400
200
2 00
0
4 00
0
6 00
0
100
LTP - Characteristic B LTP - Characteristic C
��Series of miniature circuit breakers up to 63 A,
AC 230/400 V a DC 60 V / pole.
��For protection of cables and conductors against over-
load and short-circuit.
��Tripping characteristics B, C, D according to EN 60898-1.
��Breaking capacity 10 kA.
Miniature circuit breakers 1-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
0,5 - - LTS-0,5C-1 OEZ:41967 LTS-0,5D-1 OEZ:41984 1 0.178 12
1 LTS-1B-1 OEZ:41952 LTS-1C-1 OEZ:41968 LTS-1D-1 OEZ:41985 1 0.195 12
1,6 - - LTS-1,6C-1 OEZ:41969 LTS-1,6D-1 OEZ:41986 1 0.178 12
2 LTS-2B-1 OEZ:41953 LTS-2C-1 OEZ:41970 LTS-2D-1 OEZ:41987 1 0.178 12
4 LTS-4B-1 OEZ:41954 LTS-4C-1 OEZ:41971 LTS-4D-1 OEZ:41988 1 0.178 12
6 LTS-6B-1 OEZ:41955 LTS-6C-1 OEZ:41972 LTS-6D-1 OEZ:41989 1 0.178 12
8 LTS-8B-1 OEZ:41956 LTS-8C-1 OEZ:41973 LTS-8D-1 OEZ:41990 1 0.178 12
10 LTS-10B-1 OEZ:41957 LTS-10C-1 OEZ:41974 LTS-10D-1 OEZ:41991 1 0.178 12
13 LTS-13B-1 OEZ:41958 LTS-13C-1 OEZ:41975 LTS-13D-1 OEZ:41992 1 0.178 12
16 LTS-16B-1 OEZ:41959 LTS-16C-1 OEZ:41976 LTS-16D-1 OEZ:41993 1 0.198 12
20 LTS-20B-1 OEZ:41960 LTS-20C-1 OEZ:41977 LTS-20D-1 OEZ:41994 1 0.196 12
25 LTS-25B-1 OEZ:41961 LTS-25C-1 OEZ:41978 LTS-25D-1 OEZ:41995 1 0.178 12
32 LTS-32B-1 OEZ:41962 LTS-32C-1 OEZ:41979 LTS-32D-1 OEZ:41996 1 0.196 12
40 LTS-40B-1 OEZ:41963 LTS-40C-1 OEZ:41980 LTS-40D-1 OEZ:41997 1 0.178 12
50 LTS-50B-1 OEZ:41964 LTS-50C-1 OEZ:41981 LTS-50D-1 OEZ:41998 1 0.178 12
63 LTS-63B-1 OEZ:41965 LTS-63C-1 OEZ:41982 LTS-63D-1 OEZ:41999 1 0.178 12
Miniature circuit breakers 1+N-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
2 LTS-2B-1N OEZ:43292 LTS-2C-1N OEZ:42011 LTS-2D-1N OEZ:43294 2 0.347 6
4 LTS-4B-1N OEZ:43293 LTS-4C-1N OEZ:42012 LTS-4D-1N OEZ:43295 2 0.347 6
6 LTS-6B-1N OEZ:42000 LTS-6C-1N OEZ:42013 LTS-6D-1N OEZ:42024 2 0.347 6
8 LTS-8B-1N OEZ:42001 LTS-8C-1N OEZ:42014 LTS-8D-1N OEZ:42025 2 0.347 6
10 LTS-10B-1N OEZ:42002 LTS-10C-1N OEZ:42015 LTS-10D-1N OEZ:42026 2 0.347 6
13 LTS-13B-1N OEZ:42003 LTS-13C-1N OEZ:42016 LTS-13D-1N OEZ:42027 2 0.347 6
16 LTS-16B-1N OEZ:42004 LTS-16C-1N OEZ:42017 LTS-16D-1N OEZ:42028 2 0.347 6
20 LTS-20B-1N OEZ:42005 LTS-20C-1N OEZ:42018 LTS-20D-1N OEZ:42029 2 0.347 6
25 LTS-25B-1N OEZ:42006 LTS-25C-1N OEZ:42019 LTS-25D-1N OEZ:42030 2 0.347 6
32 LTS-32B-1N OEZ:42007 LTS-32C-1N OEZ:42020 LTS-32D-1N OEZ:42031 2 0.347 6
40 LTS-40B-1N OEZ:42008 LTS-40C-1N OEZ:42021 LTS-40D-1N OEZ:42032 2 0.347 6
50 LTS-50B-1N OEZ:42009 LTS-50C-1N OEZ:42022 LTS-50D-1N OEZ:42033 2 0.347 6
63 LTS-63B-1N OEZ:42010 LTS-63C-1N OEZ:42023 LTS-63D-1N OEZ:42034 2 0.347 6
Minia
B9
LTS Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTS
Miniature circuit breakers 2-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
0,5 - - LTS-0,5C-2 OEZ:42050 LTS-0,5D-2 OEZ:42067 2 0.347 6
1 LTS-1B-2 OEZ:42035 LTS-1C-2 OEZ:42051 LTS-1D-2 OEZ:42068 2 0.347 6
1,6 - - LTS-1,6C-2 OEZ:42052 LTS-1,6D-2 OEZ:42069 2 0.347 6
2 LTS-2B-2 OEZ:42036 LTS-2C-2 OEZ:42053 LTS-2D-2 OEZ:42070 2 0.347 6
4 LTS-4B-2 OEZ:42037 LTS-4C-2 OEZ:42054 LTS-4D-2 OEZ:42071 2 0.347 6
6 LTS-6B-2 OEZ:42038 LTS-6C-2 OEZ:42055 LTS-6D-2 OEZ:42072 2 0.347 6
8 LTS-8B-2 OEZ:42039 LTS-8C-2 OEZ:42056 LTS-8D-2 OEZ:42073 2 0.347 6
10 LTS-10B-2 OEZ:42040 LTS-10C-2 OEZ:42057 LTS-10D-2 OEZ:42074 2 0.347 6
13 LTS-13B-2 OEZ:42041 LTS-13C-2 OEZ:42058 LTS-13D-2 OEZ:42075 2 0.347 6
16 LTS-16B-2 OEZ:42042 LTS-16C-2 OEZ:42059 LTS-16D-2 OEZ:42076 2 0.347 6
20 LTS-20B-2 OEZ:42043 LTS-20C-2 OEZ:42060 LTS-20D-2 OEZ:42077 2 0.347 6
25 LTS-25B-2 OEZ:42044 LTS-25C-2 OEZ:42061 LTS-25D-2 OEZ:42078 2 0.347 6
32 LTS-32B-2 OEZ:42045 LTS-32C-2 OEZ:42062 LTS-32D-2 OEZ:42079 2 0.347 6
40 LTS-40B-2 OEZ:42046 LTS-40C-2 OEZ:42063 LTS-40D-2 OEZ:42080 2 0.347 6
50 LTS-50B-2 OEZ:42047 LTS-50C-2 OEZ:42064 LTS-50D-2 OEZ:43090 2 0.347 6
63 LTS-63B-2 OEZ:42048 LTS-63C-2 OEZ:42065 LTS-63D-2 OEZ:43089 2 0.347 6
Miniature circuit breakers 3-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
0,5 - - LTS-0,5C-3 OEZ:42096 LTS-0,5D-3 OEZ:42113 3 0.485 4
1 LTS-1B-3 OEZ:42081 LTS-1C-3 OEZ:42097 LTS-1D-3 OEZ:42114 3 0.485 4
1,6 - - LTS-1,6C-3 OEZ:42098 LTS-1,6D-3 OEZ:42115 3 0.485 4
2 LTS-2B-3 OEZ:42082 LTS-2C-3 OEZ:42099 LTS-2D-3 OEZ:42116 3 0.485 4
4 LTS-4B-3 OEZ:42083 LTS-4C-3 OEZ:42100 LTS-4D-3 OEZ:42117 3 0.485 4
6 LTS-6B-3 OEZ:42084 LTS-6C-3 OEZ:42101 LTS-6D-3 OEZ:42118 3 0.489 4
8 LTS-8B-3 OEZ:42085 LTS-8C-3 OEZ:42102 LTS-8D-3 OEZ:42119 3 0.485 4
10 LTS-10B-3 OEZ:42086 LTS-10C-3 OEZ:42103 LTS-10D-3 OEZ:42120 3 0.485 4
13 LTS-13B-3 OEZ:42087 LTS-13C-3 OEZ:42104 LTS-13D-3 OEZ:42121 3 0.485 4
16 LTS-16B-3 OEZ:42088 LTS-16C-3 OEZ:42105 LTS-16D-3 OEZ:42122 3 0.491 4
20 LTS-20B-3 OEZ:42089 LTS-20C-3 OEZ:42106 LTS-20D-3 OEZ:42123 3 0.485 4
25 LTS-25B-3 OEZ:42090 LTS-25C-3 OEZ:42107 LTS-25D-3 OEZ:42124 3 0.485 4
32 LTS-32B-3 OEZ:42091 LTS-32C-3 OEZ:42108 LTS-32D-3 OEZ:42125 3 0.486 4
40 LTS-40B-3 OEZ:42092 LTS-40C-3 OEZ:42109 LTS-40D-3 OEZ:42126 3 0.485 4
50 LTS-50B-3 OEZ:42093 LTS-50C-3 OEZ:42110 LTS-50D-3 OEZ:42127 3 0.501 4
63 LTS-63B-3 OEZ:42094 LTS-63C-3 OEZ:42111 LTS-63D-3 OEZ:42128 3 0.487 4
Miniature circuit breakers 3+N-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
2 LTS-2B-3N OEZ:42129 LTS-2C-3N OEZ:43092 LTS-2D-3N OEZ:43296 4 0.683 3
4 LTS-4B-3N OEZ:42130 LTS-4C-3N OEZ:43091 LTS-4D-3N OEZ:43297 4 0.683 3
6 LTS-6B-3N OEZ:42131 LTS-6C-3N OEZ:42142 LTS-6D-3N OEZ:42153 4 0.683 3
8 LTS-8B-3N OEZ:42132 LTS-8C-3N OEZ:42143 LTS-8D-3N OEZ:42154 4 0.683 3
10 LTS-10B-3N OEZ:42133 LTS-10C-3N OEZ:42144 LTS-10D-3N OEZ:42155 4 0.683 3
13 LTS-13B-3N OEZ:42134 LTS-13C-3N OEZ:42145 LTS-13D-3N OEZ:42156 4 0.683 3
16 LTS-16B-3N OEZ:42135 LTS-16C-3N OEZ:42146 LTS-16D-3N OEZ:42157 4 0.683 3
20 LTS-20B-3N OEZ:42136 LTS-20C-3N OEZ:42147 LTS-20D-3N OEZ:42158 4 0.683 3
25 LTS-25B-3N OEZ:42137 LTS-25C-3N OEZ:42148 LTS-25D-3N OEZ:42159 4 0.683 3
32 LTS-32B-3N OEZ:42138 LTS-32C-3N OEZ:42149 LTS-32D-3N OEZ:42160 4 0.683 3
40 LTS-40B-3N OEZ:42139 LTS-40C-3N OEZ:42150 LTS-40D-3N OEZ:42161 4 0.683 3
50 LTS-50B-3N OEZ:42140 LTS-50C-3N OEZ:42151 LTS-50D-3N OEZ:43298 4 0.683 3
63 LTS-63B-3N OEZ:42141 LTS-63C-3N OEZ:42152 LTS-63D-3N OEZ:43299 4 0.683 3
Minia
B10
LTS Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTS
Accessories
Auxiliary and signal switches PS-LT, SS-LT page B33
Shunt trips SV-LT page B34
Undervoltage releases SP-LT page B34
Locking insert OD-LT-VU02 page B35
Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01 page B35
Interconnecting busbars S1L, S2L, S3L, S4L page B41
Terminal extension AS-50-S-AL01 page B43
Minia
B11
LTS Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTS
Type LTS
Standards EN 60898-1
Approval marks
Number of poles 1, 1+N, 2, 3, 3+N
Tripping characteristics B, C, D
Rated current In 0,5 ÷ 63 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V
Max. operating voltage Umax AC 250/440 V, DC 60 V / 1 protected pole
Min. operating voltage (1 pole) Umin AC/DC 24 V
Rated insulation voltage Ui AC 250/440 V
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898-1) Icn AC 10 kA
Rated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) Icu AC 10 kA
Electrical endurance 10 000 cycles
Mechanical endurance 10 000 cycles
Energy limitation class 3
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20
Connection
Conductor see table Connection range
Screw head type PZ2
Torque max. 3.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature °C -25 ÷ +55 °C, max. 95 % air humidity
Storage temperature °C -40 ÷ +75 °C
Working position arbitrary
Climatic resistance (EN 60068-2-30) 6 operating cycles
Specifi cations
Connection range
Number of connected conductors Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) Conductor flexible with a sleeve Conductor flexible without a sleeve 1)
1x conductor 1x (0.75 ÷ 35) mm2 1x (0.75 ÷ 25) mm2 1x (1 ÷ 35) mm2
2x conductor 2x (0.75 ÷ 10) mm2 2x (0.75 ÷ 4) mm2 2x (1 ÷ 4) mm2
1x conductor + interconnecting busbar1x (10 ÷ 25) mm2 + interconnecting busbar 1x (6 ÷ 16) mm2 2) + interconnecting busbar -
pin thickness max. 1.5 mm pin thickness max. 1.5 mm -1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal2) In case of use of a sleeve without plastic neck: conductor 1x (6 ÷ 25) mm2
If more conductors are used they must be of the same type and cross-section
Minia
B12
LTS Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTS
Correction of rated current In
Correction of circuit breaker rated current In is determined by relation In1 = KT x KN x In where:
In1 … is corrected rated current of the circuit breaker
In … is rated current of the circuit breaker (i.e. the one placed separately at reference temperature 30 °C)
KT … is correction factor taking ambient temperature into account
KN … is correction factor taking into account placement of more loaded circuit breakers side-by-side
1) Correction factor KT
For concrete circuit breaker type (In, characteristic, number of poles), determine correction
curve number (1, 2 or 3) in the table, and using the correction curve number and given ambient
temperature on the graph, determine correction factor KT.
2) Correction factor KN
Determine correction factor KN according to the number of circuit breakers
placed side-by-side.
Example
Task: how rated current In = 32 A will change for circuit breaker
LTS-32C-3 at ambient temperature 10 °C and for 4 circuit
breakers placed side-by-side?
Determination of KT: for characteristic C, number of poles 3, and In 32 A, it is
possible to take correction curve No. 1 from the table. For
intersection of the correction curve No. 1 and ambient
temperature 10 °C it is possible to determine correction
factor KT = 1.07 on the vertical scale of the graph.
Determination of KN: for 4 circuit breakers LTS-32C-1 placed side-by-side it is
possible to determine from the table correction factor
KN = 0.88
Correction In: new rated current
In1 = KT x KN x In = 1.07 x 0.88 x 32 A = 30.13 A
Correction factor KN
for circuit breakers placed side-by-side
Number of circuit breakers
side-by-side 1 2 ÷ 3 4 ÷ 6 > 7
Correction factor KN 1.00 0.90 0.88 0.85
Curve No. 3
Ambient temperature [°C]
Corre
ction
facto
r KT
-20 -10 0 10 403020 50
0.8
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.3
Curve No. 2Curve No. 1
Internal impedance Z, powers losses P, impedance of fault loop ZS
Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Max. impedance of fault loop Zs [Ω] 2)
In Z 1) P 1) Z 1) P 1) Z 1) P 1) Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D
[A] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s
0.5 - - 3551 0.9 3551 0.9 - - 46.0 92.0 23.0 92.0
1 1954 2.0 1172 1.2 1089 1.1 46.0 46.0 23.0 46.0 15.3 46.0
1 - - 510 1.3 466 1.2 - - 14.4 28.8 9.6 28.8
2 461 1.8 297 1.2 273 1.1 23.0 23.0 11.5 23.0 7.6 23.0
4 98.0 1.6 76.0 1.2 68.0 1.1 11.5 11.5 5.8 11.6 3.8 11.6
6 52.0 1.9 43.0 1.6 39.0 1.4 7.6 7.6 3.8 7.6 2.5 7.6
8 22.0 1.4 11.9 0.8 11.8 0.8 5.8 5.8 2.8 5.7 1.9 5.7
10 19.3 1.9 9.1 0.9 8.6 0.9 4.6 4.6 2.3 4.6 1.1 4.6
13 12.3 2.1 9.1 1.5 8.2 1.4 3.6 3.6 1.7 3.4 0.9 3.4
16 7.1 1.8 6.0 1.5 4.8 1.2 2.9 2.9 1.4 2.8 0.7 2.8
20 6.1 2.5 5.0 2.0 4.1 1.6 2.3 2.3 1.1 2.2 0.5 2.2
25 4.8 3.0 3.7 2.3 3.7 2.3 1.8 1.8 0.9 1.8 0.4 1.8
32 2.6 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.7 1.4 1.4 0.7 1.4 0.3 1.4
40 2.2 3.4 2.1 3.3 2.1 3.3 1.1 1.1 0.6 1.2 0.3 1.2
50 1.6 4.0 1.4 3.6 1.4 3.6 0.9 0.9 0.5 1.0 0.2 1.0
63 1.3 5.0 1.3 5.0 1.3 5.0 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.8 0.2 0.81) Average values per protected pole2) For TN network, U
o = AC 230 V, according to EN 60364-4-41; if the measured value exceeds the table value, we recommend to use residual current circuit breaker
Rated current of the circuit breaker In [A]
CharacteristicNumber 0.5 1 1.6 2 4 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
pole Correction curve number
B
1 - 3 - 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1+N, 2 - 3 - 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
3, 3+N - 3 - 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
C
1 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
1+N, 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2
3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2
3+N 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
D
1 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1+N, 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2
3, 3+N 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
Correction factor KT depending on ambient temperature
Minia
B13
LTS Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTS
The time selectivity of particular combination up to the value of short-
circuit current Ik´́ shown in the table is ensured in case of short-circuit
behind the LTS circuit breaker with back-up fuse-link.
Which means that at short-circuit of particular combination under the Ik´́
value only the circuit breaker actuates. In case the short-circuit current
value is bigger than Ik´́ value then also the back-up fuse-link actuates.
Example:
Miniature circuit breaker LTS-10B-.. actuates earlier than back-up fuse-link
with rated current 50 A up to short-circuit current 2.2 kA.
Selectivity and short-circuit current with backup fuse
Characteristic BIn Backup fuse of gG type
[A] 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
1 50 50 70 25 25 252 50 50 70 25 25 254 50 50 70 25 25 256 50 50 70 25 25 258 50 50 70 20 20 20
10 50 50 70 20 20 2013 50 50 70 15 15 1516 50 50 70 15 15 1520 50 50 70 25 25 2525 50 50 70 25 25 2532 50 50 70 25 25 2540 - 50 70 10 10 1050 - - 70 10 10 1063 - - - 10 10 10
Characteristic CIn Backup fuse of gG type
[A] 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
0.5 50 50 70 25 25 251 50 50 70 25 25 25
1.6 50 50 70 25 25 252 50 50 70 25 25 254 50 50 70 25 25 256 50 50 25 25 25 258 50 50 25 20 20 20
10 50 50 10 10 10 1013 50 50 15 15 15 1516 50 50 70 25 25 2520 50 50 70 25 25 2525 50 50 70 25 25 2532 50 50 70 25 25 2540 - 50 70 10 10 1050 - - 70 10 10 1063 - - - 10 10 10
Characteristic DIn Backup fuse of gG type
[A] 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
0.5 50 50 70 25 25 251 50 50 70 25 25 25
1.6 50 50 70 25 25 252 50 50 70 25 25 254 50 50 70 25 25 256 50 50 25 25 25 258 50 50 25 20 20 20
10 50 50 10 10 10 1013 50 50 15 15 15 1516 50 50 70 25 25 2520 50 50 70 25 25 2525 50 50 70 25 25 2532 50 50 70 25 25 2540 - 50 70 10 10 1050 - - 70 10 10 1063 - - - 10 10 10
Ik"
Selectivity of LTS miniature circuit breakers of characteristic B with backup fuses [kA]
In Fuse of type gG
[A] 16 A 20 A 25 A 35 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A
1 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.02 0.6 1 3.3 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.04 0.4 0.5 0.9 2.1 2.7 3.8 10.0 10.0 10.06 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.9 2.3 3.1 6.7 10.0 10.08 - 0.5 0.8 1.7 2.0 2.6 5.0 6.2 10.0
10 - 0.5 0.7 1.5 1.7 2.2 4.0 4.9 10.013 - 0.4 0.7 1.4 1.6 2.1 3.5 4.2 8.416 - 0.4 0.6 1.2 1.5 1.9 3.1 3.8 7.220 - - 0.6 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.9 3.5 6.625 - - - 1.1 1.3 1.6 2.7 3.2 5.732 - - - - 1.1 1.4 2.3 2.8 4.940 - - - - - 1.4 2.3 2.8 4.950 - - - - - - 1.9 2.3 3.963 - - - - - - - 2.3 3.6
Selectivity of LTS miniature circuit breakers of characteristic D with backup fuses [kA]
In Fuse of type gG
[A] 16 A 20 A 25 A 35 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A
0.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.01 0.6 0.9 2.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
1.6 0.5 0.6 1.1 3.5 4.9 9.1 10.0 10.0 10.02 0.4 0.6 0.9 2.5 3.2 4.4 10.0 10.0 10.04 0.5 0.7 1.6 2.0 2.6 5.0 6.4 10.06 0.4 0.7 1.3 1.6 2.1 3.7 4.6 10.08 0.6 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.6 3.2 6.0
10 0.6 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.6 3.2 6.013 0.5 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.3 2.8 5.016 0.5 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.3 2.8 5.020 0.5 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.2 2.7 4.725 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.2 2.7 4.732 0.9 1.2 1.9 2.4 4.140 1.2 1.9 2.4 4.150 1.6 2.0 3.163 2.0 3.1
Selectivity of LTS miniature circuit breakers of characteristic C with backup fuses [kA]
In Fuse of type gG
[A] 16 A 20 A 25 A 35 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A
0.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.01 0.8 1.6 8.3 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
1.6 0.5 0.8 1.6 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.02 0.4 0.6 1.0 2.9 3.9 5.9 10.0 10.0 10.04 - 0.5 0.8 1.9 2.3 3.1 6.1 7.9 10.06 - 0.5 0.7 1.4 1.7 2.3 4.2 5.3 10.08 - - 0.6 1.1 1.3 1.7 3.0 3.7 8.0
10 - - 0.6 1.1 1.3 1.7 3.0 3.7 8.013 - - 0.6 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.5 3.1 5.816 - - 0.6 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.5 3.1 5.820 - - 0.5 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.3 2.8 5.125 - - - 1.0 1.1 1.4 2.3 2.8 5.132 - - - - 1.0 1.3 2.1 2.5 4.440 - - - - - 1.3 2.1 2.5 4.450 - - - - - - 1.8 2.2 3.563 - - - - - - - 2.2 3.5
Max. short-circuit current with backup fuse [kA]
In case that short-circuit current passing through the circuit breaker is not known in the place
of installation or is higher than breaking capacity of the circuit breaker, backup fuse must be
used to eliminate circuit breaker overload.
Minia
B14
LTS Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTS
Dimensions
Diagram
LTS-..-2LTS-..-1N
LTS-..-3LTS-..-1
17.6 35.2 52.8
73. 2
6.2 43.9
64
68.3
89.8
45.1
70.4
LTS-..-3N73.2
6.2 43.9
64
68.3
89.8
45.1
LTS-..-1
1
2
LTS-..-2
1
2
3
4
LTS-..-3
1
2
3
4
5
6N2
N11
2
LTS-..-1N
1
2
3
4
5
6 N2
N1
LTS-..-3N
Minia
B15
LTS Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTS
Characteristics
��Characteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not cause
current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) In .
��Characteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes current
surges. The short-circuit release is set to (5 ÷ 10) In
.
��Characteristic D: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes high
current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (10 ÷ 20) In
.
1008060402010
x In
76421 3 5 98
0.01
1.1
3 I n
1.4
5 I n
t v[s
]
1
2
5
30
120
10
60
min
C
At ambient temperature 30 °C
0.05
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
50
100
500
1 000
5 000
10 000
DB
1.5
Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 60898-1
Thermal release Tripping characteristic type
B, C, D
Conventional non-tripping current Int for t ≥ 1 hr Int = 1.13 In
Conventional tripping current It for t < 1 hr It = 1.45 In
Current I3 for 1 s < t < 60 s (for In ≤ 32 A)
I3 = 2.55 In1 s < t < 120 s (for In > 32 A)
t - break time of the circuit breaker
Electromagnetic release Tripping characteristic type
B C D
Current I4 for
0.1 s < t < 45 s (for In ≤ 32 A)I4 = 3 In0.1 s < t < 90 s (for In > 32 A)
0.1 s < t < 15 s (for In ≤ 32 A)I4 = 5 In0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In > 32 A)
0.1 s < t < 4 s 1) (for In ≤ 32 A)I4 = 10 In0.1 s < t < 8 s (for In > 32 A)
Current I5 for t < 0.1 s I5 = 5 In I5 = 10 In I5 = 20 In
t - break time of the circuit breaker1) for In ≤ 10 A it is permissible that t < 8 s
Characteristics I2t
4 A6 A
10 A
63 A
32/40 A
2 A
25 A
1 A
8 A
13 A16 A
50 A
20 A
20
40
6080
10
Ip [kA]
LTS Characteristic B
I2 t [kA
2 s]
100
400
600800
1 000
200
4 000
6 0008 000
10 000
2 000
40 000
60 00080 000
100 000
20 000
200 000
1 00080
060
0
400
200
2 000
4 000
6 00010
0
10 00
0
4 A6 A
0,5 A
8/10 A
50/63 A
32/40 A
13/16 A
1 A
1,6 A
2 A
20/25 A
20
40
6080
10
Ip [kA]
LTS Characteristic C
I2 t [kA
2 s]
100
400
600800
1 000
200
4 000
6 0008 000
10 000
2 000
40 000
60 00080 000
100 000
20 000
200 000
1 00080
060
0
400
200
2 000
4 000
6 00010
0
10 00
0
4 A6 A
0,5 A
8/10 A
50/63 A
32/40 A
13/16 A
1 A
1,6 A
2 A
20/25 A
20
40
6080
10
Ip [kA]
LTS Characteristic D
I2 t [kA
2 s]
100
400
600800
1 000
200
4 000
6 0008 000
10 000
2 000
40 000
60 00080 000
100 000
20 000
200 000
1 00080
060
0
400
200
2 000
4 000
6 00010
0
10 00
0
Accessories
Auxiliary and signal switches PS-LT, SS-LT page B33
Shunt trips SV-LT page B34
Undervoltage releases SP-LT page B34
Locking inserts OD-LT-VU01, OD-LT-VU2 page B35
Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01 page B35
Interconnecting busbars S1L-27, S3L-27, S4L-27 page B41
Terminal extension AS-50-S-AL01 page B43
��Series of miniature circuit breakers up to 125 A,
AC 230/400 V a DC 72 V / pole.
��For protection of cables and conductors against
overload and short-circuit.
��Tripping characteristics B, C, D according to EN 60898-1.
��Breaking capacity 10 kA.
��Status indicator - indicates on/off position.
��Possibility of locking and sealing in off or on position.
Miniature circuit breakers 1-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
80 LVN-80B-1 OEZ:42262 LVN-80C-1 OEZ:42265 LVN-80D-1 OEZ:42268 1.5 0.283 1
100 LVN-100B-1 OEZ:42263 LVN-100C-1 OEZ:42266 LVN-100D-1 OEZ:42269 1.5 0.281 1
125 LVN-125B-1 OEZ:42264 LVN-125C-1 OEZ:42267 - - 1.5 0.260 1
Miniature circuit breakers 3-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
80 LVN-80B-3 OEZ:42273 LVN-80C-3 OEZ:42276 LVN-80D-3 OEZ:42279 4.5 0.817 1
100 LVN-100B-3 OEZ:42274 LVN-100C-3 OEZ:42277 LVN-100D-3 OEZ:42280 4.5 0.821 1
125 LVN-125B-3 OEZ:42275 LVN-125C-3 OEZ:42278 - - 4.5 0.827 1
Miniature circuit breakers 4-pole
In Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
80 LVN-80B-4 OEZ:42282 LVN-80C-4 OEZ:42285 LVN-80D-4 OEZ:42288 6 1.092 1
100 LVN-100B-4 OEZ:42283 LVN-100C-4 OEZ:42286 LVN-100D-4 OEZ:42289 6 1.075 1
125 LVN-125B-4 OEZ:42284 LVN-125C-4 OEZ:42287 - - 6 1.107 1
Minia
B16
LVN Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LVN
Minia
B17
LVN Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LVN
Type LVN
Standards EN 60898-1
Approval marks
Number of poles 1, 3, 4
Tripping characteristics B, C, D
Rated current In 80 ÷ 125 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V
Max. operating voltage Umax AC 250/440 V, DC 72 V / protected pole
Min. operating voltage (1 pole) Umin AC/DC 24 V
Rated insulation voltage Ui AC 250/440 V
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898-1) Icn AC 10 kA
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898-2) Icn DC 10 kA
Rated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) Icu AC 10 kA
Rated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) Icu DC 15 kA
Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20
Connection
Conductor Cu - rigid (solid, stranded) 4 ÷ 50 mm2
Conductor Cu - flexible with a sleeve 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2
Screw head type PZ2
Torque max. 3.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature °C -25 ÷ +55 °C, max. 95 % air humidity
Working position arbitrary
Climatic resistance (EN 60068-2-30) 6 operating cycles
Shocks (EN 60068-2-27) m/s2 150 in 11 ms half-sine pulse
Resistance to sinusoidal vibration (EN 60068-2-6) m/s2 50 at 25 ÷ 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 s)
Specifi cations
Minia
B18
LVN Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LVN
Correction of rated current In
Correction of circuit breaker rated current In is determined by relation In1 = KT x KN x In where:
In1 … is corrected rated current of the circuit breaker
In … is rated current of the circuit breaker (i.e. the one placed separately at reference temperature 30 °C)
KT … is correction factor taking ambient temperature into account
KN … is correction factor taking into account placement of more loaded circuit breakers side-by-side
1) Correction factor KT
For concrete circuit breaker type (In, characteristic, number of poles), determine correction
curve number (1, 2 or 3) in the table, and using the correction curve number and given
ambient temperature on the graph, determine correction factor KT.
2) Correction factor KN
Determine correction factor KN according to the number of circuit breakers placed side-by-
side.
Example
Task: how rated current In
= 100 A will change for circuit breaker
LVN- 100B- 1 at ambient temperature 10 °C and for 4 circuit breakers
placed side-by-side?
Determination of KT: for characteristic B, number of poles 1, and In 100 A, it is possible to take
correction curve No. 3 from the table. For intersection of the correction
curve No. 3 and ambient temperature 10 °C it is possible to determine
correction factor KT = 1.12 on the vertical scale of the graph.
Determination of KN: for 4 circuit breakers LVN-100B-1 placed side-by-side it is possible
to determine from the table correction factor KN = 0.88
Correction In: new rated current In1 = KT x KN x In = 1.12 x 0.88 x 100 A = 98.56 A
Rated current of the circuit breaker In [A]
CharacteristicNumber 80 100 125
pole Correction curve number
B1 2 3 3
3, 4 1 1 1
C1 2 3 3
3, 4 1 1 1
D1 2 3 -
3, 4 1 1 -
Correction factor KN at circuit breakers placed side-by-side.
Number circuit breakers LVN
placed side-by-side.1 2 ÷ 3 4 ÷ 6 > 7
Correction factor KN 1.00 0.90 0.88 0.85
Curve No. 3
Ambient temperature [°C]
Corre
ction
facto
r KT
-20 -10 0 2010 4030 500.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
Curve No. 2Curve No. 1
Internal impedance Z, powers losses P, impedance of fault loop ZS
Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D Max. impedance of fault loop Zs [Ω] 2)
In Z1) P1) Z1) P1) Z1) P1) Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D
[A] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] t ≤ 0.4 s t ≤ 5 s t ≤ 0,4 s t ≤ 5 s t ≤ 0,4 s t ≤ 5 s
80 1.1 7.0 1.1 6.7 1.1 6.7 0.58 0.58 0.30 0.46 0.14 0.46
100 0.8 8.0 0.88 8.0 0.8 8.0 0.46 0.46 0.23 0.37 0.12 0.37
125 0.7 10.1 0.7 10.8 - - 0.37 0.37 0.18 0.30 0.09 0.301) Average values per protected pole2) For TN network, U
0 = AC 230 V, according to EN 60364-4-41; if the measured value exceeds the table value, we recommend to use residual current circuit breaker
Correction factor KT depending on ambient temperature
Minia
B19
LVN Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LVN
��Reference frequency: 50 Hz
Correction of tripping characteristic depending on frequency
Thermal release
In Correction factor
[A] 0 Hz 16 2/3 Hz 50 Hz 125 Hz 400 Hz 1 000 Hz
80 ÷ 125 1 1 1 0.97 0.92 0.85
Electromagnetic release
In Correction factor
[A] 0 Hz 16 2/3 Hz 50 Hz 125 Hz 400 Hz 1 000 Hz
80 ÷ 125 1.5 1 1 1.05 1.3 1.8
Example:
For circuit breaker LVN-100B-1 in a circuit with frequency of 400 Hz, rated current is corrected: In = 100 x 0.92 = 92 A.
For characteristic B, range of electromagnetic release switching is changed to 1.3 x (3 ÷ 5) In = (3.9 ÷ 6.5) In
The time selectivity of particular combination up to the value of short-circuit
current Ik´́ shown in the table is ensured in case of short-circuit behind the LVN
circuit breaker with back-up fuse-link.
Which means that at short-circuit of particular combination under the Ik´́ value
only the circuit breaker actuates. In case the short-circuit current value is bigger
than Ik´́ value then also the back-up fuse-link actuates.
Example:
Miniature circuit breaker LVN-100B-.. actuates earlier than back-up fuse-link
with rated current 200 A up to short-circuit current 7 kA.
Selectivity of LVN miniature circuit breakers of characteristic B with backup fuses [kA]
In Fuse of type gG
[A] 100 A 125 A 160 A 200 A 224 A 250 A
80 2.8 3.8 5.7 8.1 10.0 10.0
100 - 3.8 5.2 7.0 10.0 10.0
125 - - 5.2 7.0 10.0 10.0
Selectivity of LVN miniature circuit breakers of characteristic C with backup fuses [kA]
In Fuse of type gG
[A] 100 A 125 A 160 A 200 A 224 A 250 A
80 2.5 3.5 5.1 7.5 9.2 10.0
100 - 3.3 4.5 6.5 8.0 10.0
125 - - 4.5 6.5 8.0 10.0
Selectivity with backup fuse
Ik"
Selectivity of LVN miniature circuit breakers of characteristic D with backup fuses [kA]
In Fuse of type gG
[A] 100 A 125 A 160 A 200 A 224 A 250 A
80 2.3 3.3 4.6 6.9 8.1 10
100 - 2.8 4.3 6.2 7.5 9.2
Minia
B20
LVN Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LVN
Switching lighting fi ttings with HQ, HQI and NAV lighting source in the circuit with LVN circuit breakers
HQ - mercury discharge lamps
HQI - metal halide discharge lamp
NAV - sodium discharge lamp
The below tables determine:
- power and current of lighting fi ttings with HQ, HQI and NAV lighting source
- max. permitted number of lighting devices with HQ, HQI and NAV lighting source connected downstream of the circuit breaker - with this confi guration, the circuit breaker does not trip
in circuit (lighting fi ttings) switching on
Power and current of lighting fi ttings with HQ, HQI and NAV lighting source
Power output/lighting fi tting [W]
35 70 150 250 400 1 000 2 000 3 500
Current/lighting fi tting [A] 0.5 1 1.8 3 3.5 9.5 10.3 18
Current / uncompensated lighting fi tting [A] 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 6 5.5 9.8
Starting current / lighting fi tting [A] 10 18 36 60 70 120 125 220
Max. permitted number (pieces) of lighting fi ttings with HQ, HQI and NAV lighting source connected downstream of the circuit breaker 1)
Rated current of the circuit
breaker In [A]
Power output/lighting fi tting [W]
35 70 150 250 400 1 000 2 000 3 500
Characteristic C
80 76 42 21 12 11 6 6/5 3
100 98 54 27 16 14 8/7 8/6 4
125 116 64 32 19 16 9 9/8 5
Characteristic D80 143/112 80/56 40/31 24/18 20/16 9/6 10/5 5/3
100 186/140 103/70 51/39 31/23 26/20 11/7 12/6 7/41) The values separated by slash mean the values for the lighting fi ttings „with compensation / without compensation“
Example:
In case of circuit breaker LVN-100C-1, max. permitted number of lighting fi ttings is 98 pieces
for lighting fi tting with unit power of 35 W. Operating current is 0.3 x 98 = 29.4 A for
compensated lighting devices. The starting current is 10 x 98 = 980 A.
Minia
B21
LVN Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LVN
Dimensions
Diagram
LVN-..-3
LVN-..-1
LVN-..-4
26.6 6.2 43.9
64
69.889
.8
45.1
73.5
79.8 106.4 6.2 43.9
64
69.8
74
89.8
45.1
LVN-..-1 LVN-..-3
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
LVN-..-4
7
8
Minia
B22
LVN Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LVN
Characteristics LVN in AC circuit 1)
Characteristics I2t
��Characteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not cause
current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) In
.
��Characteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes current
surges. The short-circuit release is set to (5 ÷ 10) In
.
��Characteristic D: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes high
current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (10 ÷ 20) In
.
1008060402010
x In
76421 3 5 98
0.01
1.1
3 I n
1.4
5 I n
t v[s
]
1
2
5
30
120
10
60
min
C
At ambient temperature 30 °C
0.05
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
50
100
500
1 000
5 000
10 000
DB
1.5
100/125A
80 A
LVN - Characteristic B
Ip [A]
10 00
08 0
00
6 000
4 000
2 000
10 000
20 000
40 000
60 000
80 000100 000
200 000
300 000
I2 t [A2 s]
1 000
100/125A
80 A
LVN - Characteristic C
Ip [A]
10 00
08 0
00
6 000
4 000
2 000
10 000
20 000
40 000
60 000
80 000100 000
200 000
300 000
I2 t [A2 s]
1 000
100 A
80 A
LVN - Characteristic D
Ip [A]
10 00
08 0
00
6 000
4 000
2 000
10 000
20 000
40 000
60 000
80 000100 000
200 000
300 000
I2 t [A2 s]
1 000
1) In DC circuit, limits of electromagnetic release are changed with correction factor 1.5.
Characteristic B: (4.5 ÷ 7.5) In / C: (7.5 ÷ 15) In / D: (15 ÷ 30) In
Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 60898-1
Thermal release Tripping characteristic type
B, C, D
Conventional non-tripping current Int for t ≥ 2 hr (for In > 63 A) Int = 1.13 In
Conventional tripping current It for t < 2 hr (for In > 63 A) It = 1.45 In
Current I3 for 1 s < t < 120 s (for In > 32 A) I3 = 2.55 In
t - break time of the circuit breaker
Electromagnetic release Tripping characteristic type
B C D
Current I4 for 0.1 s < t < 90 s (for In > 32 A) I4 = 3 In
0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In > 32 A) I4 = 5 In
0.1 s < t < 8 s (for In > 32 A) I4 = 10 In
Current I5 for t < 0,1 s I5 = 5 In I5 = 10 In I5 = 20 In
t - break time of the circuit breaker
Minia
B23
LTN-UC Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTN-UC
Description
Status indicator
��Indicates operating status of the device optically.
Easy connection
��Double terminal with a fi xed barrier in the middle
and a secured screw. Enables connection of conductor
and interconnecting busbars from both sides of the device.
��Safety: the terminals are equipped with sliding plastic
caps, which increase protection against dangerous
contact.
��Interconnection of circuit breakers by interconnect-
ing busbar both at the top and at the bottom.
��Interconnection of circuit breakers with LFE/LFN
and OLI/OLE residual current circuit breakers by in-
terconnecting busbar both at the top and at the bottom.
Mounting/dismantling on/from „U” rails
The latches enable:
��enable very quick mounting and dismantling by hand,
without any tool needed.
��Withdrawal/replacement of the circuit breaker from a row
of devices interconnected by the interconnecting busbar
up or down without interruption of adjacent circuit
or removal of the busbar.
Colourof indicator
Stateof device
�� switched on
�� switched off
��Easy connection and check of conductors at si-
multaneous connection of interconnecting busbar- the
interconnecting busbar does not cover the connecting
area for conductors.
��Connection possibility:
– of two conductors of the diff erent cross-sections
– up to 4 conductors in the terminal
– conductor of cross section up to 35 mm2
Front side of the terminal
Barrier
Rear side of the terminal
��Connection: both front and rear part of the terminal
makes it possible to connect both conductor and intercon-
necting busbar. This is possible on both sides of the device.
For range of connection see page B25.
Sealing
��The circuit breaker can be sealed in on or off position.
Minia
B24
LTN-UC Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTN-UC
��The series of circuit breakers for protection of direct cur-
rent (DC) and alternating current (AC) circuits up to 63 A,
DC 220 V (1-pole), DC 440 V (2-pole), AC 230/400 V. In
connection in DC circuit it is mandatory to observe de-
vice polarity.
��For protection of cables and conductors against over-
load and short-circuit.
��Tripping characteristics C according to EN 60898-2.
��Breaking capacity 10 kA.
Circuit breakers for direct current (DC) and alternating current (AC) circuits, 1-pole
In Characteristic C Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
1 LTN-UC-1C-1 OEZ:41846 1 0.182 12
2 LTN-UC-2C-1 OEZ:41847 1 0.186 12
4 LTN-UC-4C-1 OEZ:41848 1 0.177 12
6 LTN-UC-6C-1 OEZ:41849 1 0.165 12
8 LTN-UC-8C-1 OEZ:41850 1 0.181 12
10 LTN-UC-10C-1 OEZ:41851 1 0.184 12
13 LTN-UC-13C-1 OEZ:41852 1 0.182 12
16 LTN-UC-16C-1 OEZ:41853 1 0.157 12
20 LTN-UC-20C-1 OEZ:41854 1 0.180 12
25 LTN-UC-25C-1 OEZ:41855 1 0.190 12
32 LTN-UC-32C-1 OEZ:41856 1 0.158 12
40 LTN-UC-40C-1 OEZ:41857 1 0.177 12
50 LTN-UC-50C-1 OEZ:41858 1 0.185 12
63 LTN-UC-63C-1 OEZ:41859 1 0.189 12
Circuit breakers for direct current (DC) and alternating current (AC) circuits, 2-pole
In Characteristic C Number Weight Package
[A] Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
1 LTN-UC-1C-2 OEZ:41860 2 0.329 6
2 LTN-UC-2C-2 OEZ:41861 2 0.319 6
4 LTN-UC-4C-2 OEZ:41862 2 0.315 6
6 LTN-UC-6C-2 OEZ:41863 2 0.317 6
8 LTN-UC-8C-2 OEZ:41864 2 0.333 6
10 LTN-UC-10C-2 OEZ:41865 2 0.333 6
13 LTN-UC-13C-2 OEZ:41866 2 0.338 6
16 LTN-UC-16C-2 OEZ:41867 2 0.341 6
20 LTN-UC-20C-2 OEZ:41868 2 0.341 6
25 LTN-UC-25C-2 OEZ:41869 2 0.317 6
32 LTN-UC-32C-2 OEZ:41870 2 0.340 6
40 LTN-UC-40C-2 OEZ:41871 2 0.339 6
50 LTN-UC-50C-2 OEZ:41872 2 0.354 6
63 LTN-UC-63C-2 OEZ:41873 2 0.365 6
Accessories
Auxiliary and signal switches PS-LT, SS-LT page B33
Shunt trips SV-LT page B34
Undervoltage releases SP-LT page B34
Locking inserts OD-LT-VU01, OD-LT-VU02 page B35
Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01 page B35
Interconnecting busbars S1L, S2L, S3L, S4L page B41
Terminal extension AS-50-S-AL01 page B43
Minia
B25
LTN-UC Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTN-UC
Type LTN-UC
Standards EN 60898-2
Approval marks
Number of poles 1, 2
Tripping characteristics C
Rated current In 1 ÷ 63 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V
DC 220 V (1pole), DC 440 V (2pole)
Max. operating voltage Umax AC 250/440 V, DC 250 V / protected pole
Min. operating voltage (1 pole) Umin AC/DC 24 V
Rated insulation voltage Ui AC 250/440 V, DC 250 V / protected pole
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (EN 60898-2) Icn AC/DC 10 kA
Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycle , for 40, 50, 63 A 5 000 operating cycles
Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles, for 40, 50, 63 A 5 000 operating cycles
Energy limitation class 3
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20
Connection
Conductor see table Connection range
Screw head type PZ2
Torque max. 3.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom 1)
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature °C -25 ÷ +55 °C, max. 95 % air humidity
Working position arbitrary
Climatic resistance (EN 60068-2-30) 6 operating cycles
Shocks (EN 60068-2-27) m/s2 150 za 11 ms half-sine pulse
Resistance to sinusoidal vibration (EN 60068-2-6) m/s2 50 at 25 ÷ 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 s)1) It is necessary to keep the connection polarity marked on the device in the DC circuits
Specifi cations
Connection range
Type and conductor cross-section for rear side of the terminal
Inte
rcon
nec
tin
g bu
sbar
0.75
÷ 1
0 m
m2
16 m
m2
25 m
m2
0.75
÷ 6
mm
2
1 ÷
6 m
m2
10 m
m2
16 m
m2
1 ÷
2.5
mm
2
4 m
m2
0.75
÷ 6
mm
2
10 m
m2
16 m
m2
0.75
÷ 2
.5 m
m2
4 m
m2
1 ri
gid
con
duct
or
2 ri
gid
con
duct
ors
1 fl
exib
le
con
duct
or 1)
2 fl
exib
le
con
duct
or 1)
1 fl
exib
le
con
duct
or
wit
h a
sle
eve
2 fl
exib
le
con
duct
ors
wit
h a
sle
eve
Type
and
con
duct
or c
ross
-sec
tion
for f
ron
t si
de o
f the
term
inal
1 rigid conductor
0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �35 mm2 �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
2 rigid conductors 0.75 ÷ 10 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
1 flexible conductor 1)1 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
2 flexible conductors 1) 1 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
1 flexible conductor with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
2 flexible conductors with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal
Conductors of the same type and cross-section must be used for connection of two conductors to the same level of a terminal
��the stated connection combination is possible
��the stated connection combination is not possible
0 75 16 2
Front side of the terminal
Barrier
Rear side of the terminal
Minia
B26
LTN-UC Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTN-UC
Correction of rated current In
Correction of circuit breaker rated current In is determined by relation In1 = KT x KN x In where:
In1 … is corrected rated current of the circuit breaker
In … is rated current of the circuit breaker (i.e. the one placed separately at reference temperature 30 °C)
KT … is correction factor taking ambient temperature into account
KN … is correction factor taking into account placement of more loaded circuit breakers side-by-side
1) Correction factor KT
For concrete circuit breaker type (In, characteristic, number of poles), determine correction
curve number (1, 2 or 3) in the table, and using the correction curve number and given ambient
temperature on the graph, determine correction factor KT.
2) Correction factor KN
Determine correction factor KN according to the number of circuit breakers
placed side-by-side.
Example
Task: how rated current In = 32 A will change for circuit
breaker LTN-UC-32C-1 at ambient temperature 10 °C
and for 4 circuit breakers placed side-by-side?
Determination of KT: for characteristic C, number of poles 1, and In 32 A, it is
possible to take correction curve No. 2 from the table. For
intersection of the correction curve No. 2 and ambient
temperature 10 °C it is possible to determine correction
factor KT = 1.09 on the vertical scale of the graph.
Determination of KN: for 4 circuit breakers LTN-UC-32C-1 placed side-by-side it
is possible to determine from the table correction factor
KN = 0.88
Correction In: new rated current
In1 = KT x KN x In = 1.09 x 0.88 x 32 A = 30.69 A
Correction factor KN for circuit breakers placed side-by-side
Number of LTN-UC circuit
breakers side-by-side 1 2 ÷ 3 4 ÷ 6 > 7
Correction factor KN 1.00 0.90 0.88 0.85
Curve No. 3
Ambient temperature [°C]
Corre
ction
facto
r KT
-20 -10 0 10 403020 500.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
Curve No. 2
Internal impedance Z, powers losses P, impedance of fault loop ZS
In
[A]
Z 1)
[mΩ/pole]
P 1)
[W/pole]
Max. impedance of fault loop TN Zs [Ω] 2)
DC network AC network 3)
t ≤ 5 s (for Uo 220 V DC) t ≤ 0,1 s (for Uo 440 V DC) t ≤ 0,4 s (for Uo 230 V AC) t ≤ 5 s (for Uo 230 V AC)
1 1210 1.2 35.4 29.3 23.0 37.0
2 295 1.2 17.7 14.7 11.5 18.5
4 81 1.3 8.8 7.3 5.8 9.2
6 44 1.6 5.9 4.9 3.8 6.2
8 14 0.9 4.4 3.7 2.9 4.6
10 10 1.0 3.5 2.9 2.3 3.7
13 8 1.4 2.7 2.3 1.8 2.8
16 5.9 1.5 2.2 1.8 1.4 2.3
20 4 1.6 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.8
25 3.3 2.1 1.4 1.2 0.9 1.5
32 2.4 2.5 1.1 0.92 0.7 1.2
40 2.1 3.3 0.9 0.73 0.6 0.92
50 1.4 3.5 0.7 0.59 0.5 0.74
63 1.1 4.4 0.6 0.47 0.4 0.591) Average values per protected pole2) According to EN60364-4-413) If the measured value exceeds the table value, we recommend to use residual current circuit breaker
Rated current of the circuit breaker In [A]
CharacteristicNumber 1 2 4 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
pole Correction curve number
C 1.2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3
Correction factor KT depending on ambient temperature
Minia
B27
LTN-UC Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTN-UC
��Reference frequency: 50 Hz
Correction of tripping characteristic depending on frequency
Thermal release
In Correction factor
[A] 0 Hz 16 2/3 Hz 50 Hz 125 Hz 400 Hz 1 000 Hz
1 ÷ 10 1 1 1 1 0.99 0.97
13 ÷ 40 1 1 1 0.98 0.97 0.93
50 ÷ 63 1 1 1 0.97 0.92 0.85
Electromagnetic release
In Correction factor
[A] 0 Hz 16 Hz 50 Hz 125 Hz 400 Hz 1 000 Hz
1 ÷ 63 1.4 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.7
Example:
��For circuit breaker LTN-UC-50C-2 in a circuit with frequency of 125 Hz, rated current is
corrected: In = 50 x 0.97 = 48.5 A. For characteristic C, range of electromagnetic release
switching is changed to 1.2 x (5 ÷ 10)In = (6 ÷ 12)In
��For circuit breaker LTN-UC-20C-1 in DC current (frequency 0 Hz), rated current is
unchanged: In = 20 x 1 = 20 A. For characteristic C, range of electromagnetic release
switching is changed to 1.4 x (5 ÷ 10) In = (7 ÷ 14) In
Dimensions
69. 8
17.6 6.2 43. 9
64
73. 5
89.8
45.1
35. 2
69. 8
6.2 43. 9
64
74. 1
89.8
45.1
LTN-UC-..-2LTN-UC-..-1
Diagram
LTN-UC-..-1
1
LTN-UC-..-2
1 3
2 2 4
Minia
B28
LTN-UC Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTN-UC
Characteristics LTN-UC in DC circuit
Characteristics LTN-UC in AC circuit
1
2
5
30
120
10
60
min
1008060402010
x In
76421 3 5 98
0.01
1.1
3 I n
1.4
5 I n
t v[s
]
C
At ambient temperature 30 °C
0.05
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
50
100
500
1 000
5 000
10 000
1.5
1
2
5
30
120
10
60
min
1008060402010
x In
76421 3 5 98
0.01
1.1
3 I n
1.4
5 I n
t v[s
]
At ambient temperature 30 °C
0.05
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
50
100
500
1 000
5 000
10 000
1.5
C
Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 60898-2
Thermal release Tripping characteristic typeC
Conventional non-tripping current Int for t ≥ 1 hr Int = 1.13 InConventional tripping current It for t < 1 hr It = 1.45 In
Current I3 for 1 s < t < 60 s (for In ≤ 32 A)
I3 = 2.55 In1 s < t < 120 s (for In > 32 A)
t - break time of the circuit breaker
Electromagnetic release Characteristic C
DC circuit AC circuit
Current I4 for 0.1 s < t < 15 s (for In ≤ 32 A)I4 = 7 In I4 = 5 In0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In > 32 A)
Current I5 for t < 0.1 s I5 = 15 In I5 = 10 Int - break time of the circuit breaker
��Characteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes current surges.
Minia
B29
LTN-UC Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LTN-UC
Characteristics I2t
4 A
1 A
6 A
10 A13/16 A20/25/32 A
63 A
2 A
8 A
40 A50 A
LTN-UC in DC circuit, Characteristic C
20
40
I2 t [A2 s]
Ip [A]
60
80100
400
600
8001 000
200
4 000
6 000
8 00010 000
2 000
40 000
60 000
80 000100 000
20 000
1 00
080
0
600
400
200
2 00
0
4 00
0
6 00
0
1008060402010
10 0
00
200 000
10
4 A
1 A
6 A
10 A13/16 A
20/25/32 A
2 A
8 A
40/50/63 A
LTN-UC in AC circuit, characteristic C
20
40
I2 t [A2 s]
Ip [A]
60
80100
400
600
8001 000
200
4 000
6 000
8 00010 000
2 000
40 000
60 000
80 000100 000
20 000
1 00
080
0
600
400
200
2 00
0
4 00
0
6 00
0
1008060402010
10 0
00
200 000
10
Protection of DC circuits
For protection of DC circuits it is possible to use LTN-UC, LTP,
LTS, LVN, LST-DC circuit breakers depending on voltage.
Miniature circuit breaker DC voltageType In [A]
LTN-UC-..-1 1) do 63 A DC 220 V
LTN-UC-..-2 1) do 63 A DC 440 V
LST-DC-..-2 1) do 125 A DC 440 V
LTP,LTS-..-1 do 63 A DC 60 V
LTP,LTS-..-2 do 63 A DC 120 V
LTP,LTS-..-3 do 63 A DC 180 V
LVN-..-1 do 125 A DC 72 V
LVN-..-3 do 125 A DC 216 V
LVN-..-4 do 125 A DC 288 V1) It is necessary to keep the polarity marked on the circuit breaker
L TN
-UC-
...-1
I
I
I
220 V / L0 V / L
LTN
-UC-
...-1
I
I
I
220 V / L 0 V / L
1-pole connection of LTN-UC
Load
Load Source
Top connection Bottom connection
LTN
-UC-
...-2
440 V / L0 V / L
I
I
I
I
LTN
-UC-
...-2
440 V / L 0 V / L
II
II
2-pole connection of LTN-UC
Load
Load Source
Top connection Bottom connection
Correct polarity connection of DC circuit breakers,
loads etc. in the circuit has to follow the direction
of current fl ow in DC circuit that is from (+) to (-).
Example of current fl ow according to polarity is shown by the
arrow:
The correct connection of devices (point 1) seems to be illogical due to connection of load terminal (+) and circuit breaker terminal (-). However, it is correct connection.
Load
I
Miniature circuit breaker
I
SourceI
I
Load I
I
Source I
I
Load I
I
2) Wrong connection of devices
= contradictory current fl ow on the devices
1) Correct connection of devices
= equal direction of current fl ow on the devices
Auxiliary switch PS-LS
Shunt trips SV-LS
Accessories
Rated Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Packagevoltage Uc of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
AC/DC 24 V 10 SV-LS-X024-1000 OEZ:35695 1 0.120 1
AC/DC 400 V 10 SV-LS-X400-1000 OEZ:35703 1 0.109 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
11 PS-LS-1100 OEZ:35664 0.5 0.043 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
��Series of miniature circuit breakers up to 125 A / DC 440 V.��For protection of cables and conductors against over-
load and short-circuit.��Tripping characteristics C according to EN 60898-1.
��Breaking capacity Icn 10 kA.��Possibility of sealing in on or off position.��Device polarity must be always observed in connecting.
Circuit breakers for direct current (DC), 2-poleIn
[A]Characteristic C Number Weight PackageType Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
80 LST-DC-80C-2 OEZ:37241 3 0.45 2100 LST-DC-100C-2 OEZ:37242 3 0.45 2125 LST-DC-125C-2 OEZ:37243 3 0.45 2
Minia
B30
LST-DC Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LST-DC
Minia
B31
LST-DC Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LST-DC
Type LST-DC
Standards EN 60898-1Approval marks
Number of poles 2
Tripping characteristics CRated current In 80, 100, 125 A
Rated operating voltage Ue DC 440 VMax. operating voltage Umax DC 448 V
Min. operating voltage (1 pole) Umin DC 12 VRated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) Icu DC 10 kA (t ≤ 5 ms)
Rated short-circuit service breaking capacity (EN 60947-2) Ics DC 100% IcuElectrical endurance 4 000 operating cycles
Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20
ConnectionConductor Cu - rigid (solid, stranded) 1.5 ÷ 50 mm2, 2x 16 mm2
Torque 3.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom 1)
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature °C -30 ÷ +55 °CWorking position arbitrarySeismic resistance EN 980: 1993 2)
1) It is necessary to keep the polarity marked on the circuit breaker2) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín
Specifi cations
Internal impedance Z, powers losses P, impedance of fault loop ZS
In Z 1) P 1) Max. impedance of fault loop for TN network TN Zs [Ω] 2)
[A] [mΩ/pole] [W/pole] t ≤ 5 s (for U0 220 V DC) t ≤ 0,1 s (for U0 440 V DC)
80 0.91 5.79 0.49 0.79
100 0.80 8.03 0.39 0.63
125 0.61 9.46 0.31 0.501) Average values per protected pole2) According to EN 60364-4-41; times t ≤ 5 and 0.1 s are disconnection times
Correction of rated currents of miniature circuit breakers LST-DC
In[A]
Correction of rated currents for ambient temperature -30 °C up to +60 °C [A] 1)
-30 °C -20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C
80 104.0 104.0 100.0 96.0 92.0 88.0 80 74.4 70.4 67.2100 130.0 130.0 125.0 120.0 115.0 110.0 100 93.0 88.0 84.0125 162.5 162.5 156.3 150.0 143.8 137.5 125 116.3 110.0 105.0
1) Valid for 1 pole and any characteristic, reference temperature: 30 °C
Correction of rated currents of miniature circuit breakers installed side by side [A] 2)
1 2 3 4 5
80 76.00 74.00 72.00 70.40
100 95.00 92.50 90.00 88.00
125 118.75 115.63 112.50 110.002) Valid for reference temperature 30 °C
Minia
B32
LST-DC Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS LST-DC
Dimensions
53.2
LST-DC-..-2
74
70
71.5
904560
445.5
1. 7
8.75 5.570
44
60
93 90 45
PS-LS-..
33
11
12
34
17.5
26.1 71.5
70
4590
5.560
44
SV-LS-..
C2
C1
14
Diagram
Wiring diagram
3
42
1
LST-DC-..-2
34 12
33 11
PS-LS-1100
14
C2C1
SV-LS-..-1000
Top connection Bottom connection
p
LST-
DC-..
.-2
LST-
DC-..
.-2
Load Source
Load Source
I I
I
I I
II
I
440 V / L+0 V / L-
440 V / L+ 0 V / L-
LST-DC-..-2
SV-LS-..
2-pole connection of LST-DC
PS-LS-..
��Accessory to:
– miniature circuit breakers LTP, LTS, LVN, LTN-UC
– residual current circuit breakers: LFN, LFE
– switches: MSO, AVN-DC
��For signalling the position of contacts of the device in
switching off by releases or manually, i.e. in switching
off by overload, short-circuit, shunt trip or undervoltage
release, residual current and manually by control lever.
�� Mounting:
– on the right side of the device
– 2 auxiliary switches can be connected to one device in
combination with the other accessories - see page B40.
��Width 9 mm.
��Auxiliary switch function can be checked by test lever
on the front side of the device (version PS-..-TE).
��Variant for switching small direct current voltages up to
DC 30 V.
�� They are suitable for application in SELV and PELV cir-
cuits - suffi cient insulation is provided between the
circuit breaker and the auxiliary switch.
��Accessory to:
– miniature circuit breakers LTP, LTS, LVN, LTN-UC
– residual current circuit breakers: LFN, LFE
��For position signalling of main contacts of the device
in switching off by releases, i.e. in switching off by
overload, short-circuit, shunt trip and undervoltage
release or residual current.
�� Mounting:
– on the right side of the device
– 2 signal switches can be connected to one device in
combination with the other accessories - see page B40.
��Auxiliary switch function can be checked by test lever
on the front side of the device (version SS-..-TE).
��Signal switch can be reset by means of the red reset
lever on the front side of the device without switching
the device on by the control lever (version SS-..-RE).
�� They are suitable for application in SELV and PELV cir-
cuits - suffi cient insulation is provided between the
circuit breaker and the signal switch
Auxiliary switches
Signal switches
Design Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
Standard
11 PS-LT-1100 OEZ:42297 0.5 0.065 1
20 PS-LT-2000 OEZ:42299 0.5 0.071 1
02 PS-LT-0200 OEZ:42298 0.5 0.065 1
With test lever
11 PS-LT-1100-TE OEZ:42300 0.5 0.054 1
20 PS-LT-2000-TE OEZ:42302 0.5 0.058 1
02 PS-LT-0200-TE OEZ:42301 0.5 0.080 1
For small voltages standard 11 PS-LT-1100-MN OEZ:42303 0.5 0.075 1
For small voltages with test lever 11 PS-LT-1100-MN-TE OEZ:42304 0.5 0.054 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Design Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
Standard
11 SS-LT-1100 OEZ:42306 0.5 0.065 1
20 SS-LT-2000 OEZ:42307 0.5 0.075 1
02 SS-LT-0200 OEZ:42308 0.5 0.078 1
With test lever
11 SS-LT-1100-TE-RE OEZ:42309 0.5 0.055 1
20 SS-LT-2000-TE-RE OEZ:42310 0.5 0.057 1
02 SS-LT-0200-TE-RE OEZ:42311 0.5 0.057 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Minia
B33
Miniature circuit breakers
ACCESSORIES
��Accessory to:
– miniature circuit breakers LTS, LVN, LTN-UC
– residual current circuit breakers: LFN, LFE
��They are used for device switching off by applied voltage.
�� Mounting:
– on the right side of the device
– one shunt trip can be connected to one device in com-
bination with the other accessories - see page B40.
��Accessory to:
– miniature circuit breakers LTS, LVN, LTN-UC
– residual current circuit breakers: LFN, LFE
��They are used for tripping the device at loss of voltage as
well as at gradual decrease of voltage.
��They are used for elimination of closing of circuit break-
er if voltage is lower than 35 % Uc (switching is pos-
sible at voltage higher than 85 % Uc).
��They are often used for protection against device restart
following mains failure.
�� Mounting:
– on the right side of the device
– one undervoltage release can be connected to one
device in combination with the other accessories - see
page B40.
Shunt trips
Undervoltage releases
Rated voltage Type Order Number Weight PackageUc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
AC/DC 24 ÷ 60 V SV-LT-X060 OEZ:42312 1 0.106 1
AC 110 ÷ 415 V / DC 110 V SV-LT-X400 OEZ:42313 1 0.098 1
Rated voltage Arrangement Type Order Number Weight PackageUc of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
AC 230 V- SP-LT-A230 OEZ:42315 1 0.109 1
20 SP-LT-A230-2000 OEZ:42317 1 0.123 1
DC 24 V- SP-LT-D024 OEZ:42319 1 0.113 1
20 SP-LT-D024-2000 OEZ:42321 1 0.117 1
DC 110 V- SP-LT-D110 OEZ:42320 1 0.105 1
20 SP-LT-D110-2000 OEZ:42322 1 0.128 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Minia
B34
Miniature circuit breakers
ACCESSORIES
��Accessory to:
– miniature circuit breakers LVN, LTN-UC
– residual current circuit breakers: OLI, OLE
– switches: AVN-DC
��For safe locking of the control lever in off or on position.
��The protective function of the devices is functional even
in locked position.
��Maximum diameter of lock rod - 3 mm.
��The lock is not included in the package.
��Accessory to:
– miniature circuit breakers: LTP, LTS,LVN, LTN-UC
– residual current circuit breakers: OLI, OLE, LFN, LFE
– switches: MSO, AVN-DC
��For safe locking of the control lever in off or on position.
��The protective function of the devices is functional even
in locked position.
��Maximum diameter of lock rod - 6 mm.
��The lock is not included in the package.
��In installation it is necessary to press the fi xing
springs of the insert by two fi ngers against
each other, and then slide them in the holes
in the circuit breaker. In case of pressing
the insert against the circuit breaker body a part
of the plastic cover could break off !
��Accessory to:
– miniature circuit breakers LTP, LTS, LVN, LTN-UC
– residual current circuit breakers: OLI, OLE
– switches: MSO, AVN-DC
��For covering and sealing of terminal screws.
Locking insert OD-LT-VU01
Locking insert OD-LT-VU02
Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01
Type Order Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
OD-LT-VU01 OEZ:42324 0.012 1
Type Order Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
OD-LT-VU02 OEZ:42325 0.003 1
Type Order Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
OD-LT-VP01 OEZ:42323 0.002 1
Minia
B35
Miniature circuit breakers
ACCESSORIES
Minia
B36
Miniature circuit breakers
ACCESSORIES
TypePS-LTSS-LT
PS-LT-1100-MNPS-LT-1100-MN-TE
Standards EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1
EN 62019 EN 62019
Approval marks
Arrangement of contacts 1) 11, 20, 02 11, 20, 02
Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-13400 V 2 A -
230 V 6 A -
AC-14400 V 2 A -
230 V 6 A -
DC-13
220 V 1 A -
110 V 1 A -
60 V 3 A -
24 V 6 A -
Max. voltage/current - DC 30 V / 50 mA
Min. voltage/current 24 V / 50 mA DC 5 V / 1 mA
Backup protection - fuse / miniature circuit breaker 6 A gG / 6A characteristic B, C 6 A gG / 6A characteristic B, C
Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance at Ie 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Connection
Conductor Cu rigid (solid, stranded) 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Conductor Cu flexible 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Connection top/bottom top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °C -25 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary
Climatic resistance dle IEC 60068-2-30 28 operating cycles 28 operating cycles
Shocks (EN 60068-2-27) m/s2 150 za 11 ms half-sine pulse 150 za 11 ms half-sine pulse
Vibration resistance according to 60068-2-6 m/s2 50 at 10 ÷ 150 Hz 50 at 10 ÷ 150 Hz1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Specifi cations of auxiliary and signal switches
Minia
B37
Miniature circuit breakers
ACCESSORIES
Type SV-LT SP-LT
Standards EN 60947-1 EN 60947-1
Approval marks
Mounting on the right side of the device on the right side of the device
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Control circuit coil
Rated voltage Uc AC/DC 24 ÷ 60 V AC 230 V
AC 110 ÷ 415 V / DC 110 V DC 24, 110 V
Range of rated voltage 0.7 ÷ 1.1 Uc 0.85 ÷ 1.1 Uc
Voltage range for switching off - < 0.35 ÷ 0.7 Uc
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Backup protection - fuse / miniature circuit breaker 6 A gG / 6 A characteristic B, C 6 A gG / 6 A characteristic B, C
Contact
Arrangement of contacts 1) - 20
Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-1 - 230 V / 6 A
Min. voltage/current - 24 V / 50 mA
Backup protection - fuse / miniature circuit breaker - 6 A gG / 6 A char. B, C
Connection
Conductor Cu rigid (solid, stranded) 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Conductor Cu flexible 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm
Connection top/bottom top/bottom
Operating conditions
Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 2 000 operating cycles 2 000 operating cycles
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °C -25 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary
Climatic resistance according to IEC 60068-2-30 28 operating cycles 28 operating cycles
Shocks (EN 60068-2-27) m/s2 50 za 11 ms half-sine pulse 50 za 11 ms half-sine pulse
Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6 m/s2 50 at 10 ÷ 150 Hz 50 at 10 ÷ 150 Hz1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Specifi cations of shunt trips and undervoltage releases
Minia
B38
Miniature circuit breakers
ACCESSORIES
Dimensions
9
64
446
61.5
73.3
45
48.4
90
68.5
PS-LT, SS-LT
21
13
14
22
23
13
14
24
21
11
12
22
SV-LT
17.6
63.1
436.4
67.6
73.3
45.1
89.8
C2
C1
SP-LT
17.6
D2
D1
23 24
14
13
17.6 69.8 19.6
4
OD-LT-VU01
LTN-UC, LVN + OD-LT-VU01 + OD-LT-VP01
LTP, LTS + OD-LT-VU02
17.6 69.8 7.7
LTN-UC, LVN + OD-LT-VU02OD-LT-VP01
17.6 68.3 7.7
Minia
B39
Miniature circuit breakers
ACCESSORIES
Diagram
TEST
21
14 22
PS-LT-1100-TE PS-LT-2000-TE
13 23
14 24
11 21
12 22
PS-LT-0200-TE
SS-LT-1100
13 21
14 22
SS-LT-2000
13 23
14 24
11 21
12 22
SS-LT-0200
13 21
14 22
PS-LT-1100 PS-LT-2000
13 23
14 24
11 21
12 22
PS-LT-0200
13
TEST TEST
SS-LT-1100-TE-RE
13 21
14 22
SS-LT-2000-TE-RE
13 23
14 24
11 21
12 22
SS-LT-0200-TE-RE
TEST TEST TEST
D2
D1
U<
SP-LT
A1
U<
SP-LT-..-2000
D2
13
24
23
14
C2C1
SV-LT-..
Installation of auxiliary switch, shunt trips or undervoltage releases
1. In mounting the levers of auxiliary switch and
of the circuit breaker are in OFF position.
2. Tilt both fi xing springs of the auxiliary switch
to the right so that they do not get between the aux-
iliary switch and circuit breaker in installation.
3. Slide the auxiliary switch onto the circuit breaker
from the right.
For installation of an auxiliary switch, shunt trip or under-
voltage releases on a circuit breaker, residual current circuit
breaker or switch, the same procedure shall apply as de-
scribed on the example of installation of the auxiliary switch
on the circuit breaker in the following points.
4
3
4
5
4
1
2
2
4. Lock the fi xing springs in the circuit breaker body so
that the auxiliary switch cannot release.
5. Check correct function by switching.
Minia
B40
Miniature circuit breakers
ACCESSORIES
or or or
PS-LT SS-LT PS-LTSS-LT
PS-LTSS-LT
PS-LTSS-LT
SS-LTPS-LT
or or or
PS-LT SS-LT PS-LTSS-LT
PS-LTSS-LT
PS-LTSS-LT
SS-LTPS-LT
SV-LT
or or or
PS-LT SS-LT PS-LTSS-LT
PS-LTSS-LT
PS-LTSS-LT
SS-LTPS-LT
SP-LT
LTS, LTN-UC, LVN, LFE, LFN
or
PS-LT PS-LT PS-LTMSO, AVN-DC
LTP
or or or
PS-LT SS-LT PS-LTSS-LT
PS-LTSS-LT
PS-LTSS-LT
SS-LTPS-LT
Combination of accessories
��For interconnection of 1 to 4-pole circuit breakers, re-
sidual current circuit breakers, switches, lightning
current arresters and surge voltage arresters.
�� Interconnecting busbars of S3L-...FI design:
– special interconnecting busbars (without N-pole)
for easier connection of the residual current circuit
breaker and circuit breaker, where it is required that
the row of circuit breakers begins at the N-pole
of the residual current circuit breaker.
– advantage (compared to solution with standard
busbar with N-pole) - it is not necessary to cut the
outlets of the N-pole.
��For devices with pole spacing 17.8 mm:
–�miniature circuit breakers LTP, LTS, LTN-UC
–�residual current circuit breakers LFN, LFE, OLI, OLE
� –�switches MSO etc.
��For devices with pole spacing 27 mm:
–�miniature circuit breakers LVN
–�1-module devices (e.g. LTP, LTS, LTN-UC miniature
circuit breakers, switches MSO etc.) with auxiliary
switch
��For devices with pole spacing 17.8 mm:
–�miniature circuit breakers LTP, LTS, LTN-UC
–�residual current circuit breakers LFN, LFE, OLI, OLE
� –�switches MSO etc.
��They are manufactured already covered, and must not
be shortened.
Interconnecting busbars
Interconnecting busbars of length 1 m
Interconnecting busbars of length 1 m
Short interconnecting busbars
Number Number Cross-section Type Order End cap Weight Package
of poles of outlets [mm2] code [kg] [pcs]
1 5710 S1L-1000-10 OEZ:37373 EKC-1 0.204 50
16 S1L-1000-16 OEZ:37375 EKC-1 0.302 50
2 28x 2 16 S2L-1000-16 OEZ:37378 EKC-2+3 0.477 20
3 19x 310 S3L-1000-10 OEZ:38484 EKC-3 0.505 20
16 S3L-1000-16 OEZ:37379 EKC-2+3 0.737 20
3+N 27x 2 16 S3L+N-1000-16 OEZ:38487 EKC-4 1.205 15
4 14x 4 16 S4L-1000-16 OEZ:38486 EKC-4 1.205 15
Number Number Cross-section Type Order End cap Weight Package
of poles of outlets [mm2] code [kg] [pcs]
1 3716 S1L-27-1000-16 OEZ:37376 EKC-1 0.201 50
25 S1L-27-1000-25 OEZ:37377 EKC-1-36 0.315 30
3 12x 316 S3L-27-1000-16 OEZ:37380 EKC-2+3 0.537 20
25 S3L-27-1000-25 OEZ:37381 EKC-3-36 0.995 10
4 9x 4 25 S4L-27-1000-25 OEZ:37382 EKC-3-36 1.327 15
Number Number Cross-section Type Order End cap *) Weight Package
of poles of outlets [mm2] code [kg] [pcs]
1 1210 S1L-210-10 OEZ:38475 � 0.045 50
16 S1L-210-16 OEZ:37374 � 0.047 50
2 6x 210 S2L-210-10 OEZ:38476 � 0.067 20
16 S2L-210-16 OEZ:38477 � 0.110 20
3
2x 310 S3L-106-10 OEZ:38478 � 0.055 25
16 S3L-106-16 OEZ:38479 � 0.080 25
3x 310 S3L-160-10 OEZ:38480 � 0.085 25
16 S3L-160-16 OEZ:38481 � 0.115 25
4x 310 S3L-210-10 OEZ:38482 � 0.110 25
16 S3L-210-16 OEZ:38483 � 0.150 25
*) �= The busbar is covered
Minia
B41
Miniature circuit breakers
INTERCONNECTING BUSBARS
��For covering the ends of interconnecting busbars.
��It enables power supply of interconnecting busbars by
conductors of cross section up to 35 mm2.
��The blocks can be assembled in series to create a multi-
-pole connection unit.
��Degree of protection IP20.
��It enables isolation of unused outlets of interconnecting
busbars.
��For covering fi ve unused outlets.
End caps
Power supply unit
Outlet cover
Accessories of interconnecting busbars
Type Order Description Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
EKC-1 OEZ:37383 for 1-pole rails by cross-section 10, 12, 16 mm2 0.0005 10
EKC-2+3 OEZ:37384 for 2-pole rails and for 3-pole rails by cross-section 16 mm2 0.0010 10
EKC-3 OEZ:37385 for 3-pole rails by cross-section 10 mm2 0.0010 10
EKC-3-36 OEZ:37386 for 3-pole rails and for 4-pole rails by cross-section 25 mm2 0.0020 10
EKC-4 OEZ:37387 for 4-pole rails by cross-section 16 mm2 0.0020 10
EKC-1-36 OEZ:43854 for 1-pole rails by cross-section 25 mm2 0.0010 10
Type Order Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
ES-35-GS OEZ:37388 0.035 10
Type Order Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
EKD-5 OEZ:43147 0.004 10
��For 2 and 3-module devices with auxiliary switch.
��For easier connection of circuit breaker with residual current circuit breaker (version S3L-...FI).
Special interconnecting busbars
Number Number Cross-section Type Order End cap Weight Package
of poles of outlets [mm2] code [kg] [pcs]
2 22x 2 16 S2L+N+9-1000-16 1) OEZ:39849 EKC-2+3 0.710 20
3
3x 3 + 2x 110 S3L-210FI-10 2) OEZ:43144 ��*) 0.074 25
16 S3L-210FI-16 2) OEZ:43146 ��*) 0.099 25
16x 3 16 S3L+9-1000-16 3) OEZ:38485 EKC-2+3 0.720 20
22x 2 16 S3L+N+9-1000-16 1) OEZ:39616 EKC-4 0.983 151) For 2-module (L+N) devices with auxiliary switch2) For interconnection of circuit breakers and residual current circuit breakers, where it is required that the row of circuit breakers begins at
the N-pole of the residual current circuit breaker3) For 3-module (L123) devices with auxiliary switch
*) �= The busbar is covered
Minia
B42
Miniature circuit breakers
INTERCONNECTING BUSBARS
��For connection of another conductor to the head part
of the terminal.
��Cross-section of Cu conductors: 6 ÷ 25 mm2.
��For connection of conductors to the clamp part
of the terminal.
��Cross-section of Cu conductors: 6 ÷ 25 mm2.
��For connection of 3 conductors per device pole of cross section 10 mm2.
��For connection of Cu/Al conductors of cross section
35 ÷ 95 mm2.
��With direct or outbowed terminal.
��For connection of Al or Cu conductors. ��Cross-section of Cu conductors: 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2.
��Cross-section of Al conductors: 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2.
Terminal extensions
Terminal extension up to 25 mm2 with fork
Terminal extension up to 25 mm2 with pin
Terminal extension 3x 10 mm2
Terminal extensions up to 95 mm2
Terminal extension up to 50 mm2
Type Order Accessories to Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
AS-25-G OEZ:37390 OFI, SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVC, SVM 0.013 30
Type Order Accessories to Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
AS-25-S OEZ:37389 OFI-..-2-...., RLP 0.014 30
Type Order Accessories to Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
N3x10-FH000 OEZ:14127 LVN, LST-DC, SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVM 0.035 1
Type Order Accessories to Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
AS-50-S-AL01 OEZ:38749LTP, LTS, LTN-UC, LVN, LST-DC, LFE, LFN, OLE, OLI, OFI100/125,
SJB, SJBC, SVBC, SVC, SVM, MSO0.018 1
Type Order Accessories to Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
CS-FH000-3NP95 OEZ:13740straight terminal– the package contains the set of 3 pieces
LVN, LST-DC, SJBplus, SJB-NPE
0.176 1
CS-FH000-1NP95 OEZ:14378 straight terminalLVN, LST-DC, SJBplus, SJB-NPE
0.06 1
CS-FH000-3NV95 OEZ:13742outbowed terminal– the package contains the set of 3 pieces
LVN, LST-DC, SJBplus, SJB-NPE
0.184 1
Minia
B43
Miniature circuit breakers
INTERCONNECTING BUSBARS
Minia
B44
Miniature circuit breakers
INTERCONNECTING BUSBARS
Specifi cations
Diagram
Shortening interconnecting busbars
Max. loading current per phase
Type S1L.. S2L-.., S3L-.., S4L-..
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 690 V / DC 1000 V AC 415 V
Loading current 63 ÷ 180 A 63 ÷ 180 A
Cross-section 10 ÷ 25 mm2 10 ÷ 25 mm2
Short-circuit strength with backup fuse 250 A gG 50 kA 50 kA
Overvoltage category III III
Rated impulse voltage 8 kV 8 kV
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Busbar material E-Cu-F25 E-Cu-F25
Insulation material PC/ABS-Blend PC/ABS-Blend
Rail cross-section
10 mm2 16 mm2 20 mm2 25 mm2
Power supply from the rail edge 63 A 80 A 90 A 100 A
Power supply from the rail centre 1) 100 A 130 A 150 A 180 A1) Max. loading current in one direction must not be higher than max. loading current at power supply from the rail edge
S3L+N
L2 L3L1 N
S4L
L3L1 L2 N N N
S3L
L1 L2 L3
S2L
L2(N )
L1
S1L
L1
S3L-210FI
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2
S2L+N
L2L1 N N
Remove copper stripsDetermine necessary number of pins and cut
the busbar to length by hack saw
min. 4 mm
Perform cut by plate shearsas short to the pin as possible
Put the end cap on
Finish by file
n
Put the copper strips backinto the plastic case
3
4 6
1 2
5
Minia
B45
Miniature circuit breakers
INTERCONNECTING BUSBARS
Dimensions
S1L-1000-16
57x 117.8 4
14
51.5
15
17
29
1.5
15
S2L-1000-16
28x 217.8 4
1016
1016
S3L-1000-16
19x 317.8 4
29
17
15
1.5
S3L-1000-10
19x 317.8 4
25
12
15
1
1016
1016
S1L-1000-10
57x 117.8 4 1
14
5 14
1016
1.5
20.5
30
17
S3L+N-1000-16S4L-1000-16
417.814x 4
1000
1.5
15
5 15
S1L-27-1000-16
27 437x 1
1016
20
5
2
18
S1L-27-1000-25
37x 127 6.5
29
17
15
1.5
S3L-27-1000-16
26.812x 3
4
43
18.3
27
2
S3L-27-1000-25
2712x 3 6.5
970
1002
S4L-27-1000-25
9x 427 6
42
24.6
2
27
1002
28.5
16
1(1.5)
4
S1L-210-10, S1L-210-16
216
417.8
15
17
1.5
28.5
S2L-210-10, S2L-210-16
210
417.8
S3L-106-10, S3L-106-10, S3L-210-10
15
14
1
25
106 (S3L-106-10)
160 (S3L-160-10)212 (S3L-210-10)
417.8
Minia
B46
Miniature circuit breakers
INTERCONNECTING BUSBARS
S3L-106-16, S3L-106-16, S3L-210-16
417.8
S3L-210FI-16
ES-35-GS
17.7 26
33
19.2
17
16
1.5
27
106 (S3L-106-16)
160 (S3L-160-16)212 (S3L-210-16)
29
17
15
1.5
S2L+N+9-1000-16
22x 2 17.8 26.8 4
1001
S3L-210FI-10
210
417.8 1
28
9.5
15
35.6
210
417.8 1.5
30
11
18
35.6
29
17
15
1.5
S3L+9-1000-16
16x 3 17.8 26.8 4
1016
S3L+N+9-1000-16
1.5
20.5
30
17
22x 2 17.8 26.8 4
1000
611.5
2.5
15 17
20.5
15 17
20.5
2.547 7
7 6
24.5
13
17 23.5 8 24.5 17.5
27
23 32.5
38
23 32.5
38
4 410 10
AS-25-S N3x10-FH000AS-25-G
CS-FH000-...NP95 CS-FH000-3NV95
AS-50-AL01
Dimensions of terminal extensions
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS Minia
Minia
C
��Summary of models ................................................................................................................... C2
��Residual current circuit breakers LFE ............................................................................... C3
��Residual current circuit breakers LFN .............................................................................. C6
��Residual current circuit breakers LFN ............................................................................C10
��Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection OLE .............C17
��Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection OLI ..............C20
��Residual current monitor 5SV8 ..........................................................................................C27
��Basic terms, symbols and break times....................................................................... ...C28
Minia
C2
Residual current circuit breakers
SUMMARY OF MODELS
Type LFE LFN OFI OLE OLI 5SV8
Function Residual current circuit breaker Residual current circuit breaker with overcurrent protection
Residual current monitor
Conditional short-circuit current Inc 6 kA 10 kA 10 kA - -
Des
crip
tion
Intended for monitoring of leakage current (residual/ fault current) and fi re protection due to deterioration of isolation or sneak current for example.
Optional setting of residual current I
Δn and limiting
inactivity time IΔt
.
Breaking capacity Icn (EN 60898) - - - 6 kA 10 kA
Rated current In 16 ÷ 80 A 16 ÷ 80 A 25 ÷ 125 A 6 ÷ 40 A 6 ÷ 40 A
Rated residual current IΔn 10 ÷ 500 mA 10 ÷ 500 mA 30 ÷ 500 mA 30 mA 30, 300 mA
Rated voltage Ue AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230 V AC 230 V
Design AC and A 1) AC AC, A AC, A AC AC, A
Design G and S 2) - - G/S - G
Characteristics - - - B, C B, C
Number of poles 1N, 3N 1N, 3N 1N, 3N 1N 1N
1) Designs with various reaction to residual currents: AC reacts to sine-wave residual current, A reacts to sine-wave alternating and pulsating direct residual currents2) Design with time delay in switching off : G has time delay of 10 ms and S 40 ms. Design S is designed for selective tripping of residual current circuit breakers
Accessories
Auxiliary switches PS-LT PS-OF PS-LT-1100-K
Signal switches SS-LT - - -
Shunt trips SV-LT - - -
Shunt trips SP-LT - - -
Interconnecting busbars
S2L, S2L+N,
S3L+N,
S3L-…FI, S4L
S2L,
S2L+N,
S3L+N
Locking inserts OD-LT-VU02 -OD-LT-VU01,
OD-LT-VU02
Sealing insert - - - OD-LT-VP01
Minia
C3
LFE Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS LFE
��Residual current circuit breakers with conditional
short-circuit current 6 kA.
��They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).
��For protection:
– against dangerous contact with live parts (IΔn
≤ 30 mA)
– against dangerous contact with dead parts
– against fi re or short-circuit in reduced insulation capacity
of electrical equipment (IΔn
≤ 300 mA)
��Mounting/dismantling on/from “U“ rails: The latches
enable very quick mounting and dismantling by
hand, without any tool needed.
��Operating ambient temperature is for all designs al-
ready from -25 °C to +45 °C.
��Equipped with device status indicator.
��Wide range of accessories - auxiliary and signal switches,
undervoltage releases and shunt trips, interconnecting
busbars etc.
��Possibility of locking and sealing in off or on position.
��Possibility of interconnection with circuit breakers LTP,
LTS, LTN-UC by means of interconnecting busbars
up or down.
��N-pole of residual current circuit breakers in switching
on it closes before and in switching off it opens after
the other poles.
��Residual current circuit breaker are testing once per
6 months.
Residual current circuit breakers 2-pole, type AC
Residual current circuit breakers 4-pole, type AC
��Standard type for common use in building and housing
installations up to 40 A, AC 230 V.
��Standard type for common use in building and housing
installations up to 80 A, AC 230/400 V.
��Surge current resistance 250 A (8/20 μs).
��Surge current resistance 250 A (8/20 μs).
6 000 -25
6 000 -25
IΔn
In Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
10 16 LFE-16-2-010AC OEZ:42388 2 0.219 1
3025 LFE-25-2-030AC OEZ:42389 2 0.219 1
40 LFE-40-2-030AC OEZ:42390 2 0.240 1
10025 LFE-25-2-100AC OEZ:42391 2 0.219 1
40 LFE-40-2-100AC OEZ:42392 2 0.240 1
30025 LFE-25-2-300AC OEZ:42393 2 0.214 1
40 LFE-40-2-300AC OEZ:42394 2 0.212 1
IΔn
In Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30
25 LFE-25-4-030AC OEZ:42395 4 0.389 1
40 LFE-40-4-030AC OEZ:42396 4 0.375 1
63 LFE-63-4-030AC OEZ:42397 4 0.425 1
80 LFE-80-4-030AC OEZ:42398 4 0.424 1
100
25 LFE-25-4-100AC OEZ:42399 4 0.375 1
40 LFE-40-4-100AC OEZ:42400 4 0.375 1
63 LFE-63-4-100AC OEZ:42401 4 0.425 1
300
25 LFE-25-4-300AC OEZ:42402 4 0.375 1
40 LFE-40-4-300AC OEZ:42403 4 0.375 1
63 LFE-63-4-300AC OEZ:42404 4 0.389 1
80 LFE-80-4-300AC OEZ:42405 4 0.410 1
50040 LFE-40-4-500AC OEZ:42406 4 0.375 1
63 LFE-63-4-500AC OEZ:42407 4 0.425 1
Accessories
Auxiliary and signal switches PS-LT, SS-LT page B33
Shunt trips SV-LT page B34
Undervoltage releases SP-LT page B34
Locking inserts OD-LT-VU02 page B35
Interconnecting busbars S2L, S2L+N, S3L+N, S3L-...FI-..1), S4L page B41
Terminal extension AS-50-S-AL01 page B431) For interconnection of the residual current circuit breaker with a series of circuit breakers where the series of circuit breakers needs
to start from N-pole of the residual current circuit breaker
Design In Rated residual current IΔn [mA]
[A] 10 30 100 300 500
2-pole 16 0.7 W/pole - - - -
25÷40 - 2.6 W/pole 1.5 W/pole 1.5 W/pole -
4-pole 25÷80 - 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole
Type LFE-..-2 LFE-..-4
Standards EN 61008-1 EN 61008-1
EN 61008-2-1 EN 61008-2-1
EN 61543 EN 61543
Approval marks
Number of poles 2 4
Type AC AC
Rated current In 16, 25, 40 A 25, 40, 63, 80 A
Rated residual current IΔn 10, 30, 100, 300 mA 30, 100, 300, 500 mA
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230/400 V
Min. operating voltage (for test button function) Umin AC 195 V AC 195 V
Max. operating voltage Umax AC 250 V AC 250/440 V
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz
Rated conditional short-circuit current Inc 6 kA (see table below) 6 kA (see table below)
Rated making and breaking capacity Im 500 A 800 A
Surge resistance 250 A 250 A
Mechanical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35
Connection
Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 1) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2
Conductor - flexible 1) 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2
Screw head type PZ2 PZ2
Torque 3 Nm 3 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary
Climatic resistance (EN 60068-2-30) 28 operating cycles 28 operating cycles
(55 °C, 95 % relative air humidity) (55 °C, 95 % relative air humidity)1) For detailed connection of conductors see table on page C5
Minia
C4
LFE Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS LFE
Specifi cations
Protection of residual current circuit breakers
A) Short-circuit protection
In function principle, residual current circuit breaker is not possible to use for short-circuit
protection. For circuit protection it is necessary to use a fuse that cuts the short-circuited
circuit safely off . The residual current circuit breaker must only withstand the through-going
short-circuit current. The amplitude of the maximum through short-circuit current is defi ned
as rated conditional short-circuit current Inc
. The table below indicates the rated conditional
short-circuit current depending on the max. backup fuse.
Design In Max. backup Rated conditional short-circuit current
[A] fuse gG Inc [kA]
2-pole 16 ÷ 40 63 A 6 kA
4-pole25 ÷ 40 80 A 6 kA
63 ÷ 80 100 A 6 kA
Powers losses P
B) Protection against overload
Protection of the residual current circuit breakers against overload may be provided by fuses or
circuit breakers subject to following conditions:
- rated current of the fuse-link must be by one degree lower than rated current of the
residual current circuit breaker In of the fuse by one degree lower ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker
- rated current of the circuit breaker must be equal or lower than the rated current of the
residual current circuit breaker In of the circuit breaker ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker
Minia
C5
LFE Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS LFE
Connection range
Dimensions
Diagram
Connection
Connection range Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) Conductor flexible with a sleeve Conductor flexible without a sleeve 1)
1x conductor 1x (0.75 ÷ 35) mm2 1x (0.75 ÷ 25) mm2 1x (1 ÷ 35) mm2
2x conductor 2x (0.75 ÷ 10) mm2 2x (0.75 ÷ 4) mm2 2x (1 ÷ 4) mm2
1x conductor + 1x (10 ÷ 25) mm2 + interconnecting busbar 1x (6 ÷ 16) mm2 2) + interconnecting busbar -
interconnecting busbar pin thickness max. 1.5 mm pin thickness max. 1.5 mm1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal2) In case of use of a sleeve without plastic neck: conductor 1x (6 ÷ 25) mm2
If more conductors are used they must be of the same type and cross-section
1 N
2 N
5 N
6 N
3
4
1
2
LFE-..-4LFE-..- 2
35.8 71.6
68.1
6.2 43.9
64
9044.9
73.5LFE-..-4LFE-..- 2
5 N
6 N
3
4
1
2
L N
5 N
6 N
3
4
1
2
L3L2L1
5 N
6 N
3
4
1
2
NL3L2L1
1 N
2 N
Standard connection of 2-pole
residual current circuit breaker LFE
Standard connection of 4-pole
residual current circuit breaker LFE
4-pole residual current circuit breaker
LFE in 1-phase circuits with N-pole
4-pole residual current circuit breaker
LFE in 3-phase circuits without N-pole
NL
��Residual current circuit breakers with conditional
short-circuit current 10 kA.
��PFor protection:
– against dangerous contact with live parts (IΔn
≤ 30 mA)
– against dangerous contact with dead parts
– against fi re or short-circuit in reduced insulation capacity
of electrical equipment
��Mounting/dismantling on/from “U“ rails: the latches enable
very quick mounting and dismantling by hand, without
any tool needed.
��Operating ambient temperature is for all designs
already from -25 °C to +45 °C.
��Equipped with device status indicator.
��Wide range of accessories - auxiliary and signal switch-
es, undervoltage releases and shunt trips, intercon-
necting busbars etc.
��Wide range of accessories - auxiliary and signal
switches, undervoltage releases and shunt trips,
interconnecting busbars etc.
��Possibility of interconnection with circuit breakers LTP, LTS,
LTN-UC by means of interconnecting busbars up or down.
��N-pole of residual current circuit breakers in switching
on it closes before and in switching off it opens after
the other poles.
��Residual current circuit breaker are testing once per
6 months.
Residual current circuit breakers 2-pole, type AC
Residual current circuit breakers 4-pole, type AC
��They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).
��Standard type for common use in building and housing
installations up to 63 A, AC 230 V.
��They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).
��Standard type for common use in building and housing
installations up to 80 A, AC 230/400 V.
��Surge current resistance 250 A (8/20 μs).
��Surge current resistance 250 A (8/20 μs).
10000 -25
10000 -25
Minia
C6
LFN Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS LFN
IΔn
In Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
10 16 LFN-16-2-010AC OEZ:42408 2 0.219 1
30
25 LFN-25-2-030AC OEZ:42409 2 0.219 1
40 LFN-40-2-030AC OEZ:42410 2 0.240 1
63 LFN-63-2-030AC OEZ:42411 2 0.215 1
100
25 LFN-25-2-100AC OEZ:42412 2 0.213 1
40 LFN-40-2-100AC OEZ:42413 2 0.215 1
63 LFN-63-2-100AC OEZ:42414 2 0.215 1
300
25 LFN-25-2-300AC OEZ:42415 2 0.214 1
40 LFN-40-2-300AC OEZ:42416 2 0.212 1
63 LFN-63-2-300AC OEZ:42417 2 0.215 1
IΔn
In Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30
25 LFN-25-4-030AC OEZ:42418 4 0.389 1
40 LFN-40-4-030AC OEZ:42419 4 0.375 1
63 LFN-63-4-030AC OEZ:42420 4 0.425 1
80 LFN-80-4-030AC OEZ:42421 4 0.424 1
100
25 LFN-25-4-100AC OEZ:42422 4 0.375 1
40 LFN-40-4-100AC OEZ:42423 4 0.375 1
63 LFN-63-4-100AC OEZ:42424 4 0.392 1
300
25 LFN-25-4-300AC OEZ:42425 4 0.375 1
40 LFN-40-4-300AC OEZ:42426 4 0.375 1
63 LFN-63-4-300AC OEZ:42427 4 0.389 1
80 LFN-80-4-300AC OEZ:42428 4 0.410 1
50040 LFN-40-4-500AC OEZ:42429 4 0.375 1
63 LFN-63-4-500AC OEZ:42430 4 0.404 1
Accessories
Auxiliary and signal switches PS-LT, SS-LT page B33
Shunt trips SV-LT page B34
Undervoltage releases SP-LT page B34
Locking inserts OD-LT-VU02 page B35
Interconnecting busbars S2L, S2L+N, S3L+N, S3L-...FI-..1), S4L page B41
Terminal extension AS-50-S-AL01 page B431) For interconnection of the residual current circuit breaker with a series of circuit breakers where the series of circuit breakers needs
to start from N-pole of the residual current circuit breaker
Minia
C7
LFN Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS LFN
Residual current circuit breakers 2-pole, type A
Residual current circuit breakers 4-pole, type A
��They react to both sine-wave residual current and pul-
sating direct residual current (type A).
��Standard type for common use in building and indus-
trial installations up to 63 A, AC 230 V.
��They react to both sine-wave residual current and pul-
sating direct residual current (type A).
��Standard type for common use in building and indus-
trial installations up to 80 A, AC 230/400 V.
��Surge current resistance 1 kA (8/20 μs).
��Surge current resistance 1 kA (8/20 μs).
10000 -25
10000 -25
IΔn
In Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs ]
10 16 LFN-16-2-010A OEZ:42441 2 0.235 1
30
25 LFN-25-2-030A OEZ:42442 2 0.221 1
40 LFN-40-2-030A OEZ:42443 2 0.226 1
63 LFN-63-2-030A OEZ:42444 2 0.218 1
100
25 LFN-25-2-100A OEZ:42445 2 0.221 1
40 LFN-40-2-100A OEZ:42446 2 0.22 1
63 LFN-63-2-100A OEZ:42447 2 0.218 1
300
25 LFN-25-2-300A OEZ:42448 2 0.214 1
40 LFN-40-2-300A OEZ:42449 2 0.212 1
63 LFN-63-2-300A OEZ:42450 2 0.227 1
IΔn
In Typ Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30
25 LFN-25-4-030A OEZ:42451 4 0.391 1
40 LFN-40-4-030A OEZ:42452 4 0.386 1
63 LFN-63-4-030A OEZ:42453 4 0.432 1
80 LFN-80-4-030A OEZ:42454 4 0.424 1
100
25 LFN-25-4-100A OEZ:42455 4 0.375 1
40 LFN-40-4-100A OEZ:42456 4 0.375 1
63 LFN-63-4-100A OEZ:42457 4 0.397 1
300
25 LFN-25-4-300A OEZ:42458 4 0.375 1
40 LFN-40-4-300A OEZ:42459 4 0.375 1
63 LFN-63-4-300A OEZ:42460 4 0.383 1
80 LFN-80-4-300A OEZ:42461 4 0.383 1
50040 LFN-40-4-500A OEZ:42462 4 0.375 1
63 LFN-63-4-500A OEZ:42463 4 0.381 1
Type LFN-..-2 LFN-..-4
Standards EN 61008-1 EN 61008-1
EN 61008-2-1 EN 61008-2-1
EN 61543 EN 61543
Approval marks
Number of poles 2 4
Type AC, A AC, A
Rated current In 16, 25, 40, 63 A 25, 40, 63, 80 A
Rated residual current IΔn 10, 30, 100, 300 mA 30, 100, 300, 500 mA
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230/400 V
Min. operating voltage (for test button function) Umin AC 195 V AC 195 V
Max. operating voltage Umax AC 250 V AC 250/440 V
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz
Rated conditional short-circuit current Inc 6 kA (see table below) 6 kA (see table below)
Rated making and breaking capacity Im 500 A, 800 A 800 A
Surge resistance type AC 250 A 250 A
type A 1 kA 1 kA
Mechanical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35
Connection
Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 1) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2
Conductor - flexible 1) 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2
Screw head type PZ2 PZ2
Torque 3 Nm 3 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary
Climatic resistance (EN 60068-2-30) 28 operating cycles 28 operating cycles
(55 °C, 95 % relative air humidity) (55 °C, 95 % relative air humidity)1) For detailed connection of conductors see table on page C9
Minia
C8
LFN Residual current circuit breakers
Residual current circuit breakers
Specifi cations
Design In Max. backup Rated conditional short-circuit current
[A] fuse gG Inc [kA]
2-pole16 ÷ 40 63 A 10 kA
63 80 A 10 kA
4-pole25 ÷ 40 80 A 10 kA
63 ÷ 80 100 A 10 kA
Design In Rated residual current IΔn [mA]
[A] 10 30 100 300 500
2-pole
16 0,7 W/pole - - - -
25÷40 - 2.6 W/pole 1.5 W/pole 1.5 W/pole -
63 - 5.3 W/pole 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole -
4-pole 25÷80 - 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole 3.9 W/pole
Protection of residual current circuit breakers
A) Short-circuit protection
In function principle, residual current circuit breaker is not possible to use for short-circuit
protection. For circuit protection it is necessary to use a fuse that cuts the short-circuited cir-
cuit safely off . The residual current circuit breaker must only withstand the through-going
short-circuit current. The amplitude of the maximum through short-circuit current is defi ned
as rated conditional short-circuit current Inc
. The table below indicates the rated conditional
short-circuit current depending on the max. backup fuse.
B) Protection against overload
Protection of the residual current circuit breakers against overload may be provided by fuses or
circuit breakers subject to following conditions:
- rated current of the fuse-link must be by one degree lower than rated current of the resi-
dual current circuit breaker In of the fuse by one degree lower ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker
- rated current of the circuit breaker must be equal or lower than the rated current of the re-
sidual current circuit breaker In of the circuit breaker ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker
Powers losses P
Minia
C9
LFN Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS LFN
Connection range
Dimensions
Diagram
Connection
Number of connected conductors Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) Conductor flexible with a sleeve Conductor flexible without a sleeve 1)
1x conductor 1x (0.75 ÷ 35) mm2 1x (0.75 ÷ 25) mm2 1x (1 ÷ 35) mm2
2x conductor 2x (0.75 ÷ 10) mm2 2x (0.75 ÷ 4) mm2 2x (1 ÷ 4) mm2
1x conductor + 1x (10 ÷ 25) mm2 + interconnecting busbar 1x (6 ÷ 16) mm2 2) + interconnecting busbar -
interconnecting busbar pin thickness max. 1.5 mm pin thickness max. 1.5 mm1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal2) In case of use of a sleeve without plastic neck: conductor 1x (6 ÷ 25) mm2
If more conductors are used they must be of the same type and cross-section
1 N
2 N
5 N
6 N
3
4
1
2
LFN-..-4LFN-..- 2
35.8 71.6
68.1
6.2 43.9
64
9044.9
73.5LFN-..-4LFN-..-2
5 N
6 N
3
4
1
2
L N
5 N
6 N
3
4
1
2
L3L2L1
5 N
6 N
3
4
1
2
NL3L2L1
1 N
2 N
Standard connection of 2-pole
residual current circuit breaker LFN
Standard connection of 4-pole
residual current circuit breaker LFN
4-pole residual current circuit breaker
LFN in 1-phase circuits with N-pole
residual current circuit breaker 4-pole
LFN in 3-phase circuits without N-pole
NL
Residual current circuit breakers 4-pole, type A-G
��They react to both sine-wave residual current and
pulsating direct residual current (type A).
��Surge current resistance 3 kA (8/20 μs).
Residual current circuit breakers 2-pole, type AC-G
��They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).
��Surge current resistance 3 kA (8/20 μs).
��Residual current circuit breakers with conditional
short-circuit current 10 kA.
��Special residual current circuit breakers which reduce
the number of undesirable releases.
��Release delay: 10 ms.
��For protection:
– against dangerous contact with live parts (IΔn
≤ 30 mA)
– against dangerous contact with dead parts
– against fi re or short-circuit in reduced insulation
capacity of electrical equipment (IΔn
≤ 100 mA).
��Possibility of additional mounting of auxiliary switch
PS-OF-1100 on the right side of the device.
��Possibility of interconnection with circuit breakers LTP, LTS,
LTN-UC by means of interconnecting busbars only bottom.
��N-pole of residual current circuit breakers in switching
on it closes before and in switching off it opens after
the other poles.
��Residual current circuit breaker are testing once per
6 months.
IΔn
In
Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
3025 OFI-25-2-030AC-G OEZ:38437 2 0.280 1
40 OFI-40-2-030AC-G OEZ:38438 2 0.280 1
IΔn
In
Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30
25 OFI-25-4-030A-G OEZ:35292 4 0.520 1
40 OFI-40-4-030A-G OEZ:35294 4 0.520 1
63 OFI-63-4-030A-G OEZ:36839 4 0.520 1
100
25 OFI-25-4-100A-G OEZ:35293 4 0.520 1
40 OFI-40-4-100A-G OEZ:35295 4 0.520 1
63 OFI-63-4-100A-G OEZ:35296 4 0.520 1
Residual current circuit breakers 4-pole, type AC-G
��They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).
��Surge current resistance 3 kA (8/20 μs).
IΔn
In
Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30
25 OFI-25-4-030AC-G OEZ:38439 4 0.520 1
40 OFI-40-4-030AC-G OEZ:38440 4 0.520 1
63 OFI-63-4-030AC-G OEZ:38441 4 0.520 1
100
25 OFI-25-4-100AC-G OEZ:38443 4 0.520 1
40 OFI-40-4-100AC-G OEZ:38444 4 0.520 1
63 OFI-63-4-100AC-G OEZ:38445 4 0.520 1
Residual current circuit breakers 2-pole, type A-G
��They react to both sine-wave residual current and
pulsating direct residual current (type A).
��Surge current resistance 3 kA (8/20 μs).
IΔn
In
Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
3025 OFI-25-2-030A-G OEZ:38447 2 0.280 1
40 OFI-40-2-030A-G OEZ:38448 2 0.280 1
Minia
C10
OFI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI
Residual current circuit breakers, type AC-G, A-G
10000 -25G
10000 -25G
10000 -25G
10000 -25G
��Residual current circuit breakers with conditional
short-circuit current 10 kA.
��Special residual current circuit breakers which reduce
the number of undesirable releases and enable selec-
tive switching of residual current circuit breakers.
��Release delay: 40 ms.
��They react to both sine-wave residual current and pul-
sating direct residual current (type A).
��It is recommended to install them before the equipment
causing short-time (up to 40 ms) stray currents
– heavy induction motors, large heating bodies, inter-
ference suppressors, surge voltage arresters etc.
IΔn
In
Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30040 OFI-40-4-300A-S OEZ:35297 4 0.520 1
63 OFI-63-4-300A-S OEZ:35298 4 0.520 1
��For protection:
– against fi re or short-circuit in reduced insulation
capacity of electrical equipment.
��Use in building and industrial installations up to 63 A,
AC 230/400 V.
��Possibility of interconnection with circuit breakers LTP, LTS,
LTN-UC by means of interconnecting busbars only bottom.
��N-pole of residual current circuit breakers in switching
on it closes before and in switching off it opens after
the other poles.
��Residual current circuit breaker are testing once per
6 months.
��Surge current resistance 5 kA (8/20 μs).
Minia
C11
OFI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI
10000 -25S
Residual current circuit breakers 4-pole, type AC
��They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).
��Standard type for common use in building and housing
installations up to 125 A, AC 230/400 V.
��Surge current resistance 1 kA (8/20 μs).
��Residual current circuit breakers with conditional short-
circuit current 10 kA.
��For protection:
– against dangerous contact with live parts (IΔn
≤ 30 mA)
– against dangerous contact with dead parts
– against fi re or short-circuit in reduced insulation
capacity of electrical equipment.
��Possibility of additional mounting of auxiliary switch
PS-OF125-1100 on the right side of the device.
��Possibility of interconnection with circuit breakers LTP, LTS,
LTN-UC by means of interconnecting busbars up or down.
��N-pole of residual current circuit breakers in switching
on it closes before and in switching off it opens after
the other poles.
��Residual current circuit breaker are testing once per
6 months.
Residual current circuit breakers 100, 125 A, type AC, A
10000
IΔn
In Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30100 OFI-100-4-030AC OEZ:36819 4 0.520 1
125 OFI-125-4-030AC OEZ:36823 4 0.520 1
100100 OFI-100-4-100AC OEZ:36820 4 0.520 1
125 OFI-125-4-100AC OEZ:36824 4 0.520 1
300100 OFI-100-4-300AC OEZ:36821 4 0.520 1
125 OFI-125-4-300AC OEZ:36825 4 0.520 1
500100 OFI-100-4-500AC OEZ:36822 4 0.520 1
125 OFI-125-4-500AC OEZ:36826 4 0.520 1
Residual current circuit breakers, selective, type A-S
Minia
C12
OFI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI
AccessoriesAccessories PS-OF-1100, PS-OF125-1100 page C16
Interconnecting busbars S2L, S2L+N, S3L+N, S3L-...FI-..1), S4L page B41
Terminal extension AS-25-G page B431) For interconnection of the residual current circuit breaker with a series of circuit breakers where the series of circuit breakers needs to
start from N-pole of the residual current circuit breaker
Type OFI-..-2-….-G OFI-..-4-....-G OFI-..-4-….-SOFI-100-4 OFI-125-4
Standards EN 61008 EN 61008 EN 61008 EN 61008
IEC 755 IEC 755 IEC 755 IEC 755
Approval marks
Number of poles 2 4 4 4
Type AC-G, A-G AC-G, A-G A-S AC, A
Rated current In 25, 40 A 25, 40, 63 A 40, 63 A 100, 125 A
Rated residual current IΔn 30 mA 30, 100 mA 300 mA 30, 100, 300, 500 mA
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V
Min. operating voltage (for test button function) Umin AC 100 V AC 100 V AC 100 V AC 100 V
Max. operating voltage Umax AC 240 V AC 240/415 V AC 240/415 V AC 240/415 V
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Rated conditional short-circuit current Inc 10 kA (see table below) 10 kA (see table below) 10 kA (see table below) 10 kA (see table below)
Rated making and breaking capacity Im 500 A 800 A 800 A 1 250 A
Surge resistance (8/20 us) 3 kA 3 kA 5 kA 1 kA
Release delay 10 ms 10 ms 40 ms undelayed
Mechanical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles > 10 000 operating cycles
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Connection
Conductor upper terminal 1 ÷ 16 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2
lower terminal 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2
Torque 3 Nm 3 Nm 3 Nm 3.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature A -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C
AC -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C - -5 ÷ +45 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary
Seismic resistance IEC 980:1993 1) IEC 980:1993 1) IEC 980:1993 1) IEC 980:1993 1)
1) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín
Specifi cations
SG G
Residual current circuit breakers 4-pole, type A
��They react to both sine-wave residual current and
pulsating direct residual current (type A).
��Standard type for common use in building and industrial
installations up to 125 A, AC 230/400 V.
��Surge current resistance 1 kA (8/20 μs).
10000 -25
IΔn
In Type Order Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30100 OFI-100-4-030A OEZ:36831 4 0.520 1
125 OFI-125-4-030A OEZ:36835 4 0.520 1
100100 OFI-100-4-100A OEZ:36832 4 0.520 1
125 OFI-125-4-100A OEZ:36836 4 0.520 1
300100 OFI-100-4-300A OEZ:36833 4 0.520 1
125 OFI-125-4-300A OEZ:36837 4 0.520 1
500100 OFI-100-4-500A OEZ:36834 4 0.520 1
125 OFI-125-4-500A OEZ:36838 4 0.520 1
Design In Rated residual current IΔn [mA]
[A] 30 100 300 500
2-pole25 2.0 W/pole - - -
40 4.0 W/pole - - -
4-pole
25 1.2 W/pole 1.2 W/pole - -
40 3.2 W/pole 3.2 W/pole 1.65 W/pole -
63 4.0 W/pole 4.0 W/pole 3.2 W/pole -
100÷125 8.9 W/pole 8.9 W/pole 8.9 W/pole 8.9 W/pole
Minia
C13
OFI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI
Powers losses P
Protection of residual current circuit breakers
A) Short-circuit protection
In function principle, residual current circuit breaker is not possible to use for short-circuit
protection. For circuit protection it is necessary to use a fuse that cuts the short-circuited
circuit safely off . The residual current circuit breaker must only withstand the through-going
short-circuit current. The amplitude of the maximum through short-circuit current is defi ned
as rated conditional short-circuit current Inc
. The table below indicates the rated conditional
short-circuit current depending on the max. backup fuse.
B) Protection against overload
Protection of the residual current circuit breakers against overload may be provided by fuses or
circuit breakers subject to following conditions:
- rated current of the fuse-link must be by one degree lower than rated current of the resi-
dual current circuit breaker In of the fuse by one degree lower ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker
- rated current of the circuit breaker must be equal or lower than the rated current of the re-
sidual current circuit breaker In of the circuit breaker ≤ In of the residual current circuit breaker
Design In Max. backup Rated conditional short-circuit current
[A] fuse gG Inc [kA]
2-pole 25 ÷ 40 63 A 10 kA
4-pole25 ÷ 63 100 A 10 kA
100 ÷ 125 125 A 10 kA
Minia
C14
OFI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI
Dimensions
Diagram
1
2 N
N 1
2
3
4
5
6 N
N
OFI-..-2 OFI-..-4
1
2
3
4
5
6 N
N
OFI-100/125
13.5
36 72
64
447
9045
11
OFI-..-2 OFI-..-4
72 44
64
6
71
45 87OFI-100/125
Minia
C15
OFI Residual current circuit breakers
PROUDOVÉ CHRÁNIČE OFI
1
2
3
4
5
6 N
N 1
2
3
4
5
6 N
N
NL L1 L2 L3
1
2
3
4
5
6 N
N
N
Standard connection of 4-pole
residual current circuit breaker
OFI 100, 125 A
4-pole residual current circuit breaker
100, 125 A in 1-phase circuits
with N-pole
4-pole residual current circuit breaker
100, 125 A in 3-phase circuits
without N-pole
L1 L2 L3
Connection
L
5
6 N
N
N
Standard connection of 2-pole
residual current circuit breaker OFI
L3
1
2
3
4
5
6 N
N 1
2
3
4
5
6 N
N
NL L 1 L2 L3
1
2
3
4
5
6 N
N
NL1 L2
Standard connection of 4-pole
residual current circuit breaker OFI
4-pole residual current circuit breaker
OFI in 1-phase circuits with N-pole
4-pole residual current circuit breaker
OFI in 3-phase circuits without N-pole
Accessories to Type Order Arrangement Number Weight Package
code of contacts 1) of modules [kg] [pcs]
OFI G and S PS-OF-1100 OEZ:35309 11 0.5 0.070 1
OFI 100, 125 A PS-OF125-1100 OEZ:36840 11 0.5 0.070 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
��Accessories only to residual current circuit breakers OFI.
��Installation on the right side of the residual current circuit
breaker.
��For signalling the position of contacts of residual current
circuit breakers OFI.
Minia
C16
OFI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OFI
Specifi cations
Type PS-OF-1100 PS-OF125-1100
Standards EN 62019 EN 62019
EN 60947-5-1
Approval marks
Arrangement of contacts 1) 11 11
Rated operating Ue/Ie AC-12 AC 230 V / 6 A AC 230 V / 5 A
voltage/current AC-14 AC 230 V / 3.6 A -
DC-12
DC 220 V / 1 A DC 220 V / 0.5 A
DC 110 V / 1 A DC 110 V / 0.5 A
DC 48 V / 1 A DC 48 V / 0.5 A
DC 24 V / 1 A DC 24 V / 0.5 A
Min. voltage/current AC 24 V / 50 mA AC 24 V / 50 mA
Short-circuit protection miniature circuit breaker 6 A,
characteristic B or C
miniature circuit breaker 6 A,
characteristic B or C
fuse 6 A gG fuse 6 A gG
Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Mounting on the right side of the device on the right side of the device
Connection
Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Conductor flexible 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +45 °C -25 ÷ +45 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Dimensions Diagram
9
9045
7
64
44
PS-OF-1100
13
21
14
22
11
23
24
12
9 436
60
45 87
PS-OF125-1100 PS-OF-1100
13
1422
21
PS-OF125-1100
11
1224
23
Auxiliary switches for residual current circuit breakers OFI
Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type AC
��They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).
��The device is a combination of residual current circuit
breaker and circuit breaker.
��Breaking capacity 6 kA.
��For building, housing and similar installations up to 16 A,
AC 230 V.
��For protection:
– against dangerous contact with live parts (IΔn
≤ 30 mA)
– against dangerous contact with dead parts
– against fi re
– against overload
– against short-circuit
��Tripping characteristics B, C according to EN 61009-1.
��Double terminal with a fi xed barrier in the middle ena-
bles comfort connection of conductors and intercon-
necting busbar from both sides of the device. It ena-
bles connection of:
– conductors of various cross sections
– up to 4 conductors in the terminal
– conductor of cross section up to 35 mm2
��Double terminal enables easy check of conductors at si-
multaneous connection of interconnecting busbar
- the interconnecting busbar does not cover the con-
ductor connecting place - see the LTN-UC terminal
on page B23.
��Possibility of additional mounting of auxiliary switch
PS-LT-1100-K on the right side of the device.
��Possibility of locking and sealing in off or on position.
Accessories
Auxiliary switch PS-LT-1100-K page C25
Interconnecting busbars S2L, S2L+N, S3L+N page B41
Terminal extensions AS-50-S-AL01 page B43
Locking inserts OD-LT-VU01, OD-LT-VU02 page B35
Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01 page B35
6 0003
IΔn In Characteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] Type Order code Type Order
codeof modules [kg] [pcs]
30
6 OLE-6B-1N-030AC OEZ:38313 OLE-6C-1N-030AC OEZ:38320 2 0.25 1
10 OLE-10B-1N-030AC OEZ:38314 OLE-10C-1N-030AC OEZ:38321 2 0.25 1
16 OLE-16B-1N-030AC OEZ:38315 OLE-16C-1N-030AC OEZ:38322 2 0.25 1
20 OLE-20B-1N-030AC OEZ:38316 OLE-20C-1N-030AC OEZ:38323 2 0.25 1
25 OLE-25B-1N-030AC OEZ:38317 OLE-25C-1N-030AC OEZ:38324 2 0.25 1
32 OLE-32B-1N-030AC OEZ:38318 OLE-32C-1N-030AC OEZ:38325 2 0.25 1
40 OLE-40B-1N-030AC OEZ:38319 OLE-40C-1N-030AC OEZ:38326 2 0.25 1
Type OLE
Standards EN 61009-1
Approval marks
Number of poles 2
Tripping characteristics B, C
Type AC
Rated current In 6 ÷ 40 A
Rated residual current IΔn 30 mA
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V
Min. operating voltage 1) Umin AC 100 V
Max. operating voltage Umax AC 255 V
Rated frequency fn 50 ÷ 60 Hz
Surge resistance (8/20 μs) 1 kA
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Icn 6 kA
Rated residual making and breaking capacity IΔm 6 kA
Rated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) Uimp 6 kV
Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles
Energy limitation class 3
Degree of protection IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35
Connection
Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 2)
Conductor flexible with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 2)
Torque 2.5÷ 3 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -5 ÷ 40 °C
Working position arbitrary1) For preserving the function of the test push-button2) For detailed connection of conductors see table on page C18
Specifi cations
Minia
C17
OLE Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLE
Minia
C18
OLE Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLE
Dimensions
36
90
44
64
70
7
73.3
9045
Diagram
1
2 N
N
Connection range
Type and cross-section of conductor for rear side of the terminal
Inte
rcon
nec
tin
g bu
sbar
0.75
÷ 1
0 m
m2
16 m
m2
25 m
m2
0.75
÷ 6
mm
2
1 ÷
6 m
m2
10 m
m2
16 m
m2
1 ÷
2.5
mm
2
4 m
m2
0.75
÷ 6
mm
2
10 m
m2
16 m
m2
0.75
÷ 2
.5 m
m2
4 m
m2
1x c
ondu
ctor
rig
id
2x c
ondu
ctor
ri
gid
,
1x c
ondu
ctor
fl
exib
le 1)
2x c
ondu
ctor
flex
ible
1)
1x c
ondu
ctor
flex
ible
wit
h
a sl
eeve
2x c
ondu
ctor
flex
ible
wit
h
a sl
eeve
Type
and
cro
ss-s
ectio
n of
con
duct
or
for f
ron
t si
de o
f the
term
inal
1x conductor rigid
0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �35 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
2x conductor rigid 0.75 ÷ 10 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
1x conductor rigid 1)1 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
2x conductor rigid 1) 1 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
1x conductor flexible with a sleeve0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
2x conductor flexible with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal
Conductors of the same type and cross-section must be used for connection of two conductors to the same level of a terminal
Front side of the terminal
Barrier
Rear side of the terminal
Characteristic B Characteristic C
In L-pole N-pole Power loss L-pole N-pole Power loss
[A] Z [mΩ] Z [mΩ] P [W/pole] Z [mΩ] Z [mΩ] P [W/pole]
6 72.0 2.1 2.7 52.0 2.1 1.910 15.4 2.1 1.8 13.4 2.1 1.6
16 9.6 2.1 3.0 8.7 2.1 2.8
20 7.1 2.1 3.7 6.1 2.1 3.3
25 6.1 2.1 5.1 6.0 2.1 5.1
32 4.1 1.5 5.7 4.1 1.5 5.7
40 3.4 1.5 7.8 3.4 1.5 7.8
Internal impedance Z and powers losses P
In Correction of rated currents for ambient temperature -10 °C up to + 40 °C [A] 2)
[A] -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C
6 6.8 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.710 11.4 11.2 10.7 10.4 10 9.5
16 18.2 17.9 17.1 16.6 16 15.2
20 22.8 22.4 21.4 20.8 20 19.0
25 28.5 28.0 26.8 26.0 25 23.8
32 36.5 35.8 34.2 33.3 32 30.4
40 45.6 44.8 42.8 41.6 40 38.02) Reference temperature: 30 °C
Correction of rated currents
Minia
C19
OLE Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLE
Characteristics
��Characteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not cause
current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) In
.
��Characteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not cause
current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (5 ÷ 10) In
.
Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 61009-1
Thermal releaseTripping characteristic type
B, C
Conventional non-tripping current Int for t ≥ 1 hr Int = 1.13 In
Conventional tripping current It for t < 1 hr It
= 1.45 In
Current I3 for 1 s < t < 60 s and In ≤ 32 A I3
= 2.55 In
t - break time of the circuit breaker
Electromagnetic releaseTripping characteristic type
B C
Current I4 for 0.1 s < t < 45 s (for In ≤ 32 A) I
4 = 3 In
0.1 s < t < 15 s (for In ≤ 32 A) I
4 = 5 In
Current I5 for t < 0,1 s I5
= 5 In I5
= 10 In
t - break time of the circuit breaker0.01
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
50
100
500
1 000
5 000
10 000
0.05
1 2 4 6 7 103 20 30 405 8 9
B
1.13
I n
1.45
I n
x ln
t[s
]v
At ambient temperature 30 °C
1
2
5
30
120
10
60
min
1.5
C
Characteristics I2t
I [A]p
It
[As]
22
OLE-..C-..
10 A
16 A
20/25/32/40 A
6 A
100
400
600
8001 000
200
4 000
6 000
8 00010 000
2 000
40 000
60 000
80 000100000
20 000
100
080
0
600
400
200
200
0
400
0
600
0
100
I [A]p
It
[As]
22
OLE-..B-..
10 A
25/32/40A
16/20 A
6 A
100
400
600
8001 000
200
4 000
6 000
8 00010 000
2 000
40 000
60 000
80 000100000
20 000
100
080
0
600
400
200
200
0
400
0
600
0
100
IΔn
In
Characteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30
6 OLI-6B-1N-030AC OEZ:38271 OLI-6C-1N-030AC OEZ:38278 2 0.25 1
10 OLI-10B-1N-030AC OEZ:38272 OLI-10C-1N-030AC OEZ:38279 2 0.25 1
16 OLI-16B-1N-030AC OEZ:38273 OLI-16C-1N-030AC OEZ:38280 2 0.25 1
20 OLI-20B-1N-030AC OEZ:38274 OLI-20C-1N-030AC OEZ:38281 2 0.25 1
25 OLI-25B-1N-030AC OEZ:38275 OLI-25C-1N-030AC OEZ:38282 2 0.25 1
32 OLI-32B-1N-030AC OEZ:38276 OLI-32C-1N-030AC OEZ:38283 2 0.25 1
40 OLI-40B-1N-030AC OEZ:38277 OLI-40C-1N-030AC OEZ:38284 2 0.25 1
300
6 - - OLI-6C-1N-300AC OEZ:38285 2 0.25 1
10 - - OLI-10C-1N-300AC OEZ:38286 2 0.25 1
16 - - OLI-16C-1N-300AC OEZ:38287 2 0.25 1
20 - - OLI-20C-1N-300AC OEZ:38288 2 0.25 1
25 - - OLI-25C-1N-300AC OEZ:38289 2 0.25 1
32 - - OLI-32C-1N-300AC OEZ:38290 2 0.25 1
40 - - OLI-40C-1N-300AC OEZ:38291 2 0.25 1
Minia
C20
OLI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI
��The device is a combination of residual current circuit
breaker and circuit breaker.
��Breaking capacity 10 kA.
��For building, commercial and industrial installations up
to 40 A, AC 230 V
��For protection:
– against dangerous contact with live parts (IΔn ≤ 30 mA)
– against dangerous contact with dead parts
– against fi re
– against overload
– against short-circuit
��Tripping characteristics B, C according to EN 61009-1.
��Double terminal with a fi xed barrier in the middle enables
comfort connection of conductors and interconnecting
busbar from both sides of the device. It enables connec-
tion of:
– conductors of various cross sections
– up to 4 conductors in the terminal
– conductor of cross section up to 35 mm2
��Double terminal enables easy check of conductors at simul-
taneous connection of interconnecting busbar - the inter-
connecting busbar does not cover the conductor connect-
ing place - see the LTN-UC terminal on page B23.
��Status indicator - signalization of on/off position
��Possibility of additional mounting of auxiliary switch
PS-LT-1100-K on the right side of the device.
��Possibility of locking and sealing in off or on position.
IΔn
In
Characteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30
6 OLI-6B-1N-030A OEZ:38292 OLI-6C-1N-030A OEZ:38299 2 0.25 1
10 OLI-10B-1N-030A OEZ:38293 OLI-10C-1N-030A OEZ:38300 2 0.25 1
16 OLI-16B-1N-030A OEZ:38294 OLI-16C-1N-030A OEZ:38301 2 0.25 1
20 OLI-20B-1N-030A OEZ:38295 OLI-20C-1N-030A OEZ:38302 2 0.25 1
25 OLI-25B-1N-030A OEZ:38296 OLI-25C-1N-030A OEZ:38303 2 0.25 1
32 OLI-32B-1N-030A OEZ:38297 OLI-32C-1N-030A OEZ:38304 2 0.25 1
40 OLI-40B-1N-030A OEZ:38298 OLI-40C-1N-030A OEZ:38305 2 0.25 1
300
6 - - OLI-6C-1N-300A OEZ:38306 2 0.25 1
10 - - OLI-10C-1N-300A OEZ:38307 2 0.25 1
16 - - OLI-16C-1N-300A OEZ:38308 2 0.25 1
20 - - OLI-20C-1N-300A OEZ:38309 2 0.25 1
25 - - OLI-25C-1N-300A OEZ:38310 2 0.25 1
32 - - OLI-32C-1N-300A OEZ:38311 2 0.25 1
40 - - OLI-40C-1N-300A OEZ:38312 2 0.25 1
10 0003
-25
Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type AC
��They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).
Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type A
��They react to both sine-wave residual current and pulsating direct residual current (type A).
10 0003
IΔn
In
Characteristic B Characteristic C Number Weight Package
[mA] [A] Type Order code Type Order code of modules [kg] [pcs]
30
10 OLI-10B-1N-030AC-G OEZ:38328 OLI-10C-1N-030AC-G OEZ:38333 2 0.25 1
16 OLI-16B-1N-030AC-G OEZ:38329 OLI-16C-1N-030AC-G OEZ:38334 2 0.25 1
20 OLI-20B-1N-030AC-G OEZ:38330 OLI-20C-1N-030AC-G OEZ:38335 2 0.25 1
25 OLI-25B-1N-030AC-G OEZ:38331 OLI-25C-1N-030AC-G OEZ:38336 2 0.25 1
��They react to sine-wave residual current (type AC).
��Special residual current circuit breakers which reduce
the number of undesirable releases.
��It is recommended to install them before the equipment
causing short-time (up to 10 ms) stray currents – heavy
induction motors, large heating bodies, interference
suppressors, surge voltage arresters etc.
��Surge resistance: 3 kA (8/20 μs).
��Release delay: 10 ms.
Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, type AC-G
Příslušenství
Auxiliary switch PS-LT-1100-K page C25
Interconnecting busbars S2L, S2L+N, S3L+N page B41
Terminal extensions AS-50-AL01 page B43
Locking inserts OD-LT-VU01, OD-LT-VU02 page B35
Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01 page B35
10 0003
G-25
Minia
C21
OLI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI
Minia
C22
OLI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI
Specifi cations
Type OLI-..AC OLI-..A OLI-..AC-G
Standards EN 61009-1 EN 61009-1 EN 61009-1
Approval marks
Number of poles 2 2 2
Tripping characteristics B, C B, C B, C
Type AC A AC-G
Rated current In 6 ÷ 40 A 6 ÷ 40 A 10 ÷ 25 A
Rated residual current IΔn 30, 300 mA 30, 300 mA 30 mA
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V
Min. operating voltage 1) Umin AC 100 V AC 100 V AC 100 V
Max. operating voltage Umax AC 255 V AC 255 V AC 255 V
Rated frequency fn 50 ÷ 60 Hz 50 ÷ 60 Hz 50 ÷ 60 Hz
Surge resistance (8/20 μs) 1 kA 1 kA 3 kA
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Icn 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA
Rated residual making and breaking capacity IΔm 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA
Rated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 μs) Uimp 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV
Release delay - - 10 ms
Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles
Energy limitation class 3 3 3
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Connection
Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 2) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 2) 0.75 ÷ 35 mm2 2)
Conductor flexible with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 2) 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 2) 0.75 ÷ 25 mm2 2)
Torque 2.5 ÷ 3 Nm 2.5 ÷ 3 Nm 2.5 ÷ 3 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -5 ÷ 40 °C -25 ÷ 40 °C -25 ÷ 40 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) For preserving the function of the test push-button2) For detailed connection of conductors see table below
G
Connection range
Type and cross-section of conductor for rear side of the terminal
Inte
rcon
nec
tin
g bu
sbar
0.75
÷ 1
0 m
m2
16 m
m2
25 m
m2
0.75
÷ 6
mm
2
1 ÷
6 m
m2
10 m
m2
16 m
m2
1 ÷
2.5
mm
2
4 m
m2
0.75
÷ 6
mm
2
10 m
m2
16 m
m2
0.75
÷ 2
.5 m
m2
4 m
m2
1 x
con
duct
or
rigi
d
2 x
con
duct
or
rigi
d
1x c
ondu
ctor
fl
exib
le 1)
2x c
ondu
ctor
fl
exib
le 1)
1x c
ondu
ctor
flex
ible
wit
h
a sl
eeve
2x c
ondu
ctor
flex
ible
wit
h
a sl
eeve
Type
and
cro
ss-s
ectio
n of
con
duct
or
for f
ron
t si
de o
f the
term
inal
1x conductor rigid
0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �35 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
2x conductor rigid 0.75 ÷ 10 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
1x conductor flexible 1)1 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
2x conductor flexible 1) 1 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
1x conductor flexible with a sleeve0.75 ÷ 16 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
2x conductor flexible with a sleeve 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal
Conductors of the same type and cross-section must be used for connection of two conductors to the same level of a terminal
Front side of the terminal
Barrier
Rear side of the terminal
Minia
C23
OLI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI
Diagram
1
2 N
N
Dimensions
36
90
44
64
70
7
73.3
9045
Characteristic B Characteristic C
In L-Pole N-Pole Power loss L-Pole N-Pole Power loss
[A] Z [mΩ] Z [mΩ] P [W/pole] Z [mΩ] Z [mΩ] P [W/pole]
6 72.0 2.1 2.7 52.0 2.1 1.910 15.4 2.1 1.8 13.4 2.1 1.6
16 9.6 2.1 3.0 8.7 2.1 2.8
20 7.1 2.1 3.7 6.1 2.1 3.3
25 6.1 2.1 5.1 6.0 2.1 5.1
32 4.1 1.5 5.7 4.1 1.5 5.7
40 3.4 1.5 7.8 3.4 1.5 7.8
Internal impedance Z and powers losses P
In Correction of rated currents for ambient temperature -25°C up to+ 40°C [A] 2)
[A] -25 °C -20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C
6 7.20 7.08 6.8 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.710 12.00 11.80 11.4 11.2 10.7 10.4 10 9.5
16 19.20 18.88 18.2 17.9 17.1 16.6 16 15.2
20 24.00 23.60 22.8 22.4 21.4 20.8 20 19.0
25 30.00 29.50 28.5 28.0 26.8 26.0 25 23.8
32 38.40 37.76 36.5 35.8 34.2 33.3 32 30.4
40 48.00 47.20 45.6 44.8 42.8 41.6 40 38.02) Reference temperature: 30°C
Correction of rated currents
Minia
C24
OLI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI
Characteristics
��Characteristic B: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which does not cause
current surges. The short-circuit release is set to (3 ÷ 5) In
.
��Characteristic C: for protection of line of electrical circuits with equipment, which causes current
surges. The short-circuit release is set to (5 ÷ 10) In
.
Tripping characteristics of circuit breakers according to EN 61009-1
Thermal releaseTripping characteristic type
B, C
Conventional non-tripping current Int
for t ≥ 1 hr Int
= 1.13 In
Conventional tripping current It for t < 1 hr I
t = 1.45 I
n
Current I3 for 1 s < t < 60 s and I
n ≤ 32 A
I3
= 2.55 In 1 s < t < 120 s and I
n > 32 A
t - break time of the circuit breaker
Electromagnetic releaseTripping characteristic type
B C
Current I4 for 0.1 s < t < 45 s (for I
n ≤ 32 A)
I4
= 3 In 0.1 s < t < 90 s (for I
n > 32 A)
0.1 s < t < 15 s (for In
≤ 32 A)I
4 = 5 I
n0.1 s < t < 30 s (for In
> 32 A)
Current I5 for t < 0,1 s I
5 = 5 I
nI
5 = 10 I
n
t - break time of the circuit breaker
Characteristics I2t
OLI-..B-..
I [A]p
It[A
s]2
2
20
30
4050
70
100
150
1 500
15 000
200
300
400500
700
1 000
2 000
5 000
7 000
3 000
4 000
10 000
20 000
30 000
40 00050 000
90 000
70 000
1000
1500
800
900
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
20000
6 A
10 A
25, 32, 40 A
16, 20 A
OLI-..C-..
I [A]p
It[A
s]2
2
20
30
4050
70
100
150
1 500
15 000
200
300
400500
700
1 000
2 000
5 000
7 000
3 000
4 000
10 000
20 000
30 000
40 00050 000
90 000
70 000
1000
1500
800
900
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
20000
6 A
10 A
25, 32, 40 A
16, 20 A
0.01
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
50
100
500
1 000
5 000
10 000
0.05
1 2 4 6 7 103 20 30 405 8 9
B
1.13
I n
1.45
I n
x ln
t[s
]v
At ambient temperature 30 °C
1
2
5
30
120
10
60
min
1.5
C
Type PS-LT-..
Standards EN 60947-5-1, EN 62019
Approval marks
Arrangement of contacts 1) 11
Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-13AC 400 V/2 A
AC 230 V/6 A
AC-14AC 400 V/2 A
AC 230 V/6 A
DC-13
DC 220 V/1 A
DC 110 V/1 A
DC 60 V/3 A
DC 24 V/6 A
Mechanical endurance 10 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles
Mounting on the right side of the device
Degree of protection IP20
Connection
Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Conductor flexible 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ 40 °C
Working position arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
��Installation: on the right side of the residual current circuit
breaker with overcurrent protection.
��For signalling the position of contacts of residual
current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection.
Auxiliary switch
Specifi cations
Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts code of modules [kg] [pcs]
111) PS-LT-1100-K OEZ:42305 0.5 0.065 1
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Auxiliary switch with handle adapter
Minia
C25
OLI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI
Minia
C26
OLI Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OLI
Diagram
13 21
14 22
PS-LT-1100-K
Dimensions
90
9 6
45 90
73,3
44
64
68,5
PS-LT-1100-K
Installation of an auxiliary switch
OLI, OLE
OLI, OLE
PS-LT-1100-K
PS-LT-1100-Kmax. 2x
OD-OL-NR01
12
4
5
5
5
5
5
3
3
PS-LT-1100-K
1. In mounting the levers of auxiliary switch and
of the device are in OFF position.
2. Slide the handle adapter on the control lever
of the device from the right.
3. Swing away the fastening tapes.
4. Slide the auxiliary switch on the device from the right
to interconnect the shaft of the control lever and
the switching system.
5. Secure the fastening tapes.
6. Check correct function by switching.
Type Order Description Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
5SV8700-0KK OEZ:42661Internal diameter 20 mm, including holder on „U“ rail
according to EN 60715 wide 35 mm 0.090 1
5SV8701-0KK OEZ:42662Internal diameter 30 mm, including holder on „U“ rail
according to EN 60715 wide 35 mm0.110 1
5SV8702-0KK OEZ:42663 Internal diameter 35 mm, including holder on the panel 0.200 1
5SV8703-0KK OEZ:42664 Internal diameter 70 mm, including holder on the panel 0.310 1
5SV8704-0KK OEZ:42665 Internal diameter 105 mm, including holder on the panel 0.600 1
5SV8705-0KK OEZ:42666 Internal diameter 140 mm, including holder on the panel 1.350 1
5SV8706-0KK OEZ:42667 Internal diameter 210 mm, including holder on the panel 2.250 1
Detailed information can be found on page E54
Type Order Description Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
5SV8001-6KK OEZ:42659 Digital, setting IΔn and tΔn 3 0.260 1
5SV8200-6KK OEZ:42660Digital, setting IΔn and tΔn
4-channel thermostat 3 0.260 1
Detailed information can be found on page E51 and E52
��Intended for monitoring of leakage current (residual/ fault
current) and fi re protection due to deterioration of isola-
tion or sneak current for example.
��Optional setting of residual current IΔn and limiting in-
activity time IΔt .
��Mounting on “U” rail.
��Measuring using external summing current transformer.
��Circuit breaker tripping by shunt trip or undervoltage
release.
��Detailed information can be found on page E50.
Analog residual current monitor
Digital residual current monitor
Accessories to current transformers
Current transformers for residual current monitor
Minia
C27
5SV8 Residual current circuit breakers
RESIDUAL CURRENT MONITOR 5SV8
Type Order Description Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
5SV8000-6KK OEZ:42658 Analog, setting IΔn and tΔn 2 0.180 1
Detailed information can be found on page E50
Type Order Description Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
5SV8 900-1KK OEZ:42668Holder on „U“ rail according to EN 60715 wide 35 mm for current transformers with internal
diameter up to and including 105 mm0.010 2
Minia
C28
Residual current circuit breakers
BASIC TERMS, SYMBOLS AND BREAK TIMES
10 000
-25
G
S
load
I = 0.3 A Δ nS
I = 0.1 A Δn- I = 0.03 A Δ nG
load
Type of residual current circuit breakers
Standard type G type S
Min. time delay Tv s - 0.01 0.04
Break times t at IΔn s t ≤ 0,3 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.3 0.13 ≤ t ≤ 0.5
(according to EN 61008-1) at 2IΔn s t ≤ 0,15 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.15 0.06 ≤ t ≤ 0.2
at 5IΔn s t ≤ 0,04 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.04 0.05 ≤ t ≤ 0.15
at 500 A s t ≤ 0,04 0.01 ≤ t ≤ 0.04 0.04 ≤ t ≤ 0.15
note No bottom limits of the break time value 0.01 s is not given by standard Break times are valid for the residual current circuit breaker with In ≥ 25 A and IΔn > 0.03 A
Min. time delay and break times of the residual current circuit breakers
��Rated residual operating current IΔn is the value of
residual current IΔn specifi ed by the manufacturer, at
which the residual current circuit breaker must switch
out under specifi ed conditions. Alternating residual
current must by cut off by the residual current circuit
breaker within (0.5 ÷ 1) IΔn
��Rated current In is the value of current specifi ed by the
manufacturer, which can be transferred by the residual
current circuit breaker continuously. So the current In
can pass through the contacts for an unlimited time.
Therefore it is, for instance, possible to use a residual
current circuit breaker with In = 25 A A in the circuit with
max. current up to 25 A. For protection against overload
of the residual current circuit breakers LFE, LFN, OFI it is
recommended to use the circuit breakers LTE, LTN, LVN
with rated current In MCB
≤ In RCCB
��Rated operating voltage Ue is the voltage the residual
current circuit breaker is to be connected to and which
properties are related to. The connected voltage has no
eff ect on the device function but on the function of the
test circuit and isolation properties.
��Rated frequency fn
is the frequency the residual current
circuit breaker is designed for and at which it works
correctly under stated conditions. Majority of residual
current circuit breakers are designed for fn = 50 to
60 Hz. As the residual current circuit breaker function
is based on the induction principle, the residual current
behaviour and frequency show an eff ect upon tripping.
When using a device designed for 50/60 Hz in a network
with a diff erent frequency, the user must count on a
change of the tripping threshold i.e. a change of IΔn .
��Rated conditional short-circuit current Inc – short-circuit
strength. The function and design principle does not
allow to use the residual current circuit breaker for
protection against short-circuit. For circuit protection
it is necessary to use a circuit breaker or a fuse. These
elements cut the short-circuited circuit safely off . The
residual current circuit breaker must only withstand the
through-going short-circuit current. The amplitude of the
maximum through current is defi ned as rated conditional
short-circuit current Inc . The short-circuit strength is then
expressed by the current Inc . For example, on the rating
plate, Inc = 10 kA is expressed by the following symbol:
��Ambient temperature T for the residual current cir-
cuit breakers is (-5 ÷ +40) °C according to almost all
international standards. Some residual current circuit
breakers work in an extended range (-25 ÷ +40) °C.
This possibility is identifi ed by the following symbol on
the rating plate:
��Residual current circuit breaker – type AC – reacts to
sine-wave residual current – it is used in conventional
AC networks
��Residual current circuit breaker – type A – reacts
to sine-wave alternating and pulsating direct residual
currents – it is used in conventional AC networks and
the networks with phase power regulation etc.
��Residual current circuit breaker – type G – special
residual current circuit breaker reducing the number
of undesirable cut-off s. It is mainly installed before
the devices causing short-time (up to 10 ms) stray
currents.
Identifi cation: G
Surge resistance: 3 kA (8/20 μs)
Release delay: 10 ms
��Residual current circuit breaker – type S – special
residual current circuit breaker, which is mainly
intended for selective switching of residual current
circuit breakers and reduction of undesirable cut-
off s. It is installed before the devices causing short-
time (up to 40 ms) stray currents.
Identifi cation: S
Surge resistance: 5 kA (8/20 μs)
Release delay: 40 ms
Selective (discriminating) switching means that if
the residual current circuit breakers are connected in
series, only the device in which circuit a failure occurs
will cut off the current. More specifi cally, only the
device in which the tripping residual current appears
due to a failure in the protected circuit will turn off
the current. The advantage consists in maintaining the
power supply in the other circuits not aff ected by the
failure.
Such function of the protected circuit is achieved by
connection of the selective residual current circuit breaker
(see Fig. 1) before the standard or G type residual current
circuit breaker, with the following ratio of rated residual
currents:
IΔn S ≥ 3 x IΔn -,G
IΔnS rated residual operating current of the selective
residual current circuit breaker
IΔn -,G rated residual operating current of standard or G
type residual current circuit breaker
Fig. 1. Simplifi ed example of selective connection
of residual current circuit breakers
The main reason of selective disconnecting of circuits
is higher time delay of the selective residual current
circuit breakers in tripping (compared to standard or G
type ones).
��Residual current circuit breaker with overcurrent
protection – the device is a combination of residual
current circuit breaker and circuit breaker with 2-mod-
ule width – it saves the space in the switchboard
compared to conventional connection of two separate
devices (3 modules). This eliminates the problem of
backup protection and interconnection. The disadvan-
tage of such a design compared to conventional one is
that it is not possible to identify whether the tripping
was actuated by the residual current circuit breaker or
by the circuit breaker.
Minia
C29
Residual current circuit breakers
BASIC TERMS, SYMBOLS AND BREAK TIMES
100
1 000
1010
40
150150
40
10 1010
300
130
60 50
500
200150
1
S Selective (inactivity time min. 40 ms)
G with delay (inactivity time min. 10 ms)
Standard (undelayed)
Break tim
e [ms]
10 100 5001
Residual current IΔ [A]
0,5
0,2
0,1
0,06
0,03
0,015
0,15
IΔn 2IΔn 5IΔn
IΔn 2IΔn 5IΔn
S
GIΔn
= 30 mAValid for:
IΔn
= 100 mA
Examples of characteristicsThe characteristics indicated below are based on requirements of EN 61 008-1 and valid for:
– standard residual current circuit breakers and residual current circuit breakers with G type delay with IΔn
= 30 mA
– residual current circuit breakers with S type delay with IΔn
= 100 mA
Minia
C30
Residual current circuit breakers
NOTES
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS Minia
Minia
D
��Summary of models ...................................................................................................................D2
��Lightning current arresters SJB ...........................................................................................D3
��Combined lightning current and surge voltage arresters SJBC, SVBC ...........D8
��Surge voltage arresters SVC, SVM.....................................................................................D14
��Surge voltage arresters SVD ................................................................................................D18
��Overvoltage protections for photovoltaic systems ............................................... D21
��Recommendations for design, installation and measurement
of overvoltage protections ....................................................................................................D25
Design T2 T3 T1 + T2 DC T2 DC
Type SVC-350 SVM-440 SVD-253 SVD-335 SVBC-DC SVC-DCArrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11
type 2 type 2 type 3 type 3 type 1 + type 2 type 2
Maximum constant operating voltage Uc
AC 350 V AC 440 V AC 253 V AC 335 V DC 1050 V DC 1170 V
Impulse current (10/350 μs) / pole Iimp
- - - - 5 kA -
Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole In
20 kA 20 kA 3 kA 1.5 kA 15 kA 15 kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole
Imax
40 kA 40 kA 10 kA 4.5 kA 40 kA 40 kA
Off -load voltage Uoc
- - 6 kV 4 kV - -
Voltage protection level Up
≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 2.2 kV ≤ 1.1 kV ≤ 1.3 kV ≤ 3.5 kV ≤ 3.7 kV
Replaceable module � � � - � �
Optical signalling � � � - � �
Acoustic signalling - - - � - -
Remote signalling � � � - � �
� available, - unavailable
Minia
D2
Overvoltage protections
SUMMARY OF MODELS
Design T1 T1 + T2
Type SJB SJBplus SJBC SVBCArrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11
type 1 type 1 type 1 + type 2 type 1 + type 2
Maximum constant operating voltage Uc
AC 350 V AC 440 V AC 350 V AC 335 V
Impulse current (10/350 μs) / pole Iimp
25 kA 50 kA 25 kA 12.5 kA
Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole In
25 kA 50 kA 25 kA 12.5 kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20 μs) / pole
Imax
- - 40 kA 50 kA
Voltage protection level Up
≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 2.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.2 kV
Replaceable module � - � �
Optical signalling � - � �
Remote signalling � - � �
� available, - unavailable
Minia
D3
Overvoltage protections
LIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS SJB
��For protection of electric networks and equipment against
overvoltage from direct or indirect lightning strokes in
the arresting equipment of buildings, LV lines etc.
��For protection of electric networks and equipment in
residential, commercial and industrial buildings etc.
��It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wave
power caused by direct or indirect lightning stroke.
��Use: as the fi rst stage (coarse protection) in three degree
scale of protection against overvoltage – type 1 accord-
ing to EN 61643-11.
��For detail information on OEZ overvoltage protection see
the document “Overvoltage protections - Application
manual”.
Lightning current arresters SJB-25E-…
��Lightning current arresters designed for building,
residential, commercial and other similar installations
classed in group „big installation threat“.
��For four-wire TN-C network use SJB-25E-3-MZS and for
fi ve-wire TN-S, TT network use SJB-25E-3N-MZS.
��Main component is a powerful arrester gap with
electronic ignition release able to arrest lightning
current up to 25 kA (10/350μs).
��Ability of quenching of follow current up to 50 kA.
��Possibility of mounting in casual empty enclosures and
switchboard cabinets Distri.
��Design: multipart, consisting of a base and replaceable
modules. The modules can be removed in case
of measurement or failure without necessity of device
disconnection.
��Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down device
state (after disconnection the lightning current
arrester is non-functional and the replaceable
module must be replaced).
��The modules can be turned in their base by 180°, so
that it is also possible to turn the whole device while
keeping legibility of description (e.g. at connection
from the top).
Network Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
TN-C (3L + PEN) SJB-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38357 6 0.91 1TN-S (3L + N + PE ) SJB-25E-3N-MZS OEZ:38358 8 1.31 1
Replaceable modules
For device Spare Order Number of modules Weight Package
module code in the device [kg] [pcs]
SJB-25E-3-MZS SJB-25E-1-M OEZ:38360 3 0.240 10
SJB-25E-3N-MZSSJB-25E-1-M OEZ:38360 3 0.240 10SJB-100E-N-M OEZ:38359 1 0.240 10
Minia
D4
Overvoltage protections
LIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS SJB
Lightning current arresters SJBplus-50-2,5
��Lightning current arrester intended for demanding
applications, industry, power engineering etc.
��For four-wire TN-C network use 3 pcs SJBplus-50-2,5 and
for fi ve-wire TN-S, TT network use the combination
3 pcs SJBplus-50-2,5 + 1 pc SJB-NPE-1,5.
��Main component is a powerful arrester gap with
electronic ignition release able to arrest lightning
current up to 50 kA (10/350 μs).
��Ability of quenching of follow current up to 50 kA.
��It is necessary to consider deionization space shown
on page D7.
Summing spark gap SJB-NPE-1,5
��Lightning current arrester intended especially for
connection 3+1 or 1+1.
��Use as a summary spark gap between N and PE in TN-S
or TT network (connection „3 + 1“ or „1 + 1“).
��Main component is a powerful arrester gap with
electronic ignition release able to arrest lightning
current up to 100 kA (10/350 μs).
��Ability of quenching of follow short-circuit current up
to 100 A without the ionized gas.
��Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board and
switchboard cabinets Distri.
Connection Type Order Number Weight Package
between code of modules [kg] [pcs]
L-PEN, L-PE, L-N SJBplus-50-2,5 OEZ:39227 2 0.567 1
Connection Type Order Number Weight Package
between code of modules [kg] [pcs]
N-PE SJB-NPE-1,5 OEZ:34716 2 0.32 1
Type SJB-25E-3-MZS SJB-25E-3N-MZS SJBplus-50-2,5 SJB-NPE-1,5
Standards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11
IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11
Approval marks
Rated voltage UN AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 400 V AC 230 V
Maximum constant operating voltage UC L-N - AC 350 V AC 440 V -
L-PEN AC 350 V - AC 440 V -
N-PE - AC 350 V - AC 260 V
Impulse current (10/350 μs) Iimp peak value Ipeak L-N - 75 kA (25 kA / pole) 50 kA -
L-PEN 75 kA (25 kA / pole) - 50kA -
N-PE - 100 kA - 100 kA
charge Q 37,5 As 50 As 25 As 50 As
specific energy W/R 1.4 MJ/Ω 2.50 MJ/Ω 0.625 MJ/Ω 2.5 MJ/Ω
Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) In L-N - 25 kA / pole 50 kA -
L-PEN 25 kA / pole - 50 kA -
N-PE - 100 kA - 100 kA
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Voltage protection level Up L-N - ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 2.5 kV -
L-PEN/L-PE ≤ 1.5 kV / - - / 2.5 kV ≤ 2.5 kV -
N-PE - ≤ 1.5 kV - ≤ 1.5 kV
Voltage protection level according to EN 61643-11 type 1 type 1 type 1 type 1
according to EN 61643-11 class I class I class I class I
Response time L-N - ≤ 100 ns ≤ 100 ns -
L-PEN ≤ 100 ns - ≤ 100 ns -
N-PE - ≤ 100 ns - ≤ 100 ns
Quenching follow-current Ifi L-N - 50 kA / AC 264 V 50 kA / AC 400 V -
L-PEN 50 kA / AC 264 V - 50 kA / AC 400 V -
N-PE - 0.1 kA - 0.1 kA / AC 260 V
Maximum backup fuse gG/gL parallel connection (T) 315 A 315 A 500 A -
serial connection (V) 125 A 125 A 500 A -
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Connection
Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 2.5 ÷ 35 mm2 2.5 ÷ 35 mm2 10 ÷ 50 mm2 10÷ 50 mm2
Conductor – flexible 2.5 ÷ 25 mm2 2.5 ÷ 25 mm2 16 ÷ 35 mm2 16 ÷ 35 mm2
Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 8 Nm 8 Nm
Top or bottom connection yes yes yes yes
Optical signalling
Functional state green green - -
Non-functional state red red - -
Remote signalling
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001 - -
Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1 A AC 250 V / 1 A - -
DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A - -
Min. voltage/current Umin/Imin AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA - -
Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1,5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1,5 mm2 - -
Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm - -
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.
Minia
D5
Overvoltage protections
LIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS SJB
Specifi cations
Minia
D6
Overvoltage protections
LIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS SJB
Dimensions
43.55.5
64
45 90
142.4
SJB-25E-3N-MZS
106.8
SJB-25E-3-MZS~8
~7
12
11
14
12
11
14
35
45 90
58
5,5 43,5
SJB-NPE-1,5
35 5.5 43.5
72.5
45 151
SJBplus-50-2,5
Minia
D7
Overvoltage protections
LIGHTNING CURRENT ARRESTERS SJB
Diagram
By the action of arrester happens to the ionized gas from
the back side of the arrester. Deionization space is defi ned
in fi g. 1. In the deionization space there must not be any
highly and medium combustible material (fi re reaction
class C, D, E or F according to EN 13501-1 +A1) or live bare
conductive parts. Minimum distance from materials com-
bustible with diffi culty or non-combustible materials (fi re
reaction class A1, A2, B) is shown in fi g. 2.
55 mm 55 mm
55 mm55 mm
100 mm
120°
7.5 mm
55 m
m55
mm
1) 2)
N ( )
(N)
SJB-NPE-1,5
L/N ( )
(L/N)
SJBplus-50-2,5
Deionization spaces SJBplus-50-2,5
N
L1 L2 L3
SJB-25E-3N-MZS
L1 L2 L3
SJB-25E-3-MZS
1112 14 1112 14
Minia
D8
Overvoltage protections
COMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SJBC, SVBC +
��For protection of electric networks and equipment
against overvoltage from direct or indirect lightning
strokes in the arresting equipment of buildings,
LV lines etc.
��For protection against overvoltage caused by atmos-
pheric disturbances and from switching processes in
networks.
��For protection of common wiring in apartments, hous-
es, commercial buildings etc.
��It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wave
power caused by direct or indirect lightning stroke
and/or switching processes in the networks.
��Use: as the fi rst stage (coarse protection) and the
second stage (medium protection) in three degree
scale of protection against overvoltage – type 1 and
type 2 according to EN 61643-11.
��For detail information on OEZ overvoltage protection see
the document “Overvoltage protections - Application
manual”.
��Lightning current and surge voltage arresters designed
for building, residential, commercial and other similar
installations classed in group „big installation thread“.
��For four-wire TN-C network use SJBC-25E-3-MZS and
for fi ve-wire TN-S, TT network use SJBC-25E-3N-MZS.
��Main component is a powerful arrester gap with elec-
tronic ignition release (T1) able to arrest lightning
current up to 25 kA (10/350 μs) a parallel varistor (T2)
with quicker reaction time (25 ns).
��Ability of quenching of follow short-circuit current up
to 25 A without the ionized gas.
��Possibility of mounting in casual empty enclosures and
switchboard cabinets Distri.
��Design: multipart, consisting of a base and replace-
able modules. The modules can be removed in case
of measurement or failure without necessity of device
disconnection.
��Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down device
state (after disconnection the lightning current arrester
is non-functional and the replaceable module must be
replaced).
��The modules can be turned in their base by 180°, so that it
is also possible to turn the whole device while keeping
legibility of description (e.g. at connection from the top).
Network Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
TN-C (3L + PEN) SJBC-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38361 6 1.04 1
TN-S (3L + N + PE) SJBC-25E-3N-MZS OEZ:38362 8 1.43 1
For device Spare module Order Number of modules Weight Package
code in the device [kg] [pcs]
SJBC-25E-3-MZSSJB-N25E-1-M OEZ:38363 3 0.129 10
SVC-N350-1-M OEZ:38364 3 0.052 10
SJBC-25E-3N-MZS
SJB-N25E-1-M OEZ:38363 3 0.129 10
SVC-N350-1-M OEZ:38364 3 0.052 10
SJB-100E-N-M OEZ:38359 1 0.240 10
Replaceable modules
Lightning current and surge voltage arresters SJBC-25E-…
Minia
D9
Overvoltage protections
COMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SJBC, SVBC +
��Lightning current arresters designed for building,
residential, commercial and other similar installations
classed in group „medium installation threat“.
��Main component is varistor, able to arrest lightning
current up to 12.5 kA (10/350 μs).
��Possibility of mounting in casual empty enclosures and
switchboard cabinets Distri.
��Design: multipart, consisting of a base and replaceable
modules. The modules can be disconnected from
equipment if need be.
��Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down device
state (after disconnection the lightning current arres-
ter is non-functional and it must be replaced).
Network Design Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
TN-C (3L+PEN)
without remote signalling SVBC-12,5-3-MZ OEZ:40619 3 0.553 1
with remote signalling SVBC-12,5-3-MZS OEZ:40620 3 0.560 1
TN-S, TT (3L+N+PE)
without remote signalling SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ OEZ:40621 4 0.672 1
with remote signalling SVBC-12,5-3N-MZS OEZ:40622 4 0.681 1
TN-S (3L+N+PE)
without remote signalling SVBC-12,5-4-MZ OEZ:40623 4 0.749 1
with remote signalling SVBC-12,5-4-MZS OEZ:40624 4 0.753 1
TN-C (1L+PEN)
without remote signalling SVBC-12,5-1-MZ OEZ:40615 1 0.158 1
TN-S, TT(1L+N+PE)
with remote signalling SVBC-12,5-1N-MZS OEZ:40618 2 0.360 1
Lightning current and surge voltage arresters SVBC-12,5-..
Replaceable modules
For device Spare module Order Number of modules Weight Package
code in the device [kg] [pcs]
SVBC-12,5-1-MZ SVBC-12,5-1-M OEZ:40625 1 0,114 1
SVBC-12,5-1N-MZSSVBC-12,5-1-M OEZ:40625 1 0,114 1
SVBC-50-N-M OEZ:40626 1 0,078 1
SVBC-12,5-3-MZ(S) SVBC-12,5-1-M OEZ:40625 3 0,114 1
SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ(S)SVBC-12,5-1-M OEZ:40625 3 0,114 1
SVBC-50-N-M OEZ:40626 1 0,078 1
SVBC-12,5-4-MZ(S) SVBC-12,5-1-M OEZ:40625 4 0,114 1
Type SJBC-25E-3-MZS SJBC-25E-3N-MZS
Standards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11
IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11
Approval marks
Rated voltage UN AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V
Maximum constant operating voltage UC L-N - AC 350 V
L-PEN AC 350 V -
N-PE - AC 350 V
Impulse current (10/350 μs) Iimp
peak value Ipeak
L-N - 75 kA (25 kA / pole)
L-PEN 75 kA (25 kA / pole) -
N-PE - 100 kA
charge Q 37.5 As 50 As
specific energy W/R 1.4 MJ/Ω 2.5 MJ/Ω
Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) In L-N - 25 kA / pole
L-PEN 25 kA / pole -
N-PE - 100 kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20 μs) Imax L-N - 40 kA / pole
L-PEN 40 kA / pole -
N-PE - -
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Voltage protection level Up L-N - ≤ 1.5 kV
L-PEN/L-PE ≤ 1.5 kV / - - / 2.2 kV
N-PE - ≤ 1.5 kV
Arrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11 type 1 and type 2 type 1 a type 2
according to IEC 61643-11 class I and class II class I and class II
Response time L-N - ≤ 25 ns
L-PEN ≤ 25 ns -
N-PE - ≤ 100 ns
Quenching follow-current Ifi L-N - 25 kA / AC 264 V
L-PEN 25 kA / AC 264 V -
N-PE - 0.1 kA
Maximum backup fuse gG/gL parallel connection (T) 315 A 315 A
serial connection (V) 125 A 125 A
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35
Connection
Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 2.5 ÷ 35 mm2 2.5 ÷ 35 mm2
Conductor – flexible 2.5 ÷ 25 mm2 2.5 ÷ 25 mm2
Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection yes yes
Optical signalling
Functional state green green
Non-functional state red red
Remote signalling
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001
Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1 A AC 250 V / 1 A
DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A
Min. voltage/current Umin/Imin AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA
Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2
Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.
Minia
D10
Overvoltage protections
COMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SJBC, SVBC +
Specifi cations
TypeSVBC-12,5-3-MZSVBC-12,5-3-MZS
SVBC-12,5-3N-MZSVBC-12,5-3N-MZS
SVBC-12,5-4-MZSVBC-12,5-4-MZS
SVBC-12,5-1-MZ SVBC-12,5-1N-MZS
Standards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11
IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1 IEC 61643-1
Approval marks
Rated voltage UN AC 230 /400 V AC 230 /400 V AC 230 /400 V AC 230 V AC 230 V
Maximum constant operating UC L-N - / - AC 335 V - - AC 335 V
voltage L-PE/L-PEN - / AC 335 V - / - AC 335 V / - - / AC 335 V - / -
N-PE - AC 264 V AC 335 V - AC 264 V
Impulse current Iimp
peak value Ipeak
L-N - 37.5 kA (12.5 kA / pole) - - 12.5 kA
L-PE/L-PEN - / 37.5 kA (12.5 kA / pole) - / - 37.5 kA (12.5 kA / pole) / - - / 12.5 kA - / -
N-PE - 50 kA 12.5 kA - 50 kA
charge Q 18.75 As 25 As 25 As 6.25 As 12.5 As
specific energy W/R 352 kJ/Ω 625 kJ/Ω 625 kJ/Ω 39 kJ/Ω 160 kJ/Ω
Rated discharge current
(8/20 μs
In L-N - 12.5 kA / pole - - 12.5 kA
L-PE/L-PEN - / 12.5 kA / pole - / - 12.5 kA / pole/ - - /12.5 kA - / -
N-PE - 50 kA 12.5 kA - 50 kA
Maximum discharge current
(8/20 μs)
Imax L-N - 50 kA / pole - - 50 kA
L-PE/L-PEN - / 50 kA / pole - / - 50 kA /pole/ - - / 50 kA -
N-PE - 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Voltage protection level Up L-N - ≤ 1.2 kV - - ≤ 1.2 kV
L-PE/L-PEN - / ≤ 1.2 kV ≤ 2 kV / - ≤ 1.2 kV - / ≤ 1.2 kV ≤ 2 kV / -
N-PE - ≤ 1.7 kV ≤ 1.2 kV - ≤ 1.7 kV
Arrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11 type 1 and type 2 type 1 and type 2 type 1 and type 2 type 1 and type 2 type 1 and type 2
according to IEC 61643-11 class I and class II class I and class II class I and class II class I and class II class I and class II
Response time L-N - ≤ 25 ns - - ≤ 25 ns
L-PE/L-PEN - / ≤ 25 ns - / - ≤ 25 ns / - - / ≤ 25 ns - / -
N-PE - ≤ 100 ns ≤ 25 ns - ≤ 100 ns
Maximum backup fuse gG/gL parallel connection (T) 160 A 160 A 160 A 160 A 160 A
serial connection (V) 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Connection
Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2
Conductor – flexible 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2
Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection only bottom only bottom only bottom top/bottom only bottom
Optical signalling
Functional state green green green green green
Non-functional state red red red red red
Remote signalling
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001 001 001 001
Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A
DC 30 V / 1.5 A DC 30 V / 1.5 A DC 30 V / 1.5 A DC 30 V / 1.5 A DC 30 V / 1.5 A
Min. voltage/current Umin/Imin AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA
Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2
Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.
Minia
D11
Overvoltage protections
COMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SJBC, SVBC +
Specifi cations
9045
44
70.2
5.5
11.1
7.4
70
14
11
12
52.5
14
11
12
17.5 35
14
11
12
Minia
D12
Overvoltage protections
Dimensions
43.55.5
64
45 90
142.4
SJBC-25E-3N-MZS
106.8
SJBC-25E-3-MZS~8
~7
12
11
14
12
11
14
SVBC-12,5-1-MZ SVBC-12,5-1N-MZSSVBC-12,5-3-MZ(S) SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ(S)SVBC-12,5-4-MZ(S)
Diagram
SJBC-25E-3-MZS
L3L2L1
N
SJBC-25E-3N-MZS
L3L2L1
1112 141112 14
COMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SJBC, SVBC +
Minia
D13
Overvoltage protections
SVBC-12,5-3-MZ SVBC-12,5-3-MZS
L1 L2 L3
1112 14
L1 L2 L3
SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ
SVBC-12,5-3N-MZS
L1 L2 L3 N
1112 14
L1 L2 L3 N
SVBC-12,5-4-MZ SVBC-12,5-4-MZS
L1 L2 L3 N
1112 14
L1 L2 L3 N
COMBINED LIGHTNING CURRENT AND SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SJBC, SVBC +
SVBC-12,5-1-MZ
(L)
L ( )
L N
SVBC-12,5-1N-MZS
1112 14
Diagram
Network Design Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
TN-C
(3L+PEN)
without remote signalling SVC-350-3-MZ OEZ:38365 3 0.393 1
with remote signalling SVC-350-3-MZS OEZ:38366 3 0.403 1
TN-S, TT
(3L+N+PE)
without remote signalling SVC-350-3N-MZ OEZ:38367 4 0.433 1
with remote signalling SVC-350-3N-MZS OEZ:38368 4 0.433 1
TN-S
(3L+N+PE)
without remote signalling SVC-350-4-MZ OEZ:40861 4 0.433 1
with remote signalling SVC-350-4-MZS OEZ:40862 4 0.433 1
TN-C
(1L+PEN)
without remote signalling SVC-350-1-MZ OEZ:42378 1 0.129 1
with remote signalling SVC-350-1-MZS OEZ:42379 1 0.135 1
TN-S, TT
(1L+N+PE)
without remote signalling SVC-350-1N-MZ OEZ:42380 2 0.231 1
with remote signalling SVC-350-1N-MZS OEZ:42381 2 0.232 1
Minia
D14
Overvoltage protections
SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SVC, SVM
��For protection of electric networks and equipment
against overvoltage from indirect lightning strokes.
��For protection against overvoltage caused by atmospheric
disturbances and from switching processes in networks.
��For protection of common wiring in apartments,
commercial buildings etc.
��Surge voltage arresters designed for building, residen-
tial, commercial and similar installations classed in
group „low installation threat“.
��Main component is varistor, able to arrest lightning
current up to 40 kA (8/20 μs).
��Possibility of mounting in casual empty enclosures and
switchboard cabinets Distri.
��It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wave
power caused by indirect lightning stroke and/or
switching processes in the networks.
��Use: as the second stage (medium protection) in three
degree scale of protection against overvoltage – type 2
according to EN 61643-11.
��Design multipart, consisting of a base and replaceable
modules with a varistor.
��In case of a failure it is suffi cient to replace the module by
a new one without the need of turning the device off .
��Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down device state
(after disconnection the surge voltage arrester is non-func-
tional and the replaceable module must be replaced).
��Remote signalling of state is provided in type
SVC-...-..-MZS.
Surge voltage arresters SVC with removable module
Replaceable modules
For device Spare module Order Number of modules Weight Package
code in the device [kg] [pcs]
SVC-350-1-MZ(S) SVC-350-1-M OEZ:38369 1 0.051 10
SVC-350-1N-MZ(S)SVC-350-1-M OEZ:38369 1 0.051 10
SVC-264-N-M OEZ:38370 1 0.04 10
SVC-350-3-MZ(S) SVC-350-1-M OEZ:38369 3 0.051 10
SVC-350-3N-MZ(S)SVC-350-1-M OEZ:38369 3 0.051 10
SVC-264-N-M OEZ:38370 1 0.04 10
SVC-350-4-MZ(S) SVC-350-1-M OEZ:38369 4 0.051 10
��Surge voltage arresters intended for demanding
applications, industry, power engineering etc.
��Use mainly in combination with SJBplus-50-2,5, if the
length of the line between T1 and T2 is shorter than 5 m.
��Main component is varistor, able to arrest lightning
current up to 40 kA (8/20 μs).
��Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board and
switchboard cabinets Distri.
��Design two-part device consisting of a base and
replaceable module with a varistor. In case of a failure
it is suffi cient to replace the module by a new one
without the need of turning the device off .
��Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down device
state (after disconnection the lightning current
arrester is non-functional and the replaceable
module must be replaced).
��Remote signalling of state is provided in type ...-ZS.
Design Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
without remote signalling SVM-440-Z OEZ:34720 1 0.136 1
with remote signalling SVM-440-ZS OEZ:34721 1 0.143 1
Minia
D15
Overvoltage protections
SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SVC, SVM
Replaceable modules
For device Spare Order Number of modules Weight Package
module code in the device [kg] [pcs]
SVM-440-Z SVM-440 OEZ:34722 1 0.049 10
SVM-440-ZS SVM-440 OEZ:34722 1 0.049 10
Overvoltage protections SVM with removable module
TypeSVC-350-3-MZSVC-350-3-MZS
SVC-350-3N-MZSVC-350-3N-MZS
SVC-350-4-MZSVC-350-4-MZS
SVC-350-1-MZSVC-350-1-MZS
SVC-350-1N-MZSVC-350-1N-MZS
SVM-440-ZSVM-440-ZS
Standards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11
IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11
Approval marks
Rated voltage UN AC 230 V/400 V AC 230 V/400 V AC 230 V/400 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 440 V
Maximum constant operating voltage UC L-N - AC 350 V - - AC 350 V AC 440 V / DC 585 V
L-PE/L-PEN - / AC 350 V - / - AC 350 V / - - / AC 350 V - / - - / AC 440 V / DC 585 V
N-PE - AC 260 V AC 350 V - AC 260 V AC 335 V
Rated discharge current In L-N - 20 kA / pole - - 20 kA 20 kA
(8/20 μs) L-PE/L-PEN - / 20 kA / pole - / - 20 kA / pole/ - - / 20 kA - / - - / 20 kA
N-PE - 20 kA 20 kA / pole - 20 kA -
Max. discharge current (8/20 μs) Imax L-N - 40 kA / pole - - 40 kA 40 kA
L-PE/L-PEN - / 40 kA / pole - / - 40 kA / pole / - - / 40 kA - / - - / 40 kA
N-PE - 40 kA 40 kA / pole - 40 kA -
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Voltage protection level Up L-N - ≤ 1.8 kV - - ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 2.2 kV
L-PE/L-PEN - / ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.9 kV / - ≤ 1.5 kV / - - / ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.8 kV / - - / ≤ 2.2 kV
N-PE - ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV - ≤ 1.5 kV -
Arrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11 type 2 type 2 type 2 type 2 type 2 type 2
according to IEC 61643-11 class II class II class II class II class II class II
Response time L-N - ≤ 25 ns - - ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns
L-PE/L-PEN - / ≤ 25 ns - / - ≤ 25 ns / - - / ≤ 25 ns - / - - / ≤ 25 ns
N-PE - ≤ 100 ns ≤ 25 ns - ≤ 100 ns -
Maximum backup fuse gG/gL parallel connection (T) 125 A 125 A 125 A 125 A 125 A 125 A
serial connection (V) 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A 80 A
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Connection
Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 0.5 ÷ 35 mm2
Conductor – flexible 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 0.5 ÷ 25 mm2
Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection only bottom only bottom only bottom top/bottom only bottom top/bottom
Optical signalling
Functional state transparent transparent transparent transparent transparent transparent
Non-functional state red red red red red red
Remote signalling
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001 001 001 001 001
Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 0.75 A AC 250 V / 0.75 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 0.75 A AC 250 V / 1 A
DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A DC 125 V / 0.2 A
Min. switched power AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 12 V / 10 mA
Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2
Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.
Minia
D16
Overvoltage protections
SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SVC, SVM
Specifi cations
9
5.5 43.5
64
45
35
141112
SVC-350-1N-MZ(S)
17.5
14
11
12
SVC-350-1-MZ(S)
52.5
14
11
12
SVC-350-3-MZ(S)
70
14
11
12
SVC-350-3N-MZ(S)SVC-350-4-MZ(S)
90
L1 L2 L3 N
SVC-350-3N-MZS
1112 14
L1 L2 L3 N
SVC-350-3N-MZ
SVC-350-3-MZ
L1 L2 L3
SVC-350-3-MZS
1112 14
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 N
SVC-350-4-MZS
1112 14
L1 L2 L3 N
SVC-350-4-MZ
L N
SVC-350-1N-MZS
L N
SVC-350-1N-MZ
1112 14
17.5
12
11
14
9045
58
5.5
~8
43.5
~7
SVM-...
L ( )
SVC-350-1-MZ
( ) L
L ( )
SVC-350-1-MZS
( ) L1112 14
SVM-440-ZSSVM-440-Z
L/N ( ) 1112 14
(L/ )N
L/N ( )
(L/ )N
Diagram
Minia
D17
Overvoltage protections
SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SVC, SVM
Dimensions
Minia
D18
Overvoltage protections
SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SVD
��For protection of electric networks and equipment
against overvoltage from indirect lightning strokes.
��For protection against overvoltage caused by atmos-
pheric disturbances and from switching processes in
networks.
��For protection of common wiring in apartments, hous-
es, commercial buildings etc.
��It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wave
power caused by indirect lightning stroke and/or
switching processes in the networks.
��Use: as the third stage (fi ne protection) in three degree
scale of protection against overvoltage – type 3 accord-
ing to EN 61643-11.
��For further information on OEZ off er of overvoltage pro-
tection see „Overvoltage protections – Application
manual”.
Surge voltage arresters SVD
��Surge voltage arresters designed for protection of over-
voltage sensitive devices.
��Use mainly in networks TN-S, TT. If used in TN-C network
it is necessary to connect terminals N and PE.
��SVD-253-1N-MZS is intended for single-phase distribu-
tion systems and SVD-335-3N-MZS for three-phase
distribution systems.
��Main component is varistor, able to arrest lightning
current in 2-pole design up to 10 kA (8/20 μs) and in
4-pole design up to 4.5 kA (8/20 μs).
��Possibility of mounting in casual distribution board and
switchboard cabinets Distri.
��Design two-part device consisting of a base and replaceable
module with a varistor. In case of a failure it is suffi cient
to replace the module by a new one without the need
of turning the device off .
��Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down device
state (after disconnection the surge voltage arrester is
non-functional and the replaceable module must be
replaced).
��Surge voltage arresters designed for protection of over-
voltage sensitive devices.
��Installation in common types of mounting boxes to-
gether with the original device (separate mounting
box is not necessary).
��Acoustic signalling of state.
��Connection with adjacent socket without clamping and
additional cabling.
Design Type Order Number Weight Package
for network code of modules [kg] [pcs]
single-phase SVD-253-1N-MZS OEZ:38371 1 0.081 1
three-phase SVD-335-3N-MZS OEZ:38372 2 0.129 1
Type Order Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
SVD-335-1N-AS OEZ:39164 0.041 1
Surge voltage arrester for installation in socket boxes SVD-335-1N-AS
Replaceable modules
For device Spare module Order Number of modules Weight Package
code in the device [kg] [pcs]
SVD-253-1N-MZS SVD-253-1N-M OEZ:38373 1 0.027 10
SVD-335-3N-MZS SVD-335-3N-M OEZ:38374 1 0.043 10
Minia
D19
Overvoltage protections
SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SVD
Specifi cations
Type SVD-253-1N-MZS SVD-335-3N-MZS SVD-335-1N-AS
Standards EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11 EN 61643-11
IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11 IEC 61643-11
Approval marks
Rated voltage UN AC 230 V AC 230/400 V AC 230 V
Maximum constant operating voltage UC L-N AC 253 V AC 335 V AC 335 V
N-PE - AC 255 V AC 260 V
Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) In L-N 3 kA 1.5 kA / pole 1.5 kA
L-PE 3 kA 1.5 kA 1.5 kA
N-PE - 1.5 kA -
Maximum discharge current (8/20 μs) Imax L-N 10 kA 4.5 kA 4.5 kA
L-PE 10 kA 4.5 kA 4.5 KA
N-PE 10 kA 10 kA -
Rated loading current at 30 °C IL 26 A 26 A 16 A
Off -load voltage UOC 6 kV 4 kV 4 kV
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Voltage protection level Up L-N ≤ 1.1 kV ≤ 1.2 kV ≤ 1.3 kV
L-PE ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV
N-PE ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV ≤ 1.5 kV
Arrester classifi cation according to EN 61643-11 type 3 type 3 type 3
according to IEC 61643-11 class III class III class III
Response time L-N ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns
L-PE ≤ 100 ns ≤ 100 ns ≤ 100 ns
Max. backup circuit breaker (C) or fuse gG/gL 25 A 25 A 16 A
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP40
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 -
Other installation - - into all types of mounting boxes
Connection
Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 0.2 ÷ 4 mm2 0.2 ÷ 4 mm2 -
Conductor – flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 part of the device including ferrules
1.5 mm2
Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm -
Top or bottom connection only bottom only bottom -
Visual/acoustic signalling
Functional state transparent transparent -
Non-functional state red red acoustically
Remote signalling
Arrangement of contacts 1) 01 01 -
Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 3 A AC 250 V / 3 A -
DC 50 V / 3 A DC 50 V / 3 A -
Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.2 ÷ 4 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 -
Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm -
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C -25 ÷ 75 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.
Minia
D20
Overvoltage protections
SURGE VOLTAGE ARRESTERS SVD
Dimensions
45 90
58
7 4417.7
2
4
N
1 N
6 L
5 L
12
11
3
35.4
6
4
L1
2N
11
12
10 L3
8 L2
9 L3
7 L21N
5L1
3
SVD-253-1N-MZS SVD-335-3N-MZS
23
SVD-335-1N-AS
53
L1
PE
N
Diagram
SVD-253-1N-MZS
5 / L
1 / N
3 /
6 / L
2 / N
11
12
4 /
IN OUT 5 / L1
7 / L2
9 / L3
1 / N
3 /
6 / L1
8 / L2
10 / L3
2 / N
11
12
4 /
IN OUT
SVD-335-3N-MZS
SVD-335-1N-AS
Minia
D21
Overvoltage protections
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS
��For protection of electric networks and equipment
against overvoltage from direct or indirect lightning
strokes in the arresting equipment of buildings,
LV lines etc.
��For protection against overvoltage caused by atmos-
pheric disturbances and from switching processes in
networks.
��For protection of parts of photovoltaic sources mainly
on their DC side.
��Surge voltage arresters intended for building, residen-
tial, commercial and other similar installations, part
of which are DC applications (e.g. photovoltaic source).
��Main components are varistors connected in Y.
��Possibility of mounting in casual empty enclosures and
switchboard cabinets Distri.
��Design multipart, consisting of a base and replaceable mod-
ules. The modules can be removed in case of measure-
ment or failure without necessity of device disconnection.
��It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wave
power caused by direct or indirect lightning stroke
and or switching processes in the networks.
��Use: as the fi rst stage and the second stage in protection
against overvoltage – type 1 and type 2 according to
EN 50539-11.
��Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down device
state (after disconnection the surge voltage arrester is
non-functional and the replaceable module must be
replaced).
��Remote signalling of state is provided in type
SVBC-DC-...-3V-MZS.
Combined lightning current and surge voltage arresters SVBC-DC with removable module
Combined lightning current and surge voltage arresters - type 1 + type 2 - DC
Replaceable modules
+ ,
UCPV Design Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
DC 1 050 V without remote signalling SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZ OEZ:42714 3 0.379 1
with remote signalling SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZS OEZ:42715 3 0.385 1
DC 720 V without remote signalling SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZ OEZ:42717 3 0.365 1
with remote signalling SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZS OEZ:42718 3 0.371 1
For device Spare Order Number of modules Weight Package
module code in the device [kg] [pcs]
SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZ(S) SVBC-DC-1050-V-M OEZ:42716 3 0.072 1
SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZ(S) SVBC-DC-720-V-M OEZ:42719 3 0.057 1
��For protection of electric networks and equipment
against overvoltage from indirect lightning strokes.
��For protection against overvoltage caused by atmos-
pheric disturbances and from switching processes
in networks.
��For protection of parts of photovoltaic sources mainly
on their DC side.
��Surge voltage arresters intended for building, residen-
tial, commercial and other similar installations, part
of which are DC applications (e.g. photovoltaic source).
��Main components are varistors connected in Y.
��Possibility of mounting in casual empty enclosures and
switchboard cabinets Distri.
��Design multipart, consisting of a base and replaceable mod-
ules. The modules can be removed in case of measure-
ment or failure without necessity of device disconnection.
��It reduces voltage and „cut up“ the overvoltage wave
power caused by indirect lightning stroke and/or
switching processes in the networks.
��Use: as the second stage in protection against overvolt-
age – type 2 according to EN 50539-11.
��For further information on OEZ off er for photovoltaic
systems see catalogue „Protective and switching de-
vices of photovoltaic sources”.
��Remote and visual signalling of the shut-down device
state (after disconnection the surge voltage arrester
is non-functional and the replaceable module must
be replaced).
��Remote signalling of state is provided in type
SVC-DC-...-3V-MZS.
Surge voltage arresters SVC-DC with removable module
Surge voltage arresters - type 2 - DC
Replaceable modules
For device Spare Order Number of modules Weight Package
module code in the device [kg] [pcs]
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZ(S) SVC-DC-1170-V-M OEZ:42710 3 0.076 1
SVC-DC-800-3V-MZ(S) SVC-DC-800-V-M OEZ:42713 3 0.068 1
UCPV Design Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
DC 1 170 V without remote signalling SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZ OEZ:42708 3 0.328 1
with remote signalling SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZS OEZ:42709 3 0.333 1
DC 800 V without remote signalling SVC-DC-800-3V-MZ OEZ:42711 3 0.322 1
with remote signalling SVC-DC-800-3V-MZS OEZ:42712 3 0.326 1
Minia
D22
Overvoltage protections
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS + ,
Minia
D23
Overvoltage protections
52.5
14
11
12
9
5.5 43.5
64
45 90
L+ L-
1112 14
L+ L-
TypeSVBC-DC-720-3V-MZSVBC-DC-720-3V-MZS
SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZSVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZS
Standards EN 50539-11 EN 50539-11
EN 50539-11 EN 50539-11
Approval marks
Max. off -load voltage UUOCSTC DC 600 V DC 875 V
Maximum constant operating voltage UCPV DC 720 V DC 1 050 V
Rated loading current (V-connection) IL 80 A 80 A
Max. short-circuit current (V-connection) ISCPV 300 A 300 A
Impulse current (10/350 μs) Iimp 5 kA 5 kA
Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) In 15 kA 15 kA
Max. discharge current (8/20 μs) Imax 40 kA 40 kA
Voltage protection level Up L+, L- ≤ 2.6 kV ≤ 3.5 kV
(L+/L-), PE ≤ 2.6 kV ≤ 3.5 kV
Earth-leakage current IPE ≤ 20 μA ≤ 20 μA
Still stand power input PC < 20 mVA < 25 mVA
Arrester classifi cation according to EN 50539-11 type 1 and type 2 type 1 and type 2
Response time ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35
Connection
Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2
Conductor – flexible 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2
Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection only bottom only bottom
Optical signalling
Functional state transparent transparent
Non-functional state red red
Remote signalling
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001
Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1.5 A AC 250 V / 1.5 A
DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A
Min. switched power AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA
Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2
Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.
Specifi cations
+ +
Dimensions Diagram
SVBC-DC SVBC-DC-...-3V-MZ SVBC-DC-...-3V-MZS
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS + ,
Minia
D24
Overvoltage protections
TypeSVC-DC-800-3V-MZSVC-DC-800-3V-MZS
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZSVC-DC-1170-3V-MZS
Standards EN 50539-11 EN50539-11
EN 50539-11 EN 50539-11
Approval marks
Max. off -load voltage UUOCSTC DC 670 V DC 970 V
Maximum constant operating voltage UCPV DC 800 V DC 1 170 V
Rated loading current (V-connection) IL 80 A 80 A
Max. short-circuit current (V-connection) ISCPV 300 A 300 A
Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) In 15 kA 15 kA
Rated discharge current (8/20 μs) Imax 40 kA 40 kA
Voltage protection level Up L+, L- ≤ 2.7 kV ≤ 3.7 kV
(L+/L-), PE ≤ 2.7 kV ≤ 3.7 kV
Earth-leakage current IPE ≤ 20 μA ≤ 20 μA
Still stand power input PC < 20 mVA < 25 mVA
Arrester classifi cation according to EN 50539-11 type 2 type 2
Response time ≤ 25 ns ≤ 25 ns
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35
Connection
Conductor - rigid (solid, stranded) 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2 1.5 ÷ 35 mm2
Conductor – flexible 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2
Torque 4.5 Nm 4.5 Nm
Top or bottom connection only bottom only bottom
Optical signalling
Functional state transparent transparent
Non-functional state red red
Remote signalling
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001
Max. voltage/current Umax/Imax AC 250 V / 1 A AC 250 V / 1 A
DC 30 V / 1 A DC 30 V / 1 A
Min. switched power AC 5 V / 5 mA AC 5 V / 5 mA
Connection – conductor (rigid, flexible) 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2 0.14 ÷ 1.5 mm2
Torque 0.25 Nm 0.25 Nm
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ÷ 80 °C -40 ÷ 80 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts.
Specifi cations
Dimensions Diagram
9
5.5 43.5
64
45
SVC-DC
90
SVC-DC-...-3V-MZ SVC-DC-...-3V-MZS
52.5
14
11
12
L+ L-
1112 14
L+ L-
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS + ,
Minia
D25
Overvoltage protections
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS
Conversion tables of former and new designs
Formerly produced devices Newly produced devicesNote
Type designation Order code Type designation Order code
Type 1
SJBplus-50-1,5 OEZ:34715 SJBplus-50-2,5 OEZ:39227 adequate design
SJBplus50/1,5 OEZ:14423 SJBplus-50-2,5 OEZ:39227 adequate design
SJBplus-50 OEZ:34714 SJBplus-50-2,5 OEZ:39227 innovation - electronic ignition spark gap
SJBplus50 OEZ:14424 SJBplus-50-2,5 OEZ:39227 innovation - electronic ignition spark gap
SJBpro-35-1,5 OEZ:34713SJB-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)
SJB-25E-3N-MZS OEZ:38358 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)
SJBpro35/1,5 OEZ:14422SJB-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)
SJB-25E-3N-MZS OEZ:38358 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)
SJBpro-35 OEZ:34712SJB-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)
SJB-25E-3N-MZS OEZ:38358 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)
SJBpro35 OEZ:13019SJB-25E-3-MZS OEZ:38357 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)
SJB-25E-3N-MZS OEZ:38358 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)
SJB100/NPE/1,5 OEZ:14425 SJB-NPE-1,5 OEZ:34716 adequate design
Type 2
SVM440-Z OEZ:18565 SVM-440-Z OEZ:34720 adequate design
SVM440-ZS OEZ:18566 SVM-440-ZS OEZ:34721 adequate design
SVM-275-Z OEZ:34717SVC-350-3-MZ OEZ:38365 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)
SVC-350-3N-MZ OEZ:38367 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)
SVM275-Z OEZ:13004SVC-350-3-MZ OEZ:38365 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)
SVC-350-3N-MZ OEZ:38367 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)
SVM-275-ZS OEZ:34718SVC-350-3-MZS OEZ:38366 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)
SVC-350-3N-MZS OEZ:38368 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)
SVM275-ZS OEZ:13005 SVC-350-3-MZS OEZ:38366 multipole design (3+0; TN-C)
SVC-350-3N-MZS OEZ:38368 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)
SVM-NPE-Z (+SVM-440-Z) OEZ:34723 SVC-350-1N-MZ OEZ:42380 multipole design (1+1; TN-S, TT)
SVM-NPE-Z (+3 pcs SVM-440-Z) OEZ:34723 SVC-350-3N-MZ OEZ:38367 multipole design (3+1; TN-S, TT)
SVC-275-1 OEZ:38842 SVC-350-1-MZ OEZ:42378 adequate design
SVC-275-1-S OEZ:38843 SVC-350-1-MZS OEZ:42379 adequate design
SVF-1000-2VB-MZ OEZ:39165 SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZ OEZ:42708 adequate design
SVF-1000-2VB-MZ OEZ:39527 SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZS OEZ:42709 adequate design
SVF-600-3V-MZ OEZ:39528 SVC-DC-800-3V-MZ OEZ:42711 adequate design
SVF-600-3V-MZ OEZ:39529 SVC-DC-800-3V-MZS OEZ:42712 adequate design
Type 3SVD-250M-ZS OEZ:34725 SVD-253-1N-MZS OEZ:38371 adequate design
SVD250M-ZS OEZ:13020 SVD-253-1N-MZS OEZ:38371 adequate design
Table of tolerance zones at 1 mA
��Varistor is able to provide protection against
overvoltage repeatedly. However, every such actuating
changes its structure to certain extent. We can detect
by timely varistor check whether is this change
of structure and resulting varistor function already
beyond the acceptable limit or not.
��Standard EN 62 305-4 requires besides others also pe-
riodic overvoltage protections checks. This check is usu-
ally completed with varistor measurement.
��On principle, the check of overvoltage protections is
carried out by connecting to the DC voltage, while in-
creasing the voltage to the point when current 1 mA
fl ows through the arrester. Subsequently the voltage
level is deducted. This procedure shall be repeated for
opposite polarity as well.
��If the deducted voltage level is in between the Voltage
tolerance zone given in the table, the overvoltage pro-
tection is functional. In the opposite case it is necessary
to replace the overvoltage protection or its module. The
table of Voltage tolerance zones is given below.
Varistor function test
Type designation Note Order Voltage tolerance code zone at 1 mA
SVBC-12,5-1-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:40615 510 - 561 V
SVBC-12,5-1N-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:40618 510 - 561 V
SVBC-12,5-3-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:40619 510 - 561 V
SVBC-12,5-3-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:40620 510 - 561 V
SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:40621 510 - 561 V
SVBC-12,5-3N-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:40622 510 - 561 V
SVBC-12,5-4-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:40623 510 - 561 V
SVBC-12,5-4-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:40624 510 - 561 V
SVBC-12,5-1-M Replaceable module T1+T2 OEZ:40625 510 - 561 V
SJBC-25E-3-MZS T1+T2 - only varistor module is measured OEZ:38361 508.5 - 565 V
SJBC-25E-3N-MZS T1+T2 - only varistor module is measured OEZ:38362 508.5 - 565 V
SVC-N350-1-M Replaceable module T1+T2 OEZ:38364 508.5 - 565 V
SVC-350-1-MZ T2 OEZ:42378 509 - 621 V
SVC-350-1-MZS T2 OEZ:42379 509 - 621 V
SVC-350-1N-MZ T2 OEZ:42380 509 - 621 V
SVC-350-1N-MZS T2 OEZ:42381 509 - 621 V
SVC-350-3-MZ T2 OEZ:38365 509 - 621 V
SVC-350-3-MZS T2 OEZ:38366 509 - 621 V
SVC-350-3N-MZ T2 OEZ:38367 509 - 621 V
SVC-350-3N-MZS T2 OEZ:38368 509 - 621 V
Type designation Note Order Voltage tolerance code zone at 1 mA
SVC-350-4-MZ T2 OEZ:40861 509 - 621 V
SVC-350-4-MZS T2 OEZ:40862 509 - 621 V
SVC-350-1-M Replaceable module T2 OEZ:38369 509 - 621 V
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZ T2 OEZ:42708 643.5 - 786.5 V
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZS T2 OEZ:42709 643.5 - 786.5 V
SVC-DC-1170-V-M Replaceable module T2 OEZ:42710 643.5 - 786.5 V
SVC-DC-800-3V-MZ T2 OEZ:42711 484.5 - 561 V
SVC-DC-800-3V-MZS T2 OEZ:42712 484.5 - 561 V
SVC-DC-800-V-M Replaceable module T2 OEZ:42713 484.5 - 561 V
SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:42714 643.5 - 786.5 V
SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:42715 643.5 - 786.5 V
SVBC-DC-1050-V-M Replaceable module T2 OEZ:42716 643.5 - 786.5 V
SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZ T1+T2 OEZ:42717 484.5 - 561 V
SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZS T1+T2 OEZ:42718 484.5 - 561 V
SVBC-DC-720-V-M Replaceable module T2 OEZ:42719 484.5 - 561 V
SVD-253-1N-MZS T3 OEZ:38371 216 - 264 V
SVD-335-3N-MZS T3 OEZ:38372 459 - 561 V
SVD-335-1N-AS T3 OEZ:39164 459 - 561 V
SVM-440 T2 OEZ:34720 644 - 786 V
SVM-440-ZS T2 OEZ:34721 644 - 786 V
Minia
D26
Overvoltage protections
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS
1. Installation of lightning current arresters – T1Lightning current arresters, i.e. the arresters of type 1
are installed mainly on the interface of zones LPZ0/ LPZ1.
The main switchboard is usually placed on this interface.
The devices are installed on „U“ rail type TH 35 (DIN rail).
Installation of the lightning current arresters in metering
switchboard shall be approved by relevant power
distribution companies. In not measured part, use
the lightning current arresters SJBplus-... or SJB-25E-...
2. Installation of compact combined surge voltage arresters of type T1+T2
We recommend to install the compact combined arrester
type 1 and 2 ( SJBC = spark gap + varistor) in the main
switch board on „U“ rail type TH 35, in case it is possible to
unite the boundaries of lightning protection levels LPZ0/ LPZ1
and LPZ1/LPZ2. With its parameters and small dimensions,
this combination is suitable for both industrial applications
and applications in buildings, apartments etc. The advantage
of combined arresters is that they provide complete solution
for given system (etc. TN-C, TN-S) without the need of inter-
connecting busbars etc. - „one device = complete solution“. If
it is not possible to unite the boundaries of lightning protec-
tion levels LPZ0/LPZ1 and LPZ1/ LPZ2 (etc. in block of fl ats
- in the unmeasured part there can not be installed varistor
based overvoltage protection), then type SJB-25E-… has to
be used on the boundary of LPZ0/ LPZ1 and type SVC-...on
the boundary of LPZ1/ LPZ2.
Combined arrester of lightning current type 1 and type 2
(SVBC – varistor) can be used in switchboards of individual
fl ats in cases when it is not possible to install common fi rst
protection stage (etc. block of fl ats, where there is not al-
lowed to install in unmeasured part any type of overvolt-
age protection). Combined arrester of lightning current
SVBC is thank to lightning current separation in several
branches convenient protection for these applications. It
is installed on „U“ rail type TH 35.
3. Installation of surge voltage arresters – T2 Surge voltage arresters T2 are installed mainly on bounda-
ries of LPZ1/LPZ2 that means in subsidiary switchboard
behind the arresters of lightning current installed in the
main switchboard. They are installed on „U“ rail type
TH 35. It is necessary to ensure coordination of individual
protection stages at installation. For more information see
paragraph “Coordination of overvoltage protection“.
4. Installation of surge voltage arresters – T3 Surge voltage arresters SVD are installed on „U“ rail
of type TH 35. If the length of the line between T2 and
T3<5 m, it is not necessary to use T3 – the parameters
of coordination T2 and T3 would not be fulfi lled. Protec-
tion is suffi ciently provided by the surge voltage arrester
T2. Install another surge voltage arresters of stage 3 at
least 10 m downstream of the previous T3. Surge volt-
age arresters of stage 3 can be connected to the line both
lengthwise and cross-wise. Cross-connection to the line is
advantageous in particular if the current fl owing through
the line is higher than the permitted rated load current IL
of the surge voltage arrester T3.
5. Installation of surge voltage arresters for photovoltaic systems
Overvoltage protections SVBC-DC and SVC-DC are in-
stalled on „U“ rail type TH 35 usually at the solar panel. At
the length of the line between solar panels and inverter
L > 10 m we recommend to install the overvoltage pro-
tection also at the inverter on the DC side.
1. Protection of lightning current arresters – T1Protection can be implemented in two ways:
��protection only by fuses F1 in the house main switch-
board, if F1 correspond to the values stated in the table
of technical parameters of given type. However, if in
such wiring there are leakages and follow short-circuit
currents, though the SJB arresters are able to quench
the follow short-circuit currents, F1 may blow with sub-
sequent interruption of power supply in the building.
��use of fuses F2 in addition to F1 if the latter are too big
or if you do not want to interrupt the power supply. In
such case selectivity must be ensured between F1 and
F2 i.e. InF1 ≥ 1.6 x InF2 . With this ratio of rated currents, F2
will cut out sooner than F1, and the power supply of the
building will not be interrupted. However the values InF2
may be low and F2 will blow more frequently. For this
reason it is recommended to equip the fuse F2 with a
signalling device.
2. Protection of surge voltage arresters – T2The previous paragraph applies also to the protection
of surge voltage arresters, however in Wiring diagram examples these fuses are designated F3.
3. Protection of surge voltage arresters – T3Surge voltage arresters SVD shall be protected by circuit
breakers or fuses gG max. 25 A.
4. Protection of arresters for connection „3+1“Arresters for connection between N and PE conductors,
i.e. the arrester SJB-NPE-1.5 and the module between N
and PE for the other versions are not protected separately.
Because their protection is already provided by fuses F1,
F2 or F3, see the wiring diagram examples.
5. Protection of arresters for photovoltaic systemsIt is not needed to protect the arrester for photovoltaic
systems in any special way. However, in case of two varistors
design and one spark gap the limit of maximum short-
circuit current has to be considered.
The correct function of multiple stage protection is con-
ditioned by correct coordination of individual stages. At fi rst
the most sensitive stage of protection reacts. Before it gets
overloaded the superior stage has to react.
It is valid in case of T1 and T2 that if their mutual distance is
bigger than 10 m (the length of conductors), the coordination
is guaranteed by the physical features of the lines. It means
that we can use any combination of fi rst and second protec-
tion stage (once we follow other installation instructions).
In case we need to install T2 closer to T1, it is necessary to
use combination of overvoltage protection designed for this
purpose.
It is necessary to observe the minimal distance 5 m for
the coordination between the second end the third stages
of the protection.
COORDINATION OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION
INSTALLATION OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS
PROTECTION OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS
+
LNPE
F
LNPE
max
. 0.5
m
F
Continuous connection
Transversal connection
T1 T2
< 5 m 5 ÷ 10 > 10
SJBplus-50-2,5 SVM-440-.. SVC-350-.. arbitrary
SJB-25E-.. SVC-350-.. SVC-350-.. arbitrary > 5 m
T2 T3
Minia
D27
Overvoltage protections
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS
Standard solution
TN-C
TN-C
-STN
-STN
-S, T
T
Low installation thread
a) Family houses without lightning conductor and exposed conductive parts
��Conducted by underground cable line.
��Where there is no threat of direct lightning stroke to the nearby building with lightning conductor which is
galvanically connected to the protected building.
b) Individual housing units
��It is possible to install common fi rst protection stage T1 in the main switchboard in the block of fl ats.
F2 > if F1 125 A F1F1
L2L3PEN
L1L2L3PEN
SVC-350-3-MZ(OEZ:38365)
F1L1L2L3PEN
SVC-350-3-MZ(OEZ:38365)
F2 > if F1 125 A L1L2L3NPE
F1L1L2L3
PEN
L1L2L3
PEN
SVC-350-4-MZ(OEZ:40861)
F2 > if F1 125 A
SVC-350-4-MZ
F1L1L2L3
PEN
L1L2L3
PEN
SVC-350-3N-MZ(OEZ:38367)
F2 > if F1 125 A
Minia
D28
Overvoltage protections
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS
Standard solution Solution for necessary T1 and T2 separation
TN-C
TN-C
-STN
-STN
-S, T
T
Medium installation thread
a) Family houses
��Where there is a threat of direct lightning stroke to the protected building or to the nearby building with lightning conductor
which is galvanically connected to the protected building - level of protection against lightning LPL III or LPL IV.
��With overhead cable line.
b) Individual housing units
��In the block of fl ats where it is not possible to install common fi rst protection stage T1 in the main switchboard and where
due to lightning current separation in several branches its level does not exceed 12.5 kA (10/350 μs).
F2 > if F1 160 AF1L1L2L3PEN
L1L2L3PEN
SVBC-12,5-3-MZ(OEZ:40619)
SVBC-12,5-3-MZS
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
imp
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
imp
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
L1 L2
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
im p
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
L3
F2 > if F1 160 A F1L1L2L3N
L1L2L3PEN
SVBC-12,5-3-MZ(OEZ:40619)
PE
SVBC-12,5-3-MZS
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
imp
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
imp
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
L1 L2
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
im p
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
L3
F1L1L2L3
PEN
L1L2L3
PEN
F2 > if F1 160 A
SVBC-12,5-4-MZ
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
imp
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
im p
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
imp
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
L1 L2 L3
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
imp
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
N
SVBC-12,5-4-MZ(OEZ:40623)
F2 > if F1 160 A
SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
imp
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
im p
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
U 1,2 kVI 12,5 kAI 12,5 kA
p
imp
n
£
SVBC-12,5
T1T2
L1 L2 L3
U 1,7 kVI 50 kAI 50 kA
p
imp
n
£
SVBC-50
T1T2
N
F1L1L2L3
PEN
L1L2L3
PEN
SVBC-12,5-3N-MZ(OEZ:40621)
F1L1L2L3PEN
L1L2L3PEN
L ... arbitrary
SJB-25E-3-MZS(OEZ:38357)
SVC-350-3-MZ(OEZ:38365)
F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A
F1L1L2L3PEN
L ... arbitrary
L1L2L3
PEN
SJB-25E-3-MZS(OEZ:38357)
SVC-350-3N-MZ(OEZ:38367)
F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A
F1L1L2L3
PEN
SJB-25-3N-MSZSJB-25-3N-MSZ
L1L2L3
PEN
L ... arbitrary
SJB-25E-3N-MZS(OEZ:38358)
SVC-350-4-MZ(OEZ:40861)
F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A
SVC-350-4-MZ
SVC-350
F1L1L2L3
PEN
SJB-25-3N-MSZSJB-25-3N-MSZ
L1L2L3
PEN
L ... arbitrary
SJB-25E-3N-MZS(OEZ:38358)
SVC-350-3N-MZ(OEZ:38367)
F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A
Minia
D29
Overvoltage protections
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS
Big installation thread
a) Family houses with lightning conductor or exposed conductive
parts.
��Independent on connection type.
��Where there is a threat of direct lightning stroke to the protected
building or to the nearby building with lightning conductor which is
galvanically connected to the protected building - level of protection
against lightning LPL I or LPL II.
b) Individual housing units.
��In the block of fl ats where it is not possible to install common fi rst
protection stage T1 in the main switchboard and where the
lightning current can exceed 12.5 kA (10/350 μs).
Standard solution Solution for necessary T1 and T2 separation
TN-C
TN-C
-STN
-STN
-S, T
T
F1L1L2L3PEN
L1L2L3PEN
SJBC-25E-3-MZS(OEZ:38361)
F2 > if F1 315 A
F1L1L2L3N
L1L2L3PEN
PE
SJBC-25E-3-MZS(OEZ:38361)
F2 > if F1 315 A
F1L1L2L3
PEN
L1L2L3
PEN
SJBC-25E-3N-MZS(OEZ:38362)
F2 > if F1 315 A
F1L1L2L3
PEN
L1L2L3
PEN
SJBC-25E-3N-MZS(OEZ:38362)
F2 > if F1 315 A
F1L1L2L3PEN
L1L2L3PEN
L ... arbitrary
SJB-25E-3-MZS(OEZ:38357)
SVC-350-3-MZ(OEZ:38365)
F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A
F1L1L2L3PEN
L ... arbitrary
L1L2L3
PEN
SJB-25E-3-MZS(OEZ:38357)
SVC-350-3N-MZ(OEZ:38367)
F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A
F1L1L2L3
PEN
SJB-25-3N-MSZSJB-25-3N-MSZ
L1L2L3
PEN
L ... arbitrary
SJB-25E-3N-MZS(OEZ:38358)
SVC-350-4-MZ(OEZ:40861)
F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A
SVC-350-4-MZ
SVC-350
F1L1L2L3
PEN
SJB-25-3N-MSZSJB-25-3N-MSZ
L1L2L3
PEN
L ... arbitrary
SJB-25E-3N-MZS(OEZ:38358)
SVC-350-3N-MZ(OEZ:38367)
F2 > if F1 315 A F3 > if F1 125 A
Minia
D30
Overvoltage protections
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS
T1+T2
Industrial and special applications
T1+T2
a) Industrial applications, where higher requirements for overvoltage
protections have to be met, e.g. due to high short-circuit current.
��The separation of lightning current is the same as in case of big
installation threat.
b) The separation of lightning current is the same as in case of big
installation threat.
Standard solution Solution for necessary T1 and T2 separation
TN-C
TN-S
TN-C
TN-S
, TT
3
S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375) SJBplus-50- ,5
(OEZ:39227) pcs 2
+
3 SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720)
pcs
F1L1L2L3PEN
L1L2L3PEN
F2 > if F1 125 A
F1L1L2L3
PEN
L1L2L3
PEN
4 pcs S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)
2 SJBplus-50- ,5(OEZ:39227)
+4 pcs SVM-440-Z
(OEZ:34720)
F2 > if F1 125 A
F1L1L2L3
PEN
+ SJB-NPE-1,5
(OEZ:34716) 1 pc
L1L2L3
PEN
S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)
SJBplus-50- ,5(OEZ:39227)
3 pcs 2
+ SVM-440-Z
(OEZ:34720) 3 pcs
F2 > if F1 125 A
SJBplus-50-(OEZ:39227)
2,5
+
SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720)
F1L1PEN
L1PEN
F2 > if F1 125 A
3 SJBplus-50- ,5(OEZ:39227)
pcs 2 3
S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)
S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)
SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720) pcs
F1L1L2L3PEN
L1L2L3PEN
F2 > if F1 500 A F3 > if F1 125 A
L ... arbitrary
F1L1L2L3
PEN
L1L2L3
PEN
4 pcs 2 SJBplus-50- ,5(OEZ:39227) 4 pcs
S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)
S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)
SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720)
F2 > if F1 500 A F3 > if F1 125 A
L ... arbitrary
F1L1L2L3
PEN
+ SJB-NPE-1,5
(OEZ:34716) 1 pc
L1L2L3
PEN
SJBplus-50- ,5(OEZ:39227)
3 pcs 2
+
3
S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)
S1L-1000-16(OEZ:37375)
SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720)
pcs
F2 > if F1 500 A F3 > if F1 125 A
SVM-NPE-Z(OEZ:34723)
1 pc
L ... arbitrary
SJBplus-50- ,5(OEZ:39227)
2 SVM-440-Z(OEZ:34720)
F1L1PEN
L1PEN
F2 > if F1 500 A F3 > if F1 125 A
L ... arbitrary
Minia
D31
Overvoltage protections
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MEASUREMENT OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTIONS
Photovoltaic systems
a) Photovoltaic sources, where there is no threat of direct stroke to the solar panel or lines
��Dependent on the length of line between the panels and the inverter one or two devices are used. In general, at the length
of line L1 > 10 m we use the overvoltage protection at both the solar panel and the inverter, at the length of the line
L ≤ 10 m we use the overvoltage protection either at the solar panel or at the inverter.
��Design SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZ(S) or SVC-DC-800-3V-MZ(S).
b) Photovoltaic sources, wherein there is a risk of direct stroke in a panel or a line, especially in cases, where the
panel is connected with the arresting system galvanically
��Dependent on the length of line between the panels and the inverter one or two devices are used. In general, at the length
of line L1 > 10 m we use the overvoltage protection at both the solar panel and the inverter, at the length of the line
L ≤ 10 m we use the overvoltage protection either at the solar panel or at the inverter.
��Design SVBC-DC-1050-3V-MZ(S) or SVBC-DC-720-3V-MZ(S).
DC switch-disconnector AC switch-
-disconnector
Converter Measuring
Protection against
overvoltage
Photovoltaic arraySwitchboard MeasuringMain switch-
-disconnector
Main
protection
Transformer
L1
hWhW
DC AC Protection against
overvoltage
Protection against
overvoltage
L+L-
PE
SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)
L1 10 m�
L+L-
L+L-
PE
SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)
L1 10 m�
L+L-
PE
SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)
L+L-
PE
SVC-DC- 1170
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
SVC-DC- 1170 SVC-DC- 1170
SVC-DC1170
L+ L-
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )
L1 10 m�
LL++LL--
LL++LL--
PEPE
SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170
UU 1,9 kV1,9 kVII 15 kA15 kA
pp
nn
UU 1,9 kV1,9 kVII 15 kA15 kA
pp
nn
UU 1,9 kV1,9 kVII 15 kA15 kA
pp
nn
SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170 SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170
SVC-DCSVC-DC11170170
L+L+ L-L-
SVC-DC-1SVC-DC-1170-3V170-3V-MZ-MZOEZ:42708OEZ:42708(( ))
L1L1 10 m10 m��
L+L-
PE
SVC-DC- 1170
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
SVC-DC- 1170 SVC-DC- 1170
SVC-DC1170
L+ L-
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )
a)
b)SVBC-DC1050
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
L+ L-
SVBC-DC1050
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
L+ L-
SVBC-DC1050
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
L+ L-
L+L-
PE
SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)
L1 10 m�
L+L-
L+L-
PE
SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)
L1 10 m�
L+L-
PE
SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)
LL++LL--
PEPE
SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170
UU 1,9 kV1,9 kVII 15 kA15 kA
pp
nn
UU 1,9 kV1,9 kVII 15 kA15 kA
pp
nn
UU 1,9 kV1,9 kVII 15 kA15 kA
pp
nn
SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170 SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170
SVC-DCSVC-DC11170170
L+L+ L-L-
SVC-DC-1SVC-DC-1170-3V170-3V-MZ-MZOEZ:42708OEZ:42708(( ))
L1L1 10 m10 m��
L+L-
L+L-
PE
SVC-DC- 1170
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
SVC-DC- 1170 SVC-DC- 1170
SVC-DC1170
L+ L-
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )
L1 10 m�
LL++LL--
PEPE
SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170
UU 1,9 kV1,9 kVII 15 kA15 kA
pp
nn
UU 1,9 kV1,9 kVII 15 kA15 kA
pp
nn
UU 1,9 kV1,9 kVII 15 kA15 kA
pp
nn
SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170 SVC-DC- 1SVC-DC- 1170170
SVC-DCSVC-DC11170170
L+L+ L-L-
SVC-DC-1SVC-DC-1170-3V170-3V-MZ-MZOEZ:42708OEZ:42708(( ))
a)
b)SVBC-DC1050
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
L+ L-
SVBC-DC1050
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
L+ L-
SVBC-DC1050
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
L+ L-
L+L-
PE
SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)
L1 10 m�
LL++LL--
LL++LL--
PEPE
SVSV C-DC-1 0-3VC-DC-1 0-3V-MZ-MZBB 0505(OEZ:42714)(OEZ:42714)
L1L1 10 m10 m��
L+L-
PE
SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)
L+L-
PE
SVC-DC- 1170
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
SVC-DC- 1170 SVC-DC- 1170
SVC-DC1170
L+ L-
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )
L1 10 m�
L+L-
L+L-
PE
SVC-DC- 1170
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
SVC-DC- 1170 SVC-DC- 1170
SVC-DC1170
L+ L-
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )
L1 10 m�
L+L-
PE
SVC-DC- 1170
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
SVC-DC- 1170 SVC-DC- 1170
SVC-DC1170
L+ L-
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )
a)
b)SVBC-DCSVBC-DC10501050
SVBC-DC-1050SVBC-DC-1050
UU 1,8 kV1,8 kVII 5 kA5 kAII 15 kA15 kA
pp
impimp
nn
T1T1T2T2
SVBC-DC-1050SVBC-DC-1050
UU 1,8 kV1,8 kVII 5 kA5 kAII 15 kA15 kA
pp
impimp
nn
T1T1T2T2
SVBC-DC-1050SVBC-DC-1050
UU 1,8 kV1,8 kVII 5 kA5 kAII 15 kA15 kA
pp
impimp
nn
T1T1T2T2
L+L+ L-L-
SVBC-DC1050
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
L+ L-
SVBC-DC1050
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
L+ L-
LL++LL--
PEPE
SVSV C-DC-1 0-3VC-DC-1 0-3V-MZ-MZBB 0505(OEZ:42714)(OEZ:42714)
L1L1 10 m10 m��
L+L-
L+L-
PE
SV C-DC-1 0-3V-MZB 05(OEZ:42714)
L1 10 m�
LL++LL--
PEPE
SVSV C-DC-1 0-3VC-DC-1 0-3V-MZ-MZBB 0505(OEZ:42714)(OEZ:42714)
L+L-
PE
SVC-DC- 1170
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
SVC-DC- 1170 SVC-DC- 1170
SVC-DC1170
L+ L-
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )
L1 10 m�
L+L-
L+L-
PE
SVC-DC- 1170
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
SVC-DC- 1170 SVC-DC- 1170
SVC-DC1170
L+ L-
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )
L1 10 m�
L+L-
PE
SVC-DC- 1170
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
U 1,9 kVI 15 kA
p
n
SVC-DC- 1170 SVC-DC- 1170
SVC-DC1170
L+ L-
SVC-DC-1170-3V-MZOEZ:42708( )
a)
b)SVBC-DC1050
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
SVBC-DC-1050
U 1,8 kVI 5 kAI 15 kA
p
imp
n
T1T2
L+ L-
SVBC-DCSVBC-DC10501050
SVBC-DC-1050SVBC-DC-1050
UU 1,8 kV1,8 kVII 5 kA5 kAII 15 kA15 kA
pp
impimp
nn
T1T1T2T2
SVBC-DC-1050SVBC-DC-1050
UU 1,8 kV1,8 kVII 5 kA5 kAII 15 kA15 kA
pp
impimp
nn
T1T1T2T2
SVBC-DC-1050SVBC-DC-1050
UU 1,8 kV1,8 kVII 5 kA5 kAII 15 kA15 kA
pp
impimp
nn
T1T1T2T2
L+L+ L-L-
SVBC-DCSVBC-DC10501050
SVBC-DC-1050SVBC-DC-1050
UU 1,8 kV1,8 kVII 5 kA5 kAII 15 kA15 kA
pp
impimp
nn
T1T1T2T2
SVBC-DC-1050SVBC-DC-1050
UU 1,8 kV1,8 kVII 5 kA5 kAII 15 kA15 kA
pp
impimp
nn
T1T1T2T2
SVBC-DC-1050SVBC-DC-1050
UU 1,8 kV1,8 kVII 5 kA5 kAII 15 kA15 kA
pp
impimp
nn
T1T1T2T2
L+L+ L-L-
Minia
D32
Overvoltage protections
NOTES
SWITCHING DEVICES Minia
Minia
E
��Summary of models ............................................................................................ E2
��Installation contactors RSI. .................................................................................................... E4
��Installation relays RPI ............................................................................................................ E17
��Impulse memory relays MIG ............................................................................................... E19
��Impulse memory relays MIR ............................................................................................... E27
��Time relays MCR ......................................................................................................................... E31
��Timers ................................................................................................................................................. E35
��Stair switches. ................................................................................................................................ E41
��Monitoring relay. ......................................................................................................................... E44
Minia
E2
Switching devices
SUMMARY OF MODELS
Installation contactors and relays, Impulse relaysswitch depending on applied voltage or impulse
Type RSI RPI MIG MIR
Ith , Ie 20, 25, 32, 40, 63 A 8, 16 A 20, 32, 63 A 16 A
Arrangement of contacts 10, 11, 20, 02, 40, 31, 04 001, 002, 003 10, 11, 20, 40, 31 001
Maximum load of each contact for:
AC-1 63 A / 230 V 16 A / 250 V 63 A / 230 V 16 A / 250 V
AC-5a 22 A / 230 V 1.6 A / 230 V 22 A / 230 V 1.6 A / 230 V
AC-5b 5 000 W / 230 V 1000 W / 230 V 7 000 W / 230 V 460 W / 230 V
DC-1 63 A / 24 V 16 A / 24 V 63 A / 24 V -
Timersswitch according to internal program in real time
Type MAE-A MAN-A MAE-D MAN-D MAA-D
Design Analog Analog Digital Digital Digital
Arrangement of contacts 001, 100 001, 100 001, 002 001, 002 001, 002
Permanent operation/off Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Run reserve - 100 hours 3 years 5 years 5 years
Menu language - - EN CS, EN, DE, PL, RU, IT, FR, ES, PT, NL, DA, FI, NO, SV, TR
Number of programs - - 28 56 56
Program test - - Yes Yes Yes
Holiday mode - - - Yes Yes
Random switching mode - - - Yes Yes
PIN code protection - - - Yes Yes
Astro function - - - - Yes
Minia
E3
Switching devices
SUMMARY OF MODELS
Monitoring relaysswitch depending on monitored physical quantity
TypeMMR-U3
MMR-X3MMR-HL MMR-T1
MMR-T2
MMR-TDRLP 5SV8
Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V - AC 230 V
Arrangement of contacts 001 001 001 200 10, 01 001, 002, 40
Operating voltage of contact AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 230 V
Operating current of contact 8 A 16 A 8 A 16 A 16 A 6 A
Monitored quantity Voltage Level Temperature Temperature Current Residual current
Function - Overvoltage - Liquid drawing off - Motor protection - From -25 °C - Disconnectio - Indication
- Undervoltage - Liquid fi lling - Local reset - Up to +95 °C at reach of: at reach of:
- Phase failure - Remote RESET - 2 channels 5 ÷ 15 A 0.03 ÷ 30 A
- Phase sequence *) - Auto reset 10 ÷ 28 A (adjustable)
- Asymmetry *) 26 ÷ 63 A
Stair switches and multiple-function time relaysswitch according to set function and time
Type MQA MQB MQC MCR-MA MCR-MB MCR-TK
Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC/DC 12 ÷ 230 V AC/DC 12 ÷ 230 V AC/DC 12 ÷ 230 V
Arrangement of contacts 100 100 100 001, 003 001, 003 001
Operating voltage of contact AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V
Operating current of contact 16 A 16 A 16 A 8 A 8 A 8 A
Time setting 0.5 ÷ 10 min 0.5 ÷ 10 min 3 ÷ 60 min 0.1 s ÷ 100 hr 0.1 s ÷ 100 hr 0.1 s ÷ 10 days
Function Stair switch Stair switch Stair switch Time relay Time relay Timing relays
- extension of time
4 times by holding
the push-button
for > 1s
- premature
switching off by
pressing the push-
-button
- 9 functions - 18 functions - adjustable mark-
-to-space ratio
*) only X3 design
��For switching of electrical circuits by application of con-
trol voltage on the coil.
��For control of appliances up to 63 A - electric boilers,
convection heaters, water-heaters, storage heaters
and also lighting circuits.
��Control voltage: AC 24 V, AC 230 V.
��Visual light indication at power up.
Minia
E4
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Installation contactors 20 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
10 AC 230 V RSI-20-10-A230 OEZ:36609 1 0.130 1
20AC 230 V RSI-20-20-A230 OEZ:36610 1 0.130 1
AC 24 V RSI-20-20-A024 OEZ:36614 1 0.130 1
11AC 230 V RSI-20-11-A230 OEZ:36611 1 0.130 1
AC 24 V RSI-20-11-A024 OEZ:36615 1 0.130 1
02AC 230 V RSI-20-02-A230 OEZ:36612 1 0.130 1
AC 24 V RSI-20-02-A024 OEZ:36616 1 0.130 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 25 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
40AC 230 V RSI-25-40-A230 OEZ:36617 2 0.230 1
AC 24 V RSI-25-40-A024 OEZ:36621 2 0.230 1
31AC 230 V RSI-25-31-A230 OEZ:36618 2 0.230 1
AC 24 V RSI-25-31-A024 OEZ:36622 2 0.230 1
04 AC 230 V RSI-25-04-A230 OEZ:36620 2 0.230 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 32 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
20 AC 230 V RSI-32-20-A230 OEZ:43273 1 0.130 1
11 AC 230 V RSI-32-11-A230 OEZ:43274 1 0.130 1
02 AC 230 V RSI-32-02-A230 OEZ:43275 1 0.130 1
40 AC 230 V RSI-32-40-A230 OEZ:43276 2 0.260 1
31 AC 230 V RSI-32-31-A230 OEZ:43277 2 0.260 1
04 AC 230 V RSI-32-04-A230 OEZ:43278 2 0.260 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 40 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
40AC 230 V RSI-40-40-A230 OEZ:36625 3 0.380 1
AC 24 V RSI-40-40-A024 OEZ:36629 3 0.380 1
31AC 230 V RSI-40-31-A230 OEZ:36626 3 0.380 1
AC 24 V RSI-40-31-A024 OEZ:36630 3 0.380 1
04 AC 230 V RSI-40-04-A230 OEZ:36628 3 0.380 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 63 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
40AC 230 V RSI-63-40-A230 OEZ:36633 3 0.380 1
AC 24 V RSI-63-40-A024 OEZ:36637 3 0.380 1
31AC 230 V RSI-63-31-A230 OEZ:36634 3 0.380 1
AC 24 V RSI-63-31-A024 OEZ:36638 3 0.380 1
04 AC 230 V RSI-63-04-A230 OEZ:36636 3 0.380 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors AC
Minia
E5
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
��For switching of electrical circuits by application of con-
trol voltage on the coil.
��For control of appliances up to 63 A - electric boilers,
convection heaters, water-heaters, storage heaters and
also lighting circuits.
��Control voltage: AC 24 V, AC 230 V.
��Visual light indication at power up.
�� They are equipped with change-over switch with three
positions:
– position „AUTO“ - common function of the contactor
– position „I“ - contactor in position ON, after application
of supply voltage the contactors goes to AUTO position
automatically
– position „0“ - contactor coil circuit is interrupted.
Installation contactors 20 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
20AC 230 V RSI-20-20-A230-M OEZ:36641 1 0.135 1
AC 24 V RSI-20-20-A024-M OEZ:36643 1 0.135 1
11AC 230 V RSI-20-11-A230-M OEZ:36642 1 0.135 1
AC 24 V RSI-20-11-A024-M OEZ:36644 1 0.135 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 25 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
40AC 230 V RSI-25-40-A230-M OEZ:36645 2 0.235 1
AC 24 V RSI-25-40-A024-M OEZ:36647 2 0.235 1
31AC 230 V RSI-25-31-A230-M OEZ:36646 2 0.235 1
AC 24 V RSI-25-31-A024-M OEZ:36648 2 0.235 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 40 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
40AC 230 V RSI-40-40-A230-M OEZ:36649 3 0.390 1
AC 24 V RSI-40-40-A024-M OEZ:36651 3 0.390 1
31AC 230 V RSI-40-31-A230-M OEZ:36650 3 0.390 1
AC 24 V RSI-40-31-A024-M OEZ:36652 3 0.390 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 63 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
40 AC 230 V RSI-63-40-A230-M OEZ:36653 3 0.390 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors AC with manual control
��For switching of electrical circuits by application of con-
trol voltage on the coil.
��For control of appliances up to 63 A - electric boilers,
convection heaters, water-heaters, storage heaters and
also lighting circuits.
��Control voltage: AC/DC 24 V, AC/DC 230 V.
��Visual light indication at power up.
��In closed state they do not „hum“.
Minia
E6
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Instalační stykače 20 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
10 AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-10-X230 OEZ:43104 1 0.130 1
20AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-20-X230 OEZ:43105 1 0.130 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-20-20-X024 OEZ:43106 1 0.130 1
11AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-11-X230 OEZ:43107 1 0.130 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-20-11-X024 OEZ:43108 1 0.130 1
02AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-02-X230 OEZ:43109 1 0.130 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-20-02-X024 OEZ:43110 1 0.130 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 25 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
40AC/DC 230 V RSI-25-40-X230 OEZ:43115 2 0.240 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-25-40-X024 OEZ:43116 2 0.240 1
31AC/DC 230 V RSI-25-31-X230 OEZ:43117 2 0.240 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-25-31-X024 OEZ:43118 2 0.240 1
04 AC/DC 230 V RSI-25-04-X230 OEZ:43119 2 0.240 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 32 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
20 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-20-X230 OEZ:43121 1 0.130 1
11 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-11-X230 OEZ:43122 1 0.130 1
02 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-02-X230 OEZ:43123 1 0.130 1
40 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-40-X230 OEZ:43124 2 0.260 1
31 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-31-X230 OEZ:43125 2 0.260 1
04 AC/DC 230 V RSI-32-04-X230 OEZ:43126 2 0.260 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 40 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
40AC/DC 230 V RSI-40-40-X230 OEZ:43127 3 0.420 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-40-40-X024 OEZ:43128 3 0.420 1
31AC/DC 230 V RSI-40-31-X230 OEZ:43129 3 0.420 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-40-31-X024 OEZ:43130 3 0.420 1
04 AC/DC 230 V RSI-40-04-X230 OEZ:43131 3 0.420 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 63 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
40AC/DC 230 V RSI-63-40-X230 OEZ:43132 3 0.420 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-63-40-X024 OEZ:43133 3 0.420 1
31AC/DC 230 V RSI-63-31-X230 OEZ:43134 3 0.420 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-63-31-X024 OEZ:43135 3 0.420 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors AC/DC
Minia
E7
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
��For switching of electrical circuits by application of con-
trol voltage on the coil.
��For control of appliances up to 63 A - electric boilers,
convection heaters, water-heaters, storage heaters
and also lighting circuits.
��Control voltage: AC/DC 24 V, AC/DC 230 V.
��Visual light indication at power up.
��In closed state they do not „hum“.
�� They are equipped with change-over switch with three
positions:
– position „AUTO“ - common function of the contactor
– position „I“ - contactor in position ON, after applica-
tion of supply voltage the contactors goes to AUTO
position automatically
– position „0“ - contactor coil circuit is interrupted.
��For signalling the main contact position of installation
contactors.
��Contacts: 1 make.
��Installation by clicking on the right side of the installa-
tion contactors.
��It is possible to mount one auxiliary switch on one in-
stallation contactor.
��Width: 9 mm.
Installation contactors 20 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
20AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-20-X230-M OEZ:43162 1 0.130 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-20-20-X024-M OEZ:43163 1 0.130 1
11AC/DC 230 V RSI-20-11-X230-M OEZ:43164 1 0.130 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-20-11-X024-M OEZ:43165 1 0.130 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors 25 A
Arrangement Rated control Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts1) voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
40AC/DC 230 V RSI-25-40-X230-M OEZ:43166 2 0.240 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-25-40-X024-M OEZ:43167 2 0.240 1
31AC/DC 230 V RSI-25-31-X230-M OEZ:43168 2 0.240 1
AC/DC 24 V RSI-25-31-X024-M OEZ:43169 2 0.240 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Installation contactors AC/DC with manual control
Auxiliary switch PS-RSI-1100
Accessories
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
PS-RSI-1100 OEZ:36657 0.5 0.03 1
Type RSI-20-..-A... RSI-32-..-A...
Standards EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1
EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1
EN 61095 EN 61095
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 10, 20, 11, 02 20, 11, 02
Rated thermal current Ith 20 A 32 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230 V
Rated operating current 2) Ie AC-1/AC-7a 20 A 32 A
AC-3/AC-7bNO: 9 A 3)
NC: 6 A 3)
NO: 9 A 3)
NC: 6 A 3)
Switched power 4) Pe AC-1/AC-7a 1-phase AC 230 V 4 kW 7 kW
AC-3/AC-7b 1-phase AC 230 V NO: 1.3 kW 3)
NC: 0.75 kW 3)
NO: 1.3 kW 3)
NC: 0.75 kW 3)
Min. switched voltage/current 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA
Max. switching frequency AC-3, AC-7b, AC-1, AC-7a, lighting fi ttings 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr
DC-1 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr
no load 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr
Electrical endurance at Ie AC-1/AC-7a 200 000 operating cycles NO: 150 000 operating cycles 3)
NC: 100 000 operating cycles 3)
AC-3/AC-7b 300 000 operating cycles 500 000 operating cycles
DC-1 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles
Power loss at Ie (1 pole) 1.7 W 2.5 W
Maximum backup fuse
gL/gG against short-circuit
coordination type 2 20 A -
coordination type 1 - 32 A
Min. distance between open contacts 3.6 mm 3.6 mm
Make time 15 ÷ 25 ms 15 ÷ 25 ms
Break time 10 ÷ 30 ms 10 ÷ 30 ms
Connection - conductor rigid S 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1 ÷ 10 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible S 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1 ÷ 6 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm
Screw slot type PZ1 PZ1
Control circuit (coil)
Rated voltage UC AC 24, 230 V AC 230 V
Operating range UC 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 %
Rated frequency f 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Starting input power 12 VA / 10 W 12 VA / 10 W
Input power 2.8 VA / 1.2 W 2.8 VA / 1.2 W
Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm
Screw head type PZ1 PZ1
Other data
Other data Ui 440 V 440 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH35 TH35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -5 ÷ +55 °C -15 ÷ +55 °C
Seismic resistance IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5)
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits, see page E143) NO - make contact, NC - break contact4) Switched power is shown for categories AC-5a a AC-5b in tables on pages E13 and E145) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín
Minia
E8
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Specifi cations (for RSI-A installation contactors of one-module design with contact arrangement 10, 20, 11, 02)
Type RSI-25-..-A... RSI-32-..-A... RSI-40-..-A... RSI-63-..-A...
Standards EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1
EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1
EN 61095 EN 61095 EN 61095 EN 61095
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04
Rated thermal current Ith 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V
Rated operating current 2) Ie AC-1/AC-7a 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A
AC-3/AC-7b 8.5 A 8.5 A 22 A 30 A
Switched power 3) Pe AC-1/AC-7a 1-phase AC 230 V 5.4 kW 7 kW 8.7 kW 13.3 kW
3-phase AC 400 V 16 kW 21 kW 26 kW 40 kW
AC-3/AC-7b 1-phase AC 230 V 1.3kW 1.3 kW 3.7 kW 5 kW
3-phase AC 400 V 4 kW 4 kW 11 kW 15 kW
Min. switched voltage/current 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA
Max. switching frequency AC-3, AC-7b, AC-1, AC-7a, lighting fi ttings 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr
DC-1 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr
no load 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr
Electrical endurance at Ie AC-1/AC-7a 200 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
AC-3/AC-7b 500 000 operating cycles 500 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles
DC-1 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles
Power loss at Ie (1 pole) 2.2 W 2.5 W 4 W 8 W
Maximum backup fuse
gL/gG against short-circuit
coordination type 2 25 A - 63 A 80 A
coordination type 1 - 32 A - -
Min. distance between open contacts 3.6 mm 3.6 mm 3.6 mm 3.6 mm
Make time 10 ÷ 30 ms 10 ÷ 30 ms 10 ÷ 20 ms 10 ÷ 20 ms
Break time 10 ÷ 30 ms 10 ÷ 30 ms 10 ÷ 15 ms 10 ÷ 15 ms
Connection - conductor rigid S 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible S 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 16 mm2 1.5 ÷ 16 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm
Screw head type PZ1 PZ1 PZ2 PZ2
Control circuit (coil)
Rated voltage UC AC 24, 230 V AC 230 V AC 24, 230 V AC 24, 230 V
Operating range UC 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 %
Rated frequency f 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Starting input power 33 VA / 25 W 33 VA / 25 W 15.4 VA / 6 W 15.4 VA / 6 W
Input power 5.5 VA / 1.6 W 5.5 VA / 1.6 W 7.7 VA / 3 W 7.7 VA / 3 W
Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm
Screw head type PZ1 PZ1 PZ1 PZ1
Other data
Rated insulation voltage Ui 440 V 440 V 440 V 440 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH35 TH35 TH35 TH35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -5 ÷ +55 °C -15 ÷ +55 °C -5 ÷ +55 °C -5 ÷ +55 °C
Seismic resistance IEC 980:1993 4) IEC 980:1993 4) IEC 980:1993 4) IEC 980:1993 4)
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits, see page E143) Switched power is shown for categories AC-5a a AC-5b in tables on pages E13 and E144) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín
Minia
E9
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Specifi cations (for RSI-A installation contactors of multi-module design with contact arrangement 40, 31, 04)
Type RSI-20-..-X... RSI-32-..-X...
Standards EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1
EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1
EN 61095 EN 61095
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Main circuit (contact) 1) 10, 20, 11, 02 10, 20, 11, 02
Rated thermal current Ith 20 A 32 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230 V
Rated operating current 2) Ie AC-1/AC-7a 20 A 32 A
AC-3/AC-7bNO: 9 A 3) NC: 6 A 3)
NO: 9 A 3) NC: 6A 3)
Switched power 4) Pe AC-1/AC-7a 1-phase AC 230 V 4 kW 7 kW
AC-3/AC-7b 1-phase AC 230 V NO: 1.3 kW 3) NC: 0.75 kW 3)
NO: 1.3 kW 3) NC: 0.75 kW 3)
Min. switched voltage/current 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA
Max. switching frequency AC-3, AC-7b, AC-1, AC-7a, lighting fi ttings 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr
DC-1 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr
no load 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr
Electrical endurance at Ie AC-1/AC-7a 200 000 operating cycles NO: 150 000 operating cycles 3) NC: 100 000 operating cycles 3)
AC-3/AC-7b 300 000 operating cycles 500 000 operating cycles
DC-1 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles
Power loss at Ie (1 pole) 1.7 W 2.5 W
Maximum backup fuse gL/gG against short-circuit
coordination type 2 20 A -
coordination type 1 - 32 A
Min. distance between open contacts 3.6 mm 3.6 mm
Make time 15 ÷ 45 ms 15 ÷ 45 ms
Break time 20 ÷ 50 ms 20 ÷ 50 ms
Connection - conductor rigid S 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1 ÷ 10 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible S 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1 ÷ 6 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm
Screw head type PZ1 PZ1
Control circuit (coil)
Rated voltage UC AC/DC 24, 230 V AC/DC 230 V
Operating range UC 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 %
Rated frequency f 40 ÷ 500 Hz 40 ÷ 500 Hz
Starting input power 2.1 VA / 2.1 W 2.1 VA / 2.1 W
Input power 2.1 VA / 2.1 W 2.1 VA / 2.1 W
Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm
Screw head type PZ1 PZ1
Other data
Rated insulation voltage Ui 440 V 440 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH35 TH35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -5 ÷ +55 °C -15 ÷ +55 °C
Seismic resistance IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5)
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits, see page E143) NO - make contact, NC - break contact4) Switched power is shown for categories AC-5a a AC-5b in tables on pages E13 and E145) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín
Minia
E10
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Specifi cations (for RSI-X installation contactors of one-module design with contact arrangement 10, 20, 11, 02)
Type RSI-25-..-X... RSI-32-..-X... RSI-40-..-X... RSI-63-..-X...
Standards EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1 EN 60947-4-1
EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1
EN 61095 EN 61095 EN 61095 EN 61095
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04 40, 31, 04
Rated thermal current Ith 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V
Rated operating current 2) Ie AC-1/AC-7a 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A
AC-3/AC-7b 8.5 A 8.5 A 22 A 30 A
Switched power 3) Pe AC-1/AC-7a 1-phase AC 230 V 5.4 kW 7 kW 8.7 kW 13.3 kW
3-phase AC 400 V 16 kW 21 kW 26 kW 40 kW
AC-3/AC-7b 1-phase AC 230 V 1.3 kW 1.3 kW 3.7 kW 5 kW
3-phase AC 400 V 4 kW 4 kW 11 kW 15 kW
Min. switched voltage/current 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA 17 V / 50 mA
Max. switching frequency AC-3, AC-7b, AC-1, AC-7a, lighting fi ttings 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr 600 operating cycles/hr
DC-1 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr
no load 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr 3 000 operating cycles/hr
Electrical endurance at Ie AC-1/AC-7a 200 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
AC-3/AC-7b 500 000 operating cycles 500 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles 150 000 operating cycles
DC-1 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles
Power loss at Ie (1 pole) 2.2 W 2.5 W 4 W 8 W
Maximum backup fuse gL/gG against short-circuit
coordination type 2 25 A - 63 A 80 A
coordination type 1 - 32 A - -
Min. distance between open contacts 3.6 mm 3.6 mm 3.6 mm 3.6 mm
Make time 15 ÷ 45 ms 15 ÷ 45 ms 15 ÷ 20 ms 15 ÷ 20 ms
Break time 20 ÷ 70 ms 20 ÷ 70 ms 35 ÷ 45 ms 35 ÷ 45 ms
Connection - conductor rigid S 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2 1.5 ÷ 25 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible S 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 16 mm2 1.5 ÷ 16 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm
Screw head type PZ1 PZ1 PZ2 PZ2
Control circuit (coil)
Rated voltage UC AC/DC 24, 230 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 24, 230 V AC/DC 24, 230 V
Operating range UC 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 % 85 ÷ 110 %
Rated frequency f 40 ÷ 500 Hz 40 ÷ 500 Hz 40 ÷ 500 Hz 40 ÷ 500 Hz
Starting input power 3) 2.6 VA / 2.6 W (3.8 VA / 3.8 W)
2.6 VA / 2.6 W 5 VA / 5 W 5 VA / 5 W
Input power 4) 2.6 VA / 2.6 W (3.8 VA / 3.8 W)
2.6 VA / 2.6 W 5 VA / 5 W 5 VA / 5 W
Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm
Screw head type PZ1 PZ1 PZ1 PZ1
Other data
Rated insulation voltage Ui 440 V 440 V 440 V 440 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH35 TH35 TH35 TH35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -5 ÷ +55 °C -15 ÷ +55 °C -5 ÷ +55 °C -5 ÷ +55 °C
Seismic resistance IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5) IEC 980:1993 5)
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits, see page E143) Switched power is shown for categories AC-5a a AC-5b in tables on pages E13 and E144) Values in parentheses are valid for design with arrangement of contacts 045) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín
Minia
E11
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Specifi cations (RSI-X installation contactors of multi-module design with contact arrangement 40, 31, 04)
Type PS-RSI-1100
Standards EN 60947-5-1
Approval marks
Contacts
Arrangement of contacts 1) 11
Rated thermal current Ith 6 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V, AC 400 V
Rated operating current Ie AC-15 AC 230 V 6 A
AC 400 V 4 A
Min. switched voltage/current 12 V / 5 mA
Electrical endurance at Ie 50 000 operating cycles
Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles
Power loss at Ie 0.3 W
Maximum backup fuse gL/gG against short-circuit, coordination type 2 6 A
Min. distance between open contacts 4 mm
Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.6 Nm
Screw head type PZ1
Other data
Rated insulation voltage Ui AC 500 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
Degree of protection IP20
Seismic resistance IEC 980:1993 2)
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) It passed the seismic tests for NPP Dukovany and Temelín
Minia
E12
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Specifi cations (for PS-RSI-1100 auxiliary contact)
Minia
E13
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Switching of lights - maximum number of light fittings per one contact at AC 230 V, 50 Hz (utilization category AC-5a, AC-5b)
Maximum number of light bulbs
Maximum total current of sources for LED
Maximum number of fl uorescent tubes
Maximum number of fl uorescent tubes with electronic ballast
Maximum number of high-pressure mercury discharge lamps
Installation contactor Lighting fittingType 15 W 25 W 40 W 60 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 200 W 300 W 500 W 1 000 W
0.07 A 0.11 A 0.17 A 0.26 A 0.33 A 0.44 A 0.65 A 0.87 A 1.3 A 2.17 A 4.35 A
RSI-20 133 80 50 33 27 20 13 10 7 4 2
RSI-25 147 88 55 37 29 22 15 11 7 4 2
RSI-32 167 100 63 42 33 25 17 13 8 5 3
RSI-40 267 160 100 67 53 40 27 20 13 8 4
RSI-63 333 200 125 83 67 50 33 25 17 10 5
Installation contactor Max. total currentType
RSI-20 2.4 A
RSI-25 3.8 A
RSI-32 4.0 A
RSI-40 11.0 A
RSI-63 18.0 A
Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallel DUO connection
Type 18 W 36 W 58 W18 W
(4.5 μF)36 W
(4.5 μF)58 W(7 μF)
2x 18 W 2x 36 W 2x 58 W
0.37 A 0.43 A 0.67 A 0.19 A 0.29 A 0.46 A 0.26 A 0.48 A 0.78 A
RSI-20 24 20 13 7 7 4 31 17 10
RSI-25 30 26 17 8 8 5 40 22 13
RSI-32 35 30 19 9 9 6 50 27 17
RSI-40 54 47 30 49 49 31 100 54 33
RSI-63 86 74 48 73 73 47 150 81 50
Installation contactor With electronic ballastType 18 W 36 W 58 W 80 W 2x 18 W 2x 36 W 2x 58 W 2x 80 W
0.09 A 0.16 A 0.25 A 0.40 A 0.17 A 0.31 A 0.48 A 0.76 A
RSI-20 39 22 14 9 21 11 7 5
RSI-25 53 30 19 12 28 15 10 6
RSI-32 57 32 20 13 30 16 11 7
RSI-40 139 78 50 31 74 40 26 16
RSI-63 200 113 72 45 106 58 38 24
Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallel
Type 50 W 80 W 125 W 250 W 400 W 700 W 1 000 W50 W(7 μF)
80 W(8 μF)
125 W(10 μF)
250 W(18 μF)
400 W(25 μF)
700 W(40 μF)
1 000 W(60 μF)
0.6 A 0.8 A 1.2 A 2.2 A 3.3 A 5.4 A 7.5 A 0.3 A 0.4 A 0.6 A 1.2 A 1.8 A 3.4 A 4.8 A
RSI-20 14 10 7 4 2 1 1 4 4 3 1 1 - -
RSI-25 18 13 9 5 3 2 1 5 5 4 2 1 - -
RSI-32 20 15 10 6 4 3 2 6 5 4 2 1 1 -
RSI-40 38 29 20 10 7 4 3 31 27 22 12 9 5 4
RSI-63 55 42 29 15 10 6 4 47 41 33 18 13 7 5
Minia
E14
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Maximum number of metal halide discharge lamps
Maximum number of high-pressure sodium discharge lamps
Maximum number of low-pressure sodium discharge lamps
Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits (utilization category DC-1 (L/R ≤ 1 ms))
Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallel
Type 35 W 70 W 150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W 2 000 W35 W(6 μF)
70 W(12 μF)
150 W(20 μF)
250 W(32 μF)
400 W(45 μF)
1 000 W(85 μF)
2 000 W(125 μF)
0.5 A 1 A 1.8 A 3 A 4.6 A 9.7 A 12.2 A 0.23 A 0.42 A 0.77 A 1.26 A 2 A 5 A 10.5 A
RSI-20 18 10 5 3 3 1 - 5 2 1 - - - -
RSI-25 22 12 7 4 3 1 - 6 3 1 1 - - -
RSI-32 28 14 7 4 3 1 1 6 3 1 1 - - -
RSI-40 43 23 12 7 6 2 1 36 18 11 6 5 2 1
RSI-63 60 32 18 10 9 3 2 50 25 15 9 7 3 2
Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallel with electronic ballast
Type 150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W150 W(20 μF)
250 W(32 μF)
400 W(45 μF)
1 000 W(100 μF)
150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W
1.8 A 3 A 4.4 A 10.3 A 0.77 A 1.26 A 2 A 5.1 A 0.72 A 1.3 A 2 A 5 A
RSI-20 5 3 2 - 1 - - - 3 2 1 -
RSI-25 6 4 2 1 1 1 - - 4 2 1 -
RSI-32 6 4 2 1 2 1 - - 5 3 2 -
RSI-40 17 10 6 3 11 6 4 2 8 4 3 1
RSI-63 22 13 8 3 16 10 6 3 10 5 4 1
Installation contactor Uncompensated Compensated in parallel
Type 18 W 35 W 55 W 90 W 135 W 180 W18 W(5 μF)
35 W(20 μF)
55 W(20 μF)
90 W(26 μF)
135 W(40 μF)
180 W(40 μF)
0.4 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.9 A 0.9 A 0.9 A 0.35 A 0.28 A 0.35 A 0.55 A 0.8 A 1 A
RSI-20 22 7 7 4 3 3 6 1 1 1 - -
RSI-25 27 9 9 5 4 4 7 1 1 1 - -
RSI-32 60 10 10 6 5 5 8 2 2 1 1 1
RSI-40 71 23 23 14 10 10 44 11 11 8 4 5
RSI-63 90 30 30 19 13 13 66 16 13 12 7 8
Installation contactor Contact loadType Operating voltage Ue 1 contact 2 contacts in series 3 contacts in series 4 contacts in series
RSI-20 DC 24 V 20 A 20 A - -
DC 48 V 15 A 18 A - -
DC 60 V 10 A 15 A - -
DC 110 V 6 A 10 A - -
DC 220 V 0.6 A 6 A - -
RSI-25 DC 24 V 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A
DC 48 V 20 A 25 A 25 A 25 A
DC 60 V 15 A 20 A 25 A 25 A
DC 110 V 6 A 10 A 20 A 20 A
DC 220 V 0.6 A 6 A 15 A 15 A
RSI-32 DC 24 V 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A
DC 48 V 25 A 32 A 32 A 32 A
DC 60 V 15 A 20 A 32 A 32 A
DC 110 V 6 A 10 A 20 A 20 A
DC 220 V 0.6 A 6 A 15 A 15 A
RSI-40 DC 24 V 40 A 40 A 40 A 40 A
DC 48 V 24 A 38 A 40 A 40 A
DC 60 V 18 A 32 A 40 A 40 A
DC 110 V 4 A 10 A 30 A 40 A
DC 220 V 1.2 A 8 A 20 A 40 A
RSI-63 DC 24 V 63 A 63 A 63 A 63 A
DC 48 V 26 A 42 A 63 A 63 A
DC 60 V 20 A 34 A 60 A 63 A
DC 110 V 4 A 10 A 35 A 63 A
DC 220 V 1.2 A 8 A 30 A 63 A
Minia
E15
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Working position
Dimensions
RSI-..-..-A... RSI-..-..-.... RSI-..-..-X...
Type Ambient temperature Maximum number of the contactors side by side 2)
RSI-20-..-A...up to 40 °C 3
up to 55 °C 2
RSI-25-..-A... up to 55 °C without limitation
RSI-32-..-A...up to 40 °C 3
up to 55 °C 2
RSI-40-..-A... up to 55 °C without limitation
RSI-63-..-A... up to 55 °C without limitation
RSI-..-..-X... 1)up to 40 °C 3
up to 55 °C 21) This is valid for all types of contactors with AC/DC control voltage2) After the stated number of contactors it is necessary to create a gap of 0.5 module
15° 15°15° 15°
90°90°
54 447
64
45 90
RSI-40, RSI-63
4.5
17.5
45 90
44
64
7
4.5
RSI-20RSI-32 (10, 20, 11, 02)*
35 447
64
45 90
4.5
RSI-25
RSI-32 (40, 31, 04, 04)*
* Arrangement of contacts
Dependency of RSI installation contactors on ambient temperature
45 90
44
64
9
PS-RSI-1100
Minia
E16
RSI Switching devices
INSTALLATION CONTACTORS RSI
Diagram
..RSI - -10-.... RSI - -02-......
2
1
A2
A1
A2
A1
842 6
1 3 75
A2
A1
42 6
531
R8A2
A1 R7
R8R2 R4 R6
R7R5R3R1
A2
A1
RSI - -20-......
42
1 3
A2
A1
RSI - -11-......
R42
1 R 3A1
A2 R4R2
R1 R3
RSI - - -...... 40 RSI - - -...... 31 RSI - - -...... 04
RSI-..-40-....-M RSI-..-31-....-M
842 6
1 3 75
A2
A1
R842 6
1 3 R75
A2
A1
I
0
I
0
RSI-20-11-....-M
R42
A1 1 R3
A2
I
0
RSI-20-20-....-M
42
1 3
A2
A1
I
0
32 44
31 43
PS-RSI-1100
Minia
E17
RPI Switching devices
INSTALLATION RELAYS RPI
��For switching of electrical circuits by application of con-
trol voltage on the coil.
��For control of electric appliances up to 16 A – electric
boilers, convection heaters, water-heaters, storage
heaters and also low power lighting circuits.
��There is ensured such electrical isolation between
the control circuit (coil) and main circuit (contact) as
it is between inlet and outlet lead of the safety trans-
former.
��Light indication at contacts closing.
��Noiseless switching.
��Contacts: 1 make-and-break.
��Control voltage: AC/DC 24 V, AC 230 V.
��For switching of electrical circuits by application of con-
trol voltage on the coil.
��For control of electric appliances up to 8 A – electric
boilers, convection heaters, water-heaters, storage
heaters and also low power lighting circuits.
��There is ensured such electrical isolation between the
control circuit (coil) and main circuit (contact) as it
is between inlet and outlet lead of the safety trans-
former.
��Light indication at contacts closing.
��Noiseless switching.
��Contacts: 2 make-and-break.
� Control voltage: AC/DC 24 V, AC 230 V (X230).
��Contacts: 3 make-and-break.
� Control voltage: AC 24 ÷ 230 V, DC 24 ÷ 220 V (UNI).
Installation relays RPI-16...
Installation relays RPI-08...
Diagram
Dimensions
906845
26
44
60
5
15
18A1
A2
16A3A3
15
18A1
A2
16
25
2826
25
2826
15
18A1
A2
16
35
3836
RPI-16-001-... RPI-08-002-... RPI-08-003-...
18
A2
A1
38
35
36
18
15
16
25
28
26
18
A3
A2
A1
18
15
16
25
28
26
18
A3
A2
A1
16
15
18
Arrangement Control Colour Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) voltage Uc of indication code of modules [kg] [pcs]
001AC/DC 24 V
AC 230 Vred RPI-16-001-X230-SC OEZ:43251 1 0.070 1
green RPI-16-001-X230-SE OEZ:43250 1 0.070 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Arrangement Control Colour Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) voltage Uc of indication code of modules [kg] [pcs]
002AC/DC 24 V
AC 230 Vred RPI-08-002-X230-SC OEZ:43253 1 0.070 1
green RPI-08-002-X230-SE OEZ:43252 1 0.070 1
003AC 24 ÷ 230 V DC 24 ÷ 220 V
red RPI-08-003-UNI-SC OEZ:43255 1 0.070 1
green RPI-08-003-UNI-SE OEZ:43254 1 0.070 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Minia
E18
RPI Switching devices
INSTALLATION RELAYS RPI
Type RPI-16-001-X230 RPI-08-002-X230 RPI-08-003-UNI
Standards EN 60669-2-2 EN 60669-2-2 EN 60669-2-2
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 002 003
Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC - 1 250 V / 16 A 250 V / 8 A 250 V / 8 A
DC - 1 24 V / 16 A 24 V / 8 A 24 V / 8 A
Max. switched power AC 4 000 VA 2 000 VA 2 000 VA
DC 384 W 192 W 192 W
Min. voltage/current DC 5 V / 100 mA DC 5 V / 100 mA DC 5 V / 100 mA
Switched power of relay AC - 3 1 kW 200 W 200 W
AC - 5a 288 W (cos φ = 0.8) - -
AC- 5b 1 kW 200 W 200 W
Indication of closed contacts RPI-...-SC red LED red LED red LED
RPI-...-SE green LED green LED green LED
Mechanical endurance 20 000 000 operating cycles 5 000 000 operating cycles 5 000 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance AC 50 000 operating cycles,DC 30 000 operating cycles
100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Control circuit (coil)
Rated voltage Uc terminals A1, A2 AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC 24 ÷ 230 V, DC 24 ÷ 220 V
terminals A2, A3 AC 230 V AC 230 V -
Input power at Uc AC 24 V 0.31 VA 0.30 VA 1.00 VA
DC 24 V 0.34 W 0.34 W 0.82 W
AC 230 V 3.24 VA 3.45 VA 1.15 VA
DC 220 V - - 0.92 W
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50Hz 50 Hz
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Other data
Mounting on “U” rail according EN 60715 – type TH35 TH35 TH35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Specifi cations
Minia
E19
MIG Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIG
Impulse relay 20 A
Arrangement Rated Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) control voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
10 AC 230 V MIG-20-10-A230 OEZ:43184 1 0.135 1
11 AC 230 V MIG-20-11-A230 OEZ:43185 1 0.135 1
20 AC 230 V MIG-20-20-A230 OEZ:43186 1 0.135 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Impulse relay 32 A
Arrangement Rated Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) control voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
11AC 230 V MIG-32-11-A230 OEZ:43190 1 0.135 1
AC 24 V MIG-32-11-A024 OEZ:43257 1 0.135 1
20AC 230 V MIG-32-20-A230 OEZ:43191 1 0.135 1
AC 24 V MIG-32-20-A024 OEZ:43258 1 0.135 1
31AC 230 V MIG-32-31-A230 OEZ:43256 2 0.195 1
AC 24 V MIG-32-31-A024 OEZ:43259 2 0.195 1
40AC 230 V MIG-32-40-A230 OEZ:43193 2 0.195 1
AC 24 V MIG-32-40-A024 OEZ:43260 2 0.195 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Impulse relay 63 A
Arrangement Rated Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) control voltage Uc code of modules [kg] [pcs]
31AC 230 V MIG-63-31-A230 OEZ:43269 4 0.400 1
AC 24 V MIG-63-31-A024 OEZ:43271 4 0.400 1
40AC 230 V MIG-63-40-A230 OEZ:43270 4 0.400 1
AC 24 V MIG-63-40-A024 OEZ:43272 4 0.400 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
��For switching of electric circuits by impulse command
from more points in a corridor, on stairs, in the whole
house etc.
��Power impulse relay with Ith
up to 63 A and control voltage
AC 24 V and AC 230 V.
��Mainly for control of high power lighting circuits, see
the tables below.
��The lighting circuits can be controlled by push-buttons
instead of a combination of crossbar and three-way
switches.
��Saving on the cost of wires - it is possible to use smaller
cross-sections for the control circuit than for power
circuit.
��It brings higher comfort of control - for example it is
possible to switch off all lights by one push-button
when leaving the house (by means of OD-MIG-CO1
central control block and OD-MIG-CO2 multi-level
central control block).
��Possibility of manual switching from the front of the
device (I-0). The switch lever indicates contact state.
��Possibility of permanent manual switching off the relay
coil from the front of the device. If the switch is in OFF
position, it is not possible to control the relay electri-
cally. This can be used in maintenance or similar activity.
��High number of contacts; the version with up to four
contacts is suffi cient for switching most circuits.
Further increase in the number of contacts can be
performed by installation of the auxiliary switch
PS- MIG-1100 on the side of the relay.
Impulse relay - mechanical
Minia
E20
MIG Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIG
��Mainly for the indication of position of main contacts.
��Contacts: 1 make + 1 break.
��Installation: by means of plastic latches, and tightening
the screw on the right side of the impulse relay.
��It is possible to mount one auxiliary switch on one im-
pulse relay.
��They are suitable for application in SELV and PELV
circuits - suffi cient insulation is provided between
the circuit breaker and the auxiliary switch..
��Width: 9 mm.
��AC-15, AC-21: Ie = 6 A, Ue = 250 V.
��It enables central control of relays.
��It contains a switch and diodes, which ensure correct
transfer of the signal to the impulse relays - see the
diagram and connection examples.
��Installation: by means of plastic latches, and tightening
the screw on the right side of the impulse relay.
��Description: each impulse memory relay is locally con-
trolled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set
of impulse memory relays is controlled simultaneously
from relevant point (central control).
��Rated operating voltage: AC 250 V.
��It enables multi-level central control of relays.
��It contains diodes, which ensure correct transfer of the
signal to the impulse relays - see the diagram and
connection examples.
��Max. number of MIG impulse relays in a group con-
trolled by 1 piece of OD-MIG-CO2:
– 20 pcs (for MIG with Uc = AC 230 V)
– 2 pcs (for MIG with Uc = AC 24 V)
��Mounting: on „U“ rail.
��Description: each impulse memory relay is locally con-
trolled by push-buttons (local control); each level or
set of impulse memory relays is controlled simultane-
ously from relevant point (central control); all levels
are jointly controlled by a single command from
a point (multi-level central control).
��Rated operating voltage: AC 250 V.
��It enables control of the MIG relay up to 50 control
push-buttons with glow lamp/LED. With 0.5 mA /
push-button, max. consumption is 50 * 0.5 = 25 mA.
��Connection: parallel with MIG (compensation block
OD-MIR-BK is a common accessory with impulse relay
MIR), see page E27.
��Rated voltage: AC 230 V
��Max. voltage: AC 400 V.
��Capacity: 3x 1 μF.
Auxiliary switch PS-MIG-1100
Central control block OD-MIG-CO1
Multi-level central control block OD-MIG-CO2
Compensation block OD-MIR-BK
Accessories
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
PS-MIG-1100 OEZ:43208 0.5 0.030 1
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
OD-MIG-CO2 OEZ:43211 0.5 0.030 1
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
OD-MIG-CO1 OEZ:43210 0.5 0.030 1
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
OD-MIR-BK OEZ:35676 1 0.055 1
Minia
E21
MIG Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIG
Central control of the 1st group impulse relays
Central control of the 2nd group impulse relays
L N
OFF
ON
OFFOD-MIG-CO1
MIG...
Local A1A2
ON11
OFFOD-MIG-CO1
MIG...
Local A1A2
ON11
OFF
ON
OFFOD-MIG-CO1
MIG...
Local A1A2
ON11
OFFOD-MIG-CO1
MIG...
Local A1A2
ON11
L N
Local
MIG...
A1A2
1 2
Local
MIG...
A1A2
1 2
Local control of impulse relays
Local + central control
Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set
of impulse relays is controlled simultaneously from relevant point (central control).
Local + central + multi-level central control
Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set of impulse
relays is controlled simultaneously from relevant point (central control); all levels are jointly con-
trolled by a single command from a point (multi-level central control).
Connection examples
OFF
ON
OFFOD-MIG-CO1
MIG...
Local A1A2
ON11
OFFOD-MIG-CO1
MIG...
Local A1A2
ON11
OFF
ON
OFFOD-MIG-CO1
MIG...
Local A1A2
ON11
OFFOD-MIG-CO1
MIG...
Local A1A2
ON11
NL
OFF
ON
OD-MI -C21
43
OD-MI21
43
Central control of the 1st and 2nd group impulse relays.
Central control of the 1st group impulse relays
Central control of the 2nd group impulse relays
Local control
Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons.
Type MIG-20 MIG-32 MIG-63
Standards EN 60669-2-2 EN 60669-2-2 EN 61095
EN 60947-4-1
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 10, 11, 20 11, 20, 31, 40 31, 40
Rated thermal current Ith 20 A 32 A 63 A
Rated operating voltage Ue 440 V 440 V 440 V
Rated operating current Ie AC-1/AC-7a 20 A 32 A 63 A
AC-2 10 A 16 A 32 A
AC-3/AC-7b 7 A 10 A 30 A
Switched power 2) Pe AC-1/AC-7a 1-phase AC 230 V 4.4 kW 7 kW 13.8 kW
3-phase AC 400 V - 21 kW 41.5 kW
AC-2 1-phase AC 230 V 1.5 kW 2.4 kW 4.8 kW
3-phase AC 400 V - 7.2 kW 14.4 kW
AC-3/AC-7b 1-phase AC 230 V 0.5 kW 1.1 kW 3.7 kW
3-phase AC 400 V - 5.5 kW 15 kW
Min. switched voltage/current 10 V / 100 mA 10 V / 100 mA 10 V / 100 mA
Max. switching frequency AC-1, AC-7a 600 operating cycles/hr 450 operating cycles/hr 360 operating cycles/hr
AC-2 120 operating cycles/hr 120 operating cycles/hr 120 operating cycles/hr
AC-3, AC-7b 600 operating cycles/hr 450 operating cycles/hr 360 operating cycles/hr
DC-1 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr 300 operating cycles/hr
no load 900 operating cycles/hr 450 operating cycles/hr 450 operating cycles/hr
Power loss at Ie (1 pole) 1.5 W 3 W 3.5 W
Mechanical endurance 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
Maximum backup fuse gL/gG against short-circuit, coordination type 1 20 A 32 A 63 A
Connection - conductor rigid and flexible 1 ÷ 10 mm2 1 ÷ 10 mm2 2.5 ÷ 25 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 2 Nm
Screw head type PZ2 PZ2 PZ2
Control circuit (coil)
Rated control voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 24; 230 V AC 24; 230 V
Operating range Uc 90 ÷ 110 % 90 ÷ 110 % 90 ÷ 110 %
Impulse length min. 50 ms and max. 1 hr min. 50 ms and max. 1 hr min. 50 ms and max. 1 hr
Dwell between two impulses min. 150 ms min. 150 ms min. 150 ms
Power loss for longer impulse 3) 4 W 4 W 4 W
Rated frequency fc 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Max. total load of push-buttons with orientation lighting (glow lamps, LEDs etc.) 4) 2.5 mA 2.5 mA 2.5 mA
Connection - conductor rigid and flexible 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1÷ 4 mm2
Torque 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm 0.6 Nm
Screw head type PZ1 PZ1 PZ1
Other data
Rated insulation voltage Ui 440 V 440 V 440 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
Mounting on “U” rail according EN 60715 - type TH35 TH35 TH35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ + 55 °C -25 ÷ + 55 °C -25 ÷ + 55 °C
Separation of coil-contact circuits for application of SELV/PELV � � �Central control � � �Multi-level central control 5) � � �1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Switched power is shown for categories AC-5a a AC-5b in tables on pages E23 and E243) Information for the case when the relay is excited by a long impulse, although a short impulse is suffi cient for the change of the contact condition; in case of the short impulse, the power loss is not applied4) Common orientation lighting (glow lamp/LED) on one push-button takes 0.5 mA, altogether it is possible to connect 5 push-buttons with orientation lighting (5 x 0.5 = 2.5 mA). To increase the number of push-buttons use the OD-MIR-BK compensation block5) The OD-MIG-CO2 block for multi-level central control is necessary to use for multi-level central control. Max. number of MIG impulse relays in a group controlled by 1 piece of OD-MIG-CO2: 20 pcs (for MIG with
Uc = 230 V) and 2 pcs (for MIG with U
c = 24 V)
Minia
E22
MIG Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIG
Specifi cations
Minia
E23
MIG Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIG
Switching of lights - maximum number of light fittings per one contact at AC 230 V, 50 Hz (utilization category AC-5a, AC-5b)
Impulse memory relay
Maximum total current of sources for LED
Maximum number of fl uorescent tubes
Maximum number of fl uorescent tubes with electronic ballast
Maximum number of high-pressure mercury discharge lamps
Impulse memory relay Max. total currentTyp
MIG-20 6 A
MIG-32 12 A
MIG-63 25 A
Impulse memory relay Uncompensated Compensated in parallel DUO connection
Type 18 W 36 W 58 W18 W
(4,5 μF)36 W
(4,5 μF)58 W(7 μF)
2x 18 W 2x 36 W 2x 58 W
0.37 A 0.43 A 0.67 A 0.19 A 0.29 A 0.46 A 0.26 A 0.48 A 0.78 A
MIG-20 43 37 24 22 22 14 62 33 21
MIG-32 43 37 24 33 33 21 62 33 21
MIG-63 86 74 48 73 73 47 123 67 41
Impulse memory relay With electronic ballastType 18 W 36 W 58 W 80 W 2x 18 W 2x 36 W 2x 58 W 2x 80 W
0.09 A 0.16 A 0.25 A 0.40 A 0.17 A 0.31 A 0.48 A 0.76 A
MIG-20 67 38 24 15 35 19 13 8
MIG-32 133 75 48 30 71 39 25 16
MIG-63 278 156 100 63 147 81 52 33
Impulse memory relay Uncompensated Compensated in parallel
Type 50 W 80 W 125 W 250 W 400 W 700 W 1 000 W50 W(7 μF)
80 W(8 μF)
125 W(10 μF)
250 W(18 μF)
400 W(25 μF)
700 W(40 μF)
1 000 W(60 μF)
0.6 A 0.8 A 1.2 A 2.2 A 3.3 A 5.4 A 7.5 A 0.3 A 0.4 A 0.6 A 1.2 A 1.8 A 3.4 A 4.8 A
MIG-20 27 20 13 7 5 3 2 14 13 10 6 4 3 2
MIG-32 27 20 13 7 5 3 2 21 19 15 8 6 4 3
MIG-63 53 40 27 15 10 6 4 47 41 33 18 13 8 6
Impulse memory relay Lighting fittingType 15 W 25 W 40 W 60 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 200 W 300 W 500 W 1 000 W
0.07 A 0.11 A 0.17 A 0.26 A 0.33 A 0.44 A 0.65 A 0.87 A 1.3 A 2.17 A 4.35 A
MIG-20 133 80 50 33 27 20 13 10 7 4 2
MIG-32 233 140 88 58 47 35 23 18 12 7 4
MIG-63 467 280 175 117 93 70 47 35 23 14 7
Minia
E24
MIG Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIG
Maximum number of high-pressure sodium discharge lamps
Maximum number of low-pressure sodium discharge lamps
Switching of resistance or slightly inductive load in DC circuits (utilization category DC-1 (L/R ≤ 1 ms))
Impulse memory relay Uncompensated Compensated in parallel with electronic ballast
Type 150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W150 W(20 μF)
250 W(32 μF)
400 W(45 μF)
1 000 W(100 μF)
150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W
1.8 A 3 A 4.4 A 10.3 A 0.77 A 1.26 A 2 A 5.1 A 0.72 A 1.3 A 2 A 5 A
MIG-20 13 5 4 1 5 3 2 - 8 5 3 1
MIG-32 13 5 4 1 8 5 3 1 17 9 6 2
MIG-63 27 11 7 3 17 10 7 3 35 19 13 5
Impulse memory relay Uncompensated Compensated in parallel
Type 18 W 35 W 55 W 90 W 135 W 180 W18 W(5 μF)
35 W(20 μF)
55 W(20 μF)
90 W(26 μF)
135 W(40 μF)
180 W(40 μF)
0.4 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.9 A 0.9 A 0.9 A 0.35 A 0.28 A 0.35 A 0.55 A 0.8 A 1 A
MIG-20 40 27 27 18 18 18 20 5 5 4 3 3
MIG-32 40 27 27 18 18 18 30 8 8 6 4 4
MIG-63 80 53 53 36 36 36 66 17 17 13 8 8
Impulse memory relay Contact loadType Operating voltage Ue 1 contact 2 contacts in series 3 contacts in series 4 contacts in series
MIG-20 DC 24 V 20 A 20 A - -
DC 48 V 15 A 18 A - -
DC 60 V 10 A 15 A - -
DC 110 V 5 A 8 A - -
DC 220 V 0,5 A 4 A - -
MIG-32 DC 24 V 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A
DC 48 V 25 A 28 A 32 A 32 A
DC 60 V 20 A 22 A 28 A 32 A
DC 110 V 7 A 12 A 22 A 25 A
DC 220 V 0,7 A 6 A 18 A 20 A
MIG-63 DC 24 V 63 A 63 A 63 A 63 A
DC 48 V 35 A 42 A 63 A 63 A
DC 60 V 30 A 34 A 60 A 63 A
DC 110 V 10 A 16 A 35 A 63 A
DC 220 V 1,2 A 10 A 30 A 63 A
Maximum number of metal halide discharge lamps
Impulse memory relay Uncompensated Compensated in parallel
Type 35 W 70 W 150 W 250 W 400 W 1 000 W 2 000 W35 W(6 μF)
70 W(12 μF)
150 W(20 μF)
250 W(32 μF)
400 W(45 μF)
1 000 W(85 μF)
2 000 W(125 μF)
0.5 A 1.0 A 1.8 A 3.0 A 4.6 A 9.7 A 12.2 A 0.23 A 0.42 A 0.77 A 1.26 A 2.0 A 5.0 A 10.5 A
MIG-20 32 16 9 5 3 2 1 17 8 5 3 2 1 -
MIG-32 32 16 9 5 3 2 1 25 13 8 5 3 2 1
MIG-63 64 32 18 11 7 3 3 55 28 17 10 7 4 3
Minia
E25
MIG Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIG
15° 15°
90°90°
15° 15°
90°90°
Working position
MIG-63MIG-20MIG-32
Dimensions
445
60
45 90
70 445
6045 90
2
1
A2
A1
42 6
531
8A2
A1 7
42
1 3A1
A2 842 6
1 3 75
A2
A1
42
1 3
A2
A1
0
I
0
I
0
I
0
I
0
I
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Diagram
MIG-20MIG-32 (11, 20)* MIG-63MIG-32 (31, 40)*
35.217.6
MIG-..-10-.... MIG-..-11-.... MIG-..-20-.... MIG-..-31-.... MIG-..-40-....
* Arrangement of contacts
Type PS-MIG-1100 OD-MIG-CO1 OD-MIG-CO2
Standards EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1
Approval marks
Contacts
Arrangement of contacts 1) 11 001 -
Rated thermal current Ith 6 A - -
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V
Rated operating current Ie AC-15 1-phase AC 230 V 6 A - -
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Min. switched voltage/current 12 V / 5 mA - -
Electrical endurance at Ie 100 000 operating cycles - -
Mechanical endurance 1 000 000 operating cycles 1 000 000 operating cycles -
Power loss at Ie 0.3 W - -
Maximum backup fuse gL/gG against short-circuit, coordination type 1 6 A - -
Min. distance between open contacts > 3 mm - -
Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2
Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm
Screw type PZ1 PZ1 PZ1
Screw type
Rated insulation voltage Ui AC 440 V AC 250 V AC 250 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV - -
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP201) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Minia
E26
MIG Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIG
Specifi cations
OD-MIG-CO2
8.8 44
60
5
45 90
1
3
4
2
PS-MIG-1100 OD-MIG-CO1 OD-MIG-CO2
14
13
22
21
24
1
3
ON
11
OFF
Dimensions
Diagram
PS-MIG-1100
8.8 44
60
45 90
8.8
13
21
22
14
11
ON
OFF
OD-MIG-CO1
Minia
E27
MIR Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIR
��For electric circuit switching up to 16 A by impulse
command from more points in a corridor, on stairs, in
the whole house etc.
��Mainly for control of low power lighting circuits, with
accent on limitation of noise in switching.
��The lighting circuits can be controlled by push-buttons
instead of a combination of crossbar and three-way
switches.
��Saving on the cost of wires - it is possible to use smaller
cross-sections for the control circuit than for power
circuit.
��It brings higher comfort of control - for example it is pos-
sible to switch off all lights by one push-button when
leaving the house.
��The relay does not need permanent power supply; it is
supplied only for the time of control impulse duration.
�� The position of the make-and-break contact can only
be changed by applying an impulse on the following
inputs (supply voltage failures have no eff ect):
– ON/OFF input - each impulse led on this input
changes the contact position (local control of the
impulse relay)
– ON input - each impulse led on this input switches
the contact to position 11-14
– OFF input – each impulse led on this input switches
the contact to position 11-12.
Impulse relay - electronic
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
MIR-16-001-A230 OEZ:35675 1 0.085 1
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
OD-MIR-BK OEZ:35676 1 0.055 1
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
OD-MIR-CO OEZ:35677 1 0.05 1
��It enables control of relay by more than 15 control
push-buttons with glow discharge tube.
��Connection: parallel with MIR.
��Rated voltage: AC 230 V.
��Max. voltage: AC 400 V.
��Capacity: 3x 1 μF.
��It enables multi-level central control of MIR.
��Rated voltage: AC 230 V.
��Each impulse memory relay is locally controlled by
push-buttons (local control); each level or set of im-
pulse memory relays is controlled simultaneously
from relevant point (central control); all levels are
jointly controlled by a single command from a point
(multi-level central control).
Compensation block OD-MIR-BK
Multi-level central control block OD-MIR-CO
Accessories
Type MIR-16-001-A230
Standards EN 61812-1
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 2) 001
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250 V
Rated current In AC-1 16 A
AC-5a 2 A
Max. switched power 2) 4 000 VA
Lamp load max. 460 W / 230 V
Max. fl uorescent tube load compensated cos φ = 0.8 8x 36 W
uncompensated cos φ = 0.5 25x 36 W, 13x 65 W
Min. switched power 50 mW (10 V / 5 mA)
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz
Mechanical endurance 10 000 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 100 000 operating cycles
Switching frequency 10 operating cycles/min
Connection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm
Control circuit
Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz
Min. excitation time 200 ms
Max. excitation time unlimited
Min. time period between pulses 1 s
Max. number of push-buttons with glow lamp 1.1 mA 15 pcs 3)
Connection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm
Other data
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature -20 ÷ + 50 °C
Working position Arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts2) Diff erent contact sequence or load increase can be solved by the use of installation contactors RSI3) On ON input and OFF output there must be the same number of push-buttons with a glow discharge tube. For the number of push-buttons with a glow discharge tube higher than 15 it is necessary to use
the compensation block OD-MIR-BK
Minia
E28
MIR Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIR
Specifi cations
Dimensions
17.517.517.5
~88
24~4.5
44
62
45 65.5
86
8
2
7
4
A2A2
6A2A2
5A2A2
OD-MIR-COOD-MIR-BKMIR-16-001-A230
ON/OFF
ON
OFF
14
12
11
Minia
E29
MIR Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIR
Graph
Diagram
Connection examples
Local control
��Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons.
ON/OFF
ON
OFF
11-14
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
ONON/OFF OFF
1412
11
A2 5
7
6
2
8
4
OD-MIR-BK OD-MIR-CO
L N
Local control of impulse relays
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Central controlof the 1st and 2nd group impulse relays
Central control of the 1st group impulse relays
Central control of the 2nd group impulse relays
L N
Local control of impulse relays
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
Local control of impulse relays
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
5
7 4
2
6
OD-MIR-CO
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Central control of the 1st group impulse relays
Central control of the 2nd group impulse relays
L N
Local control of impulse relays
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
OFF
ON
Local control of impulse relays
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
OFF
ON
Minia
E30
MIR Switching devices
IMPULSE MEMORY RELAYS MIR
Local + central control
��Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set
of impulse relays is controlled simultaneously from relevant point (central control).
Connection of signalling of pushed button
��When the connection of signalling of pushed button is done according to the fi gure relay can be controlled only by ON/OFF input. In such case of signalling connection when the ON or OFF
button is pushed the current is closed through the relay electronics and thus can damage it.
Local + central + multi-level central control
��Each impulse relay is locally controlled by push-buttons (local control); each level or set
of impulse relays is controlled simultaneously from relevant point (central control); all
levels are jointly controlled by a single command from a point (multi-level central control).
L N
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
ON/OFF
ON
OFF
L N
MIR-16-001-A230
A2
14
12
11
ON/OFF
Signalling of pushed button Signalling of pushed button
I
Minia
E31
MCR Switching devices
TIME RELAYS MCR
��For switching of electric circuits up to 8 A depending on
the set time, function and connection.
��Time range: 0.1 s ÷ 100 hr.
��Large number of functions with various control options:
delayed operation, impulse after switching on, in-
terval relay starting with pause/impulse, reaction to
connecting/disconnecting delay, reaction to connec-
tion/disconnection of supply voltage, reaction only to
control impulse edge,...
��Universal supply voltage:
AC 12 ÷ 230 V / DC 12 ÷ 220 V (MCR-...-001-UNI),
AC 24 ÷ 230 V / DC 24 ÷ 220 V (MCR-...-003-UNI).
��Time and function setting by knobs and change-over
switches on the front panel of the device.
��The TEST function making possible permanent change-
over of output contacts (check of electric circuit func-
tionality).
��Light indication at contacts closing (yellow LED).
��Light indication of presence of supply voltage (green
LED).
��Each impulse led on input TL causes restart of timing
depending on the set function.
��In DC circuits the (+) conductor must be connected to
terminal A1, and (-) to terminal A2.
��For periodical switching of electrical circuits up to 8 A
according to two mutually independent set times.
��Time range: 0.1 s ÷ 10 days.
��Universal supply voltage:
AC 12 ÷ 230 V / DC 12 ÷ 220 V.
��Possibility of selection of start of timing - delayed opera-
tion / impulse for switching on.
��Light indication at contacts closing (yellow LED).
��Light indication of presence of supply voltage (green
LED).
��In DC circuits the (+) conductor must be connected to
terminal A1, and (-) to terminal A2.
Multiple-function time relays
Timing relays
Number Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of functions of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
9001 MCR-MA-001-UNI OEZ:43239 1 0.105 1003 MCR-MA-003-UNI OEZ:43240 1 0.105 1
18001 MCR-MB-001-UNI OEZ:43241 1 0.105 1003 MCR-MB-003-UNI OEZ:43242 1 0.105 1
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
001 MCR-TK-001-UNI OEZ:43243 1 0.105 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Minia
E32
MCR Switching devices
TIME RELAYS MCR
Description of MCR-MA, MCR-MB
Description of MCR-TK
Example of time setting:
1 min x 0.7 = 42 sec
10h10hrr
OFFOFF
10s10s1s1s
10m10m1m1m
1h1hrr
1d1dayay10d10daysays
testtest
P�íklad nastavení �asu:
1 min x 0.7 = 42 sec
.7.7
.1.1
.3.3
.5.5
.9.911
Terminals A1-A2 for connection of supply voltage
��Rated voltage Un: AC/DC 12 ÷ 230 V or AC/DC 24 ÷ 220 V.
��In AC circuits L and N conductors can be arbitrarily connected to terminals A1, A2.
��In DC circuits the (+) conductor must be connected to terminal A1, and (-) to terminal A2.
Terminals A1-A2 for connection of supply voltage
��Rated voltage Un: AC/DC 12 ÷ 230 V.
��In AC circuits L and N conductors can be arbitrarily connected to terminals A1, A2.
��In DC circuits the (+) conductor must be connected to terminal A1, and (-) to terminal A2.
Knobs for function selection F1-F9
��By means of the knobs it is possible to set the requested
function of the time relay F1 ÷ F8 and TEST (F9).
��In selection of functions F10 ÷ F18 it is necessary to put
the knob to position OFF.
Control knobs t1, t2
��Minimum set time t1 or t2: 0.1 s.
��Maximum set time t1 or t2: 10 days.
��Stability of t1 and t2 set value at permanent power supply
- max. 2 % t1 or t2 .
Indication of presence of supply voltage
��Supply voltage presence is indicated by continuously
lighting green LED.
Indication of presence of supply voltage
��Supply voltage presence is indicated by continuously
lighting green LED.
Indication of output relay contact closing
��Yellow continuously lighting LED indicates closing of the
contact 15-18.
Indication of output relay contact closing
��Yellow continuously lighting LED indicates closing of the
contact 15-18.
Control knobs
��For switching time setting
– upper knob defi nes time range:
1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10 min, 1 hr, 10 hr, 100 hr
– lower knob for setting of a multiple of the time range
(0.1 ÷ 1).
minimum set time: 0.1 s
maximum set time: 100 hr
Terminal TL for control of relay
��Control impulse can be excited by connection of A1-TL.
��Min./max. excitation time: 15 ms / unlimited.
Terminal ZP
��For setting of relay start.
��If the terminal is not interconnected, the relay starts in
the mode of impulse after switching.
��If the terminal is interconnected with terminal A1, the
relay starts in delayed operation mode.
Knobs for function selection F10-F18
��By means of the knobs it is possible to set the requested
function of the time relay F10 ÷ F18.
��In selection of functions F1 ÷ F9 it is necessary to put the
knob to position OFF.
��The MCR-MA design does not contain this knob.
Example of time setting:
U
R42 s 30 min
t2ZPA1
10h10hrr
OFFOFF
10s10s1s1s
10m10m1m1m
1h1hrr
1d1dayay10d10daysays
testtest
1 h x 0.5 = 30 minh
.7.7
.1.1
.3.3
.5.5
.9.911
t1 t2
10h10hrr
OFFOFF
10s10s1s1s
10m10m1m1m
1h1hrr
1d1dayay10d10daysays
testtest
1 min x 0.7 = 42 s
.7.7
.1.1
.3.3
.5.5
.9.911
t2UU
RR42 s42 s
t1 t130 min30 min
t2t2ZPZPA1A1
10h
OFF
10s1s
10m1m
1h
1d10d
test
h
.7
.1
.3
.5
.91
10h
OFF
10s1s
10m1m
1h
1d10d
test
.7
.1
.3
.5
.91
t1 t2t2
1 min x 0.7 = 42 s 1 hr x 0.5 = 30 min
Minia
E33
MCR Switching devices
TIME RELAYS MCR
Type MCR-MA MCR-MB MCR-TK
Standards EN 61812-1 EN 61812-1 EN 61812-1Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001; 003 001; 003 001Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-1 250 V / 8 A 250 V / 8 A 250 V / 8 A
DC-1 24 V / 8 A 24 V / 8 A 24 V / 8 AMax. switched power AC-1 2 000 VA 2 000 VA 2 000 VA
DC-1 192 W 192 W 192 W
AC-3 200 W 200 W 200 W
AC-5b 200 W 200 W 200 W
Max. switched voltage AC 400 V (5 A) AC 400 V (5 A) AC 400 V (5 A)
DC 150 V (0,3 A) DC 150 V (0,3 A) DC 150 V (0,3 A)
Max. switched voltage DC 5 V / 100 mA DC 5 V / 100 mA DC 5 V / 100 mAIndication of closed contact yellow LED yellow LED yellow LED
Mechanical endurance 5 000 000 operating cycles 5 000 000 operating cycles 5 000 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Control circuit (coil)
Rated voltage Uc type MCR-..-..1-… AC 12 ÷ 230 V / DC 12 ÷ 220 V AC 12 ÷ 230 V / DC 12 ÷ 220 V AC 12 ÷ 230 V / DC 12 ÷ 220 V
type MCR-..-..3-… AC 24 ÷ 230 V / DC24 ÷ 220 V AC 24 ÷ 230 V / DC 24 ÷ 220 V -
Dwell between applied Uc 0.1 s 0.1 s 3 s
Consumption at AC 12 / 230 V 0.7 VA / 2.1 VA 0.7 VA / 2.1 VA 0.7 VA / 2.1 VAat DC 12 / 220 V 0.9 W / 1.2 W 0.9 W / 1.2 W 0.9 W / 1.2 W
Supply voltage indication green LED green LED green LED
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Control impulse
Excitation 2) through interconnection of A1-TL through interconnection of A1-TL -
Min. excitation time 15 ms 15 ms -
Max. excitation time unlimited unlimited -Consumption at AC 12 / 230 V 0.5 VA / 0.5 VA 0.5 VA / 0.5 VA -
at DC 12 / 220 V 1 W / 1W 1 W / 1W -
Time circuit
Range 0.1 s ÷ 100 hr 0.1 s ÷ 100 hr 0.1 s ÷ 10 days
Method of setting t control knobs on the front panel control knobs on the front panel control knobs on the front panel
Stability of set value at permanent power supply max. 2 % t max. 2 % t max. 2 % t
Other data
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH35 TH35 TH35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Specifi cations
Dimensions
MCR-MA-003-UNI MCR-MB-001-UNI
18 26
44
60
5
18
15
1618
TLA2A1
1615
18
MCR-MA-001-UNI
18
38
35
36
18
15
16
25
28
26
18
A2A1
MCR-MB-003-UNI MCR-TK-001-UNI
18
TLA138
35
36
18
15
16
25
28
26
A2TLA2A1
TLA1
A2
18
16
ZP
15
906845
Minia
E34
MCR Switching devices
TIME RELAYS MCR
Graphs of functions
t t
Un
TLR
t t
t
Un
TLR
t t t t
t
Un
TLR
t t t t
t
Un
TLR
t t t
t
Un
TLR
t t t
t
Un
TLR
t t
Un
TLR
t
Un
TLR
t t
Un
TLR
t t
Un
TLR
tt t t t t
t t
Un
TLR
t t t t t t
t t
Un
TLR
tt t t t
t t
Un
TLR
t t t t t
t t
Un
TLR
t t
Un
TLR
t
t t
Un
TLR
t t t
Un
TLR
t t
Un
TLR
t t
t 0,5 s 0,5 st
Un
R
t t
Un
TLR
t
Un
TLR
t t
Un
TLR
t t
Un
TLR
t t t
Un
TLR
F6
F4
F5
TEST = ONF9
F7
F8
F1
F2
F3
MCR-MA-...
F1
F4
F2
F5
F3
F6
F13
F16
F14
F17
F15
F18
MCR-MB-...
F7
F8
TEST = ONF9
F10
F11
F12
t t
Un
TLR
U
R t1 t1 t1t2 t2 t2
U
R t2 t2 t2t1 t1 t1
MCR-TK-...
ZPA1 ZPA1 TEST = ON
Note: Letter „R“ in the graphs indicates making of contacts 15-18, or 25-28 and 35-38.
MCR-MA-003-UNI MCR-MB-001-UNIMCR-MA-001-UNI MCR-MB-003-UNI MCR-TK-001-UNI
TL
15
18A1
A2
16 TL
15
18A1
A2
16
25
2826
35
3836
T T T
TL
15
18A1
A2
16
T
TL
15
18A1
A2
16
25
2826
35
3836
T
15
18A1
A2
16
Diagram
Minia
E35
MAE, MAN, MAA Switching devices
TIMERS
��Daily program.
��Switching time setting: by plastic plates along the pe-
rimeter of the knob.
��Shortest switching interval 15 min.
��Without run reserve.
��Weekly and daily program.
��Switching time setting: by push-buttons on the front
panel of the device.
��Shortest switching interval: 1 s.
��Run reserve 3 years, replaceable battery.
��Daily program.
��Switching time setting: by plastic plates along the pe-
rimeter of the knob.
��Shortest switching interval 15 min.
��Run reserve 100 hours.
��Weekly and daily program.
��Switching time setting: by push-buttons on the front
panel of the device.
��Shortest switching interval: 1 s.
��Run reserve 5 years, replaceable battery.
��Selection of one of 15 languages including Czech.
��For real time load switching up to 16 A / 250 V.
��Change-over switch automatic run / permanent opera-
tion / permanent off .
��For real time load switching up to 16 A / 250 V.
��Change-over switch automatic run / permanent opera-
tion / permanent off .
Analog MAE-A
Analog MAN-A
Digital MAE-D
Digital MAN-D
Timers – economical
Timers - standard
Design Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts11) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
Analogmini 100 MAE-A16-100-A230-MINI OEZ:43078 1 0.082 1standard 001 MAE-A16-001-A230 OEZ:43067 3 0.153 1
Digital1-channel 001 MAE-D16-001-A230 OEZ:43068 2 0.139 12-channel 002 MAE-D16-002-A230 OEZ:43069 2 0.161 1
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Design Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts11) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
Analogmini 100 MAN-A16-100-A230-MINI OEZ:43070 1 0.085 1standard 001 MAN-A16-001-A230 OEZ:43071 3 0.155 1
Digital1-channel 001 MAN-D16-001-A230 OEZ:43072 2 0.173 12-channel 002 MAN-D16-002-A230 OEZ:43073 2 0.197 1
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Minia
E36
MAE, MAN, MAA Switching devices
TIMERS
��For real time load switching up to 16 A / 250 V.
��Digital - Astro.
��Weekly and daily program.
��Switching time setting: by push-buttons on the front
panel of the device.
��Switching on and off at sunrise/sunset.
��Combination of Astro function with switching according
to internal clock.
��Shortest switching interval: 1 s.
��Change-over switch automatic run / permanent opera-
tion / permanent off .
��Run reserve 5 years, replaceable battery.
��Selection of one of 15 languages including Czech.
��Timer Astro makes it possible to shift the switching
on/off time by means of time correction by up
to 120 minutes. The contact switching is shifted
against the sunset/sunrise by a set time. Time
correction does not take into account the diff er-
ent length of twilight in the summer and winter.
��Timer Astro makes it possible to shift the switching
on/off time by means of angular correction by up
to 12 minutes. The contact switching is shifted
against the sunset/sunrise depending on the sun
position to the horizon. Angular correction elimi-
nates diff erent length of twilight in the summer
and winter. Angular correction enables switching
at the same brightness throughout the year.
��USB adapter for programming the timer by means of PC.
��Data key to backup and copy the set program.
��Applicable for MAN-D16 and MAA-D16.
Switching of shop-window lighting, the setting, for example:
– We set the switching on the shop-window lighting
15 minutes before sunset by means of Astro func-
tion with manual correction -15 minutes, so that the
shop-window is well illuminated still before dusk.
– To save energy, we set the shop-window switching off
at 23:00 and switching on at 4:00. This setting is on
the basis of the internal time of the timer.
– For sunrise, we set the switching off the shop-window
lighting by means of the Astro function (without cor-
rection).
Timers Astro
Setting the switching time
Accessories of digital program timers MAN, MAA
Example of switching of shop-window lighting
Design Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
Digital1-channel 001 MAA-D16-001-A230 OEZ:43074 2 0.173 12-channel 002 MAA-D16-002-A230 OEZ:43075 2 0.197 1
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
0 hr 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 hr
1
0
+12˚
-50 ’
-12 ˚
0 hr 3 21 24 hrt
1
0max. 120 minmax. 120 min
6 9 12 15 18
day
night
Type Description Order Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
OD-MA-USB USB adapter OEZ:43077 0.111 1OD-MA-DK Data key OEZ:43076 0.015 1
Economical StandardType MAE-A16-100-A230-MINI MAE-A16-001-A230 MAN-A16-100-A230-MINI MAN-A16-001-A230
Standards EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 100 001 100 001Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V
Rated current Ie 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 ASwitched power AC-1 3 680 W 3 680 W 3 680 W 3 680 W
AC-3 1 000 W 1 000 W 1 000 W 1 000 W
AC-5a uncompensated 1 400 VA 1 400 VA 1 400 VA 1 400 VAAC-5a compensated 58 W / 7 μF 58 W / 7 μF 58 W / 7 μF 58 W / 7 μF
AC-5b 1 000 W 1 000 W 1 000 W 1 000 W
Min. switched power 4 V / 1 mA 4 V / 1 mA 4 V / 1 mA 4 V / 1 mARated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Mechanical endurance 20 000 000 operating cycles 20 000 000 operating cycles 20 000 000 operating cycles 20 000 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
Connection - conductor rigid 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm
Time circuit
Min. switching interval 15 min 30 min 15 min 30 min
Min. time unit 15 min 15 min 15 min 15 min
Program daily daily daily daily
Run accuracy according to network frequency 50 Hz
according to network frequency 50 Hz
±2 s/day ±2 s/day
Switching accuracy ±5 min ±5 min ±5 min ±5 min
Run reserve - - 100 hr 100 hr
Battery type - - NiMH NiMH
Possibility of battery replacement - - yes yes
Charging time - - min. 48 hr min. 48 hr
Supply circuit
Rated control voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V
Operating range 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Rated power loss Pv 0.85 W 0.85 W 0.6 W 0.6 W
Connection - conductor rigid 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm
Other data
Mounting on “U” rails according 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30Ambient temperature -10 ÷ +55 °C -10 ÷ +55 °C -10 ÷ +55 °C -10 ÷ +55 °C
Ambient temperature arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Minia
E37
MAE, MAN, MAA Switching devices
TIMERS
Specifi cations of analog program timer
Economical Standard AstroType MAE-D16-001-A230 MAE-D16-002-A230 MAN-D16-001-A230 MAN-D16-002-A230 MAA-D16-001-A230 MAA-D16-002-A230
Standards EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1 EN 60730-1EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7 EN 60730-2-7
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 002 001 002 001 002Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V
Rated current Ie 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 ASwitched power AC-1 4 000 W 4 000 W 3 680 W 3 680 W 3 680 W 3 680 W
AC-3 1 800 W 1 800 W 2 000 W 2 000 W 2 000 W 2 000 W
AC-5a uncompensated
2 500 VA 2 500 VA 2 000 VA 2 000 VA 2 000 VA 2 000 VA
AC-5a compensated
60 W / 7 uF 60 W / 7 uF 600 W / 70 μF 600 W / 70 μF 600 W / 70 μF 600 W / 70 μF
AC-5b 1 200 W 1 200 W 2 000 W 2 000 W 2 000 W 2 000 W
Min. switched voltage/current 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mA 12 V / 100 mARated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Mechanical endurance 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles 10 000 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles
Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm
Time circuit
Min. switching interval 1 min 1 min 1 s 1 s 1 s 1 s
Min. time unit 1 min 1 min 1 s 1 s 1 s 1 s
Program weekly weekly weekly weekly weekly weekly
Automatic summer/winter time change yes yes yes yes yes yes
Number of memory places 2814 on each channel
56 28 on each channel
56 28 on each channel
Pre-set blocks in the week
Mo-Su, Mo-Fr,Sa-Su, individual
Mo-Su, Mo-Fr,Sa-Su, individual
Mo-Su, Mo-Fr,Sa-Su, individual
Mo-Su, Mo-Fr,Sa-Su, individual
Mo-Su, individual Mo-Su, individual
Run accuracy ±1 s/day ±1 s/day ±0.1 s/day ±0.1 s/day ±0.1 s/day ±0.1 s/day
Run reserve 3 years 3 years 5 years 5 years 5 years 5 years
Battery type Lithium Lithium Lithium Lithium Lithium Lithium
Possibility of battery replacement yes yes yes yes yes yes
Supply circuit
Rated control voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V
Operating range 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc 85 ÷ 110 % Uc
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Rated power loss Pv 0,9 W 1,3 W 1 W 1,5 W 1 W 1,5 W
Connection - conductor rigid 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2 1.5 ÷ 4 mm2
Connection - conductor flexible 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ¸ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2 1.5 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm
Other data
Mounting on “U” rails according 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Minia
E38
MAE, MAN, MAA Switching devices
TIMERS
Specifi cations of digital program timer
Minia
E39
MAE, MAN, MAA Switching devices
TIMERS MAE, MAN, MAA
Dimensions
MAN-D16-001-A230 MAN-D16-002-A230
36 44.5 636
64.5
89
4 5 83
44.56
64.5
89
45 83
214
N
L
65
8
N
12L
4
MAE-A16-001-A230
MAN-A16-001-A230
142
5344 44
64
6
89
45 83
U1U2
MAE-A16-100-A230-MINI
MAN-A16-100-A230-MINI
17.8
64
6
88 45 8 314
N
L
MAE-D16-001-A230 MAE-D16-002-A230
36 44.5 636
64.5
89
45 83
44.56
64.5
89
45 83
214
N
L
65
8
N
12L
4
N
MAA-D16-001-A230 MAA-D16-002-A230
36 44.5 366
64.5
89
45 8344.56
64.5
89
45 83
214
S
65
8
N
12L
4
L
MAE-A16-001-A230MAN-A16-001-A230
U1
U2
2 4
1
~M
L
N
4
1
~M
L
N
2 4
1
~M
L
N
2 4
1
~M
6 8
5
MAE-A16-100-A230-MINIMAN-A16-100-A230-MINI
MAE-D16-001-A230MAN-D16-001-A230
MAE-D16-002-A230MAN-D16-002-A230MAA-D16-002-A230
L
N
2 4
1
~M
MAA-D16-001-A230
S
Minia
E40
MAE, MAN, MAA Switching devices
TIMERS
Dimensions
Diagram
Minia
E41
MQA, MQB, MQC Switching devices
STAIR SWITCHES
Stair switches MQA-..
��Mainly for control of lighting circuits from more points
in a corridor, on stairs, in the whole house etc.
��Possibility of 3-wire or 4-wire connection.
��Contacts: 1 make.
��Easy time setting (0.5 ÷ 10 min) by the knob on the
front panel of the device.
��Max. 50 control push-buttons with glow lamp 1 mA.
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
MQA-16-100-A230 OEZ:37210 1 0.086 1
Stair switches MQB-..
��Mainly for control of lighting circuits from more points
in a corridor, on stairs, in the whole house etc.
��Possibility of 3-wire or 4-wire connection.
��Time setting (0.5 ÷ 10 min) by the knob on the front
panel of the device.
��Contacts: 1 make.
��Max. 50 control push-buttons with glow lamp 1 mA.
��Warning before expiration of the set time - 20 and
40 seconds before expiration of the set time the stair
switch warns by indicator short blinking of oncoming
end of timing.
��If the control push-button is pressed longer than 1 s, the
stair switch will switch on for a time four times longer
than the set time.
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
MQB-16-100-A230 OEZ:37211 1 0.086 1
Stair switches MQC-..
��Mainly for control of lighting circuits from more points
in a corridor, on stairs, in the whole house etc.
��Possibility of 3-wire or 4-wire connection.
��Time setting (3 ÷ 60 min) by the knob on the front
panel of the device.
��Max. 50 control push-buttons with glow lamp 1 mA.
��Contacts: 1 make.
��Warning before expiration of the set time - 20 and
40 seconds before expiration of the set time the stair
switch warns by indicator short blinking of oncoming
end of timing.
��The timing is terminated by pressing the push-button
again before 40 seconds to the end of the set time. The
timing cycle is restarted by pressing the push- button
again 40 or less seconds to the end of the set time.
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
MQC-16-100-A230 OEZ:37830 1 0.086 1
Type MQA-16-100-A230 MQB-16-100-A230 MQC-16-100-A230
Standards EN 60669 EN 60669 EN 61812-1 EN 61812-1 EN 61812-1 EN 61812-1
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 10 10 10Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V
Rated current In AC-1 16 A 16 A 16 AInductive load cosφ 0,6 10 A 10 A 10 ALamp load max. 2 000 W 2 000 W 2 000 W
Max. fl uorescent tube load uncompensated 20 pcs 58 W 20x 58 W 20x 58 W
compensated in series 40 pcs 58 W 40 pcs 58 W 40 pcs 58 W
duo-connection 2x 20 pcs 58 W 2x 20 pcs 58 W 2x 20 pcs 58 W
EVG = electronic ballast 5 pcs 20 W 5 pcs 20 W 5 pcs 20 W
Min. switched voltage/current 10 V / 300 mA 10 V / 300 mA 10 V / 300 mARated frequency fn 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Connection 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm
Control circuit
Rated control voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V
Range of control voltage 90 ÷ 110 % Uc 90 ÷ 110 % Uc 90 ÷ 110 % Uc
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz
Power loss at idle state 0.7 W 1 W 1 W
at timing process 3.5 W 1.7 W 1.7 W
Time setting 0.5 ÷ 10 min 0.5 ÷ 10 min 3 ÷ 60 min
Min. excitation time 30 ms 30 ms 30 ms
Max. excitation time 2) unlimited unlimited unlimited
Max. number of push-buttons with glow lamp 1 mA 50 pcs 50 pcs 50 pcs
Reset by next impulse yes yes yes
Additional extension of the set time no yes 3) no
Warning before end of timing no yes 4) yes 4)
Connection 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2 1.5 ÷ 6 mm2
Torque 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm 1.2 Nm
Other data
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -10 ÷ + 50 °C -10 ÷ + 50 °C -10 ÷ + 50 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) The device is able to withstand permanent load either in switching the manual change-over switch on the front panel of the device or in control push-button locking3) If the control push-button is closed for more than 1 s, the set time is extended four times4) 20 and 40 seconds before expiration of the set time the stair switch warns by indicator short blinking of oncoming end of timing
Minia
E42
MQA, MQB, MQC Switching devices
STAIR SWITCHES
Specifi cations
t<te
L-2
Un
te te t<te
t<1 s t>1 st<1s t<1 s
4x t
40 s
20 s
L-2
Un
tet >t>tee -40 ste40 s
20 s
L-2
40 s
20 s t -40 s>te
Un
te
te
MQA-16-100-A230 MQB-16-100-A230
MQC-16-100-A230
Minia
E43
MQA, MQB, MQC Switching devices
STAIR SWITCHES
4-wire connectionAC 230 V
3-wire connectionAC 230 V
Dimensions Diagram
18 24
44
64 1.5
45 67 90
7
2L
1N
MQA-16-100-A230, MQB-16-100-A230, MQC-16-100-A230
L N
1 2
MQA-16-100-A230MQB-16-100-A230MQC-16-100-A230
Connection examples
Stair switch is controlled by switching of the phase conductor.
This connection is used mainly in new installations.
Note:
in case of blocking of the control push-button in closed
position, the stair switches remain in closed condition
continuously.
Stair switch is controlled by switching of the N-conductor.
This connection is used only in old installations.
Graph
Minia
E44
MMR-U3, MMR-X3 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
��For overvoltage, undervoltage, phase failure monitoring.
��The relay is equipped with an output make-and-break
contact 8 A.
��It can be also used for one-phase circuits.
��Overvoltage and undervoltage monitoring can be
switched off separately. Then the relay reacts only to
phase failure only.
��Light indication of presence of supply voltage (green
LED).
��Light indication at contacts closing (red LED).
��For overvoltage, undervoltage, phase failure, phase
sequence and asymmetry monitoring.
��The relay is equipped with an output make-and-break
contact 8 A.
��Overvoltage, undervoltage and asymmetry monitoring
can be switched off separately. Then the relay reacts
only to phase sequence and phase failure only.
��Light indication of presence of supply voltage (green LED).
��Light indication at contacts closing (red LED).
Voltage monitoring relays MMR-U3
Voltage monitoring relays MMR-X3
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
MMR-U3-001-A230 OEZ:43244 1 0.091 1
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
MMR-X3-001-A230 OEZ:43245 1 0.091 1
Terminals L1, L2, L3 and N for connection of the monitored voltage
Terminals L1, L2, L3 and N for connection of the monitored voltage
��Uc: AC 230/400 V.
��In 1-phase application, connect the terminals L1, L2 and L3.
��Uc: AC 230 / 400 V.
Minia
E45
MMR-U3, MMR-X3 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Description of MMR-U3
Description of MMR-X3
Indication of presence of supply voltage
��Supply voltage presence is indicated by continuously
lighting green LED.
Indication of presence of supply voltage
��Supply voltage presence is indicated by continuously
lighting green LED.
Error indication
��Red LED.
��1 blink… error in phase 1.
��2 blinks… error in phase 2.
��3 blinks… error in phase 3.
Error indication
��Red LED.
��1 blink… error in phase 1.
��2 blinks… error in phase 2.
��3 blinks… error in phase 3.
Overvoltage level setting
��Range AC 225 ÷ 265 V step 5 V.
��It can be switched off .
Undervoltage level setting
��Range AC 180 ÷ 220 V step 5 V.
��It can be switched off .
Undervoltage level setting
��Range AC 180 ÷ 220 V step 5 V.
��It can be switched off .
Setting of delay of reaction to error
��Range 0 ÷ 10 s step 1 s.
��It can be switched off .
Asymmetry size setting
��Range 5 ÷ 20 % step 1 %.
��It can be switched off .
Setting of delay of reaction to error
��Range 0 ÷ 10 s step 1 s.
��It can be switched off .
Overvoltage level setting
��Range AC 225 ÷ 265 V step 5 V.
��It can be switched off .
Type MMR-U3 MMR-X3
Standards EN 60255-56 EN 60255-56IEC 61010 IEC 61010
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 001Rated operating voltage/proud Ue/Ie AC-1 250 V / 8 A 250 V / 8 AMax. switched power AC-1 2 000 VA 2 000 VA
AC-3 200 W 200 W
AC-5b 200 W 200 W
Max. switched voltage AC 400 V AC 400 V
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles
Supply circuit
Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V
Input power max. 1.5 VA max. 1.5 VASupply voltage indication green LED green LED
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Measuring circuit
Monitored voltage AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V
Error indication red LED red LED
Adjustable delay 0 s ÷ 10 s 0 s ÷ 10 s
Adjustable undervoltage level 180 ÷ 220 V 180 ÷ 220 V
Adjustable overvoltage level 225 ÷ 265 V 225 ÷ 265 V
Adjustable value of asymmetry - 5 ÷ 20 %
Method of setting control knobs on the front panel control knobs on the front panel
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Other data
Galvanic isolation input/output 4 kV 4 kV
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH35 TH35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Minia
E46
MMR-U3, MMR-X3 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Specifi cations
Dimensions
18
N
L1
MMR-U3-...
18
16
L3L2
15
MMR-X3-...
18
N
L1
18
16
L3L2
15
26
44
60
5
906845
Minia
E47
MMR-U3, MMR-X3 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Diagram
Graph
MMR-U3-... MMR-X3-...
N
15
18L1
L2
16
L3
N
15
18L1
L2
16
L3
Phases failure monitoring MMR-U3, MMR-X3
t = 0 ÷ 10 s
1518
16
L2
L2
L1
L3
L1
L3
t = 0 ÷ 10 s
Asymmetry = 0 ÷ 20 %
1518
16
t
U max
U min
U
t
hysterese 5 V
1518
16
5 s t 5 s 1518
16
L2
L1
L3
5 s
AC 225 ÷ 265 V
AC 180 ÷ 220 V
Monitoring of overvoltage and undervoltage MMR-U3, MMR-X3
Monitoring of phase sequence MMR-X3 Asymmetry monitoring MMR-X3
Type RLP-..Approval marks
Contact (terminals 1,2)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 10, 01
Rated voltage/current AC-1 Ue/In AC 250 V/16 A
Electrical endurance 75 000 operating cycles
Switching frequency max. 1200 operating cycles/hr
Connection 0.75 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.8 Nm
Current coil (terminals A1, A2)
Operating current range In 5 ÷ 15 A, 10 ÷ 28 A, 26 ÷ 63 A
Guaranteed switched current for In 2) operating current range 5 ÷ 15 A ≥ 5 A
operating current range 10 ÷ 28 A ≥ 10 A
operating current range 26 ÷ 63 A ≥ 26 A
Guaranteed unswitched current for In
2) operating current range 5 ÷ 15 A ≤ 2 A
operating current range 10 ÷ 28 A ≤ 6 A
operating current range 26 ÷ 63 A ≤ 16 A
Connection - terminals A1, A2 0.75 ÷ 16 mm2
Torque 2 Nm
Power loss 3 W
Other data
Isolation voltage Ui AC 400 V
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature -20 ÷ 50 °C
Working position arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Only for jump increase in current
Minia
E48
RLP Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Priority current relays
��They monitor the strength of current in the circuit and
close/open the contact (terminals 1, 2) at a jump
exceeding of a guaranteed switched current.
��They make it possible to interrupt the power supply
of one (non-priority) circuit, if the current of the other
(priority) circuit jumps to a set value.
��They are most frequently installed in distribution sys-
tems where concurrent operation of more appliances
is not possible because of risk of exceeding a permit-
ted power input.
��For example, the relays can disconnect electric heating,
a storage block heater from the network if an instan-
taneous water heater is switched – therefore it is pos-
sible to select a main circuit breaker and conductors
for a lower power input.
��They make it possible to increase the number of appli-
ances for existing installations.
��In the circuits with electronic (e.g. thyristor) control,
they cannot be used directly, but with a time-delay
relay – see connection examples.
��Maximum current through the current coil: depending
on design 15 A, 28 A, 63 A.
��Maximum current through the contact: 16 A.
Operating current Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
range In of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
5 ÷ 15 A01 RLP-15-01 OEZ:35548 1 0.115 1
10 RLP-15-10 OEZ:35549 1 0.115 1
10 ÷ 28 A01 RLP-28-01 OEZ:35550 1 0.115 1
10 RLP-28-10 OEZ:35551 1 0.115 1
26 ÷ 63 A01 RLP-63-01 OEZ:35552 1 0.115 1
10 RLP-63-10 OEZ:35553 1 0.115 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Selection RLP-.. according to power output of the switched applianceAppliance type RLP-..
Voltage Power output [kW]
AC 230 V
1.2 ÷ 3.4 RLP-15-..2.3 ÷ 6.4 RLP-28-.. 6.0 ÷ 14.5 RLP-63-..
AC 400 V
3.4 ÷ 10.0 RLP-15-..6.9 ÷ 19.3 RLP-28-..
18.0 ÷ 43.5 RLP-63-..
Specifi cations
Minia
E49
RLP Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
��Example of blocking of current taking by electrical heating:
In case of switching an instantaneous water heater (priority appliance)
the guaranteed switching current of the priority relay is exceeded, and
its contact opens. The coil of the contactor RSI loses voltage, and opens
the power contacts, by which it disconnects the electrical heating,
thus reducing overall current consumption.
Dimensions
17.5 4.5 44
62
45 85.8
A2
2
1
A1
RLP-..
Diagram
RLP-..-10
I>
2
1
A2
A1
RLP-..-01
I>
2
1
A2
A1
Connection examples
Instantaneouswater heater
Electric heater
N NL L1 L2 L3
A1
A2 2
1
842 6
1 3 75
A2
A1
RLP-...-01
RSI-...-40
-...
L
I>
MCR
-MA-001
-UNI
Electricheater
N NL L1 L2 L3
A1
A2 2
1
842 6
1 3 75
A2
A1
RLP-...-10
RSI-...-40
-...
L L
I>
TA1
A2
T
1816
15
N L
Load withelectronic
control
��Example of blocking of consumption by a load with electronic control:
In this case the function of the relay can be disturbed by the electronic control (the
relay switches in the rhythm of the electronic control). For this reason we recommend
connecting a time relay with a delayed function in the circuit of the control contact.
In case of switching a load the guaranteed switching current of the priority relay
is exceeded, and its contact closes. This will start the time relay, and disconnects the
contactor coil for a preset time.
��First LED signals functionality of the relay and current
transformer:
LED is lighting - the relay is in order
LED does not light - the relay is not supplied
LED is blinking - interrupted connection between the re-
lay and the transformer, or broken secondary winding.
��The second LED signals magnitude of the passing current:
LED is lighting - signalling reach of 100 % residual current
LED is blinking - blinking period increases with increas-
ing residual current.
��By means of make-and-break contact (CO).
��Serves for signalling of reach of the set value of IΔn and/or
for circuit breaker switching off via undervoltage release
or shunt trip.
Minia
E50
5SV8 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Analog residual current monitor 5SV8000-6KK
Local signalling
Control
Remote signalling
��Designed for monitoring of leakage current (residual/fault
current) and protection against fi re e.g. due to worsened
insulation or sneak currents.
��Possibility of setting of residual current IΔn
and setting
of limit time of inactivity of IΔt
(see parameters) by
means of rotary switches.
��Mounting on „U“ rail.
��Measurement by means of external summation current
transformer.
��Circuit breaker switching off by means of shunt trip or
undervoltage release.
��The TEST push-button serves for testing of the function
of both the relay and circuit breaker - disconnects
the circuit.
��If the relay trips (switches the circuit breaker off ) it is
necessary to reset it by the „RESET“ push-button,
or interrupt its supply and thus perform the remote reset.
��The setting can be sealed.
Type Order Description Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
5SV8000-6KK OEZ:42658 Analog, setting IΔn and tΔn 2 0.180 1
DiagramWiring diagram with a shunt trip Wiring diagram with an undervoltage release
EXT. RESET
RCM1 2 3 4
TEST
RESET
65 7 8
C1
S2
S1
2J N 4 6
1
C2 Q
N 3 5
L1N L2 L3Q3
U
J 642
1 3 5
N
N
QD2
D1
5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4
N L1 L2 L3EXT. RESET
S1
S2
RCM
RESET
TEST
Q3
U<
Diagram descriptionSymbol Description
J miniature circuit breaker
RCM monitoring relay
TEST test push-button of the relay
RESET local reset push-button
EXT. STOP/RESET remote reset push-button or STOP push-button1)
S1,S2 terminals of current transformer
Q3 protection of relay LPN-2C-11) STOP push-button only in combination with an undervoltage release
��The fi rst LED signals functionality of the relay and trip in
reach of the set residual current:
LED gives a green light - the relay is supplied
LED gives a red light - signalling of reach of 100 % re-
sidual current
��The second LED signals reach of relative low set value:
LED gives a yellow light - signalling of reach of the set
value.
��By means of make-and-break contact (CO).
��Serves for signalling of reach of the set value of IΔn
and/or
for circuit breaker switching off via undervoltage release
or shunt trip.
��Possibility of remote switching off by applying voltage
AC/ DC 110 ÷ 230 V on potential free terminals number 1
and 2.
��The TEST push-button serves for testing of the function
of both the relay and circuit breaker - disconnects the
circuit.
��If the relay trips (switches the circuit breaker off ) it is neces-
sary to reset it by the „RESET“ push-button, or interrupt
its supply and thus perform the remote reset.
��The setting can be sealed.
Digital residual current monitor 5SV8001-6KK
Local signalling Remote signalling
��Designed for monitoring of leakage current (residual/fault
current) and protection against fi re e.g. due to worsened
insulation or sneak currents.
��Possibility of setting of residual current IΔn
and setting
of maximum inactivity time IΔt
by means of push-buttons
and the display (see table).
��Presentation of cause of trip and of current value of re-
sidual current on the display.
��Mounting on „U“ rail.
��Measurement by means of external transformer.
��Circuit breaker switching off by means of shunt trip
or undervoltage release.
��Possibility of setting of characteristic S - selective.
Type Order Description Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
5SV8001-6KK OEZ:42659 Digital, setting IΔn and tΔn 3 0.260 1
DiagramWiring diagram with a shunt trip Wiring diagram with an undervoltage release
U
RCM1 2 3
ALARM
64 5 7 8
RESET
9
10 11
EXT. STOP/RESET
15
TEST
1312 14
S2
S1
2J N
C1
4 6
1
C2 Q
N 3 5
L1N L2 L3Q3
J 642
1 3 5
N
N
QD2
D1
12 13 14 15
3
TEST
RESET
N L1 L2 L3
EXT. STOP/RESET
S1
S2
10 11
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9
ALARM
RCM
Q3
U<
Diagram descriptionSymbol Description
J miniature circuit breaker
RCM monitoring relay
TEST test push-button of the relay
RESET local reset push-button
EXT. STOP/RESET remote reset push-button or STOP push-button
S1, S2 terminals of current transformer
ALARM signalling of Iδn
adjusted value reaching
Q3 protection of relay LPN-2C-1
Minia
E51
5SV8 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Description schématuSymbol Description
J miniature circuit breaker
RCM monitoring relay
TEST test push-button of the relay
Symbol Description
RESET local reset push-button
EXT. STOP/RESET remote reset push-button or STOP push-button
S1, S2 terminals of current transformer
Symbol Description
ALARM signalling of Iδn
adjusted value reaching
Q3 protection of relay LPN-2C-1
RCM1 2 3 64 5 7 8
RESET
9
10 11 15
TEST
1312 14
6
S2
S1
J 2N 4
53N 1
C2
C1
Q
S2
S1
JC1
2N 64
C2 Q
N 1 3 5
S2
S1
JC1
2N 64
C2 Q
N 1 3 5
S2
S1
JC1
2N 64
C2 Q
N 1 3 5
EXT. STOP/RESET
ALARM
Q3
L N
T1
T2
T3
T4
U
U
U
U
RCM1 2 3 64 5 7 8
RESET
9
10 11 15
TEST
1312 14
S2 S1
EXT. STOP/RESET
ALARM
S2 S1
S2 S1
S2 S1
Q3
L N
T4 T3 T2 T1
Wiring diagram with a shunt trip- connection of miniature circuit breakers
��The fi rst LED signals functionality of the relay and trip in
reach of the set residual current:
LED gives a green light - the relay is supplied
LED gives a red light - signalling of reach of 100 % re-
sidual current
��The second LED signals reach of relative low set value:
LED gives a yellow light - signalling of reach of the set
value.
��By means of make-and-break contact (CO).
��Serves for signalling of reach of the set value of IΔn and/or
for circuit breaker switching off via undervoltage release
or shunt trip.
��Possibility of remote switching off by applying voltage
AC/DC 110 ÷ 230 V on potential free terminal number 12.
��The TEST push-button serves for testing of the function
of both the relay and circuit breaker - disconnects the
circuit.
��If the relay trips (switches the circuit breaker off ) it is
necessary to reset it by the „RESET“ push-button, or
interrupt its supply and thus perform the remote reset.
��The setting can be sealed.
Minia
E52
5SV8 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Digital residual current monitor 5SV8200-6KK
Local signalling Remote signalling
��Designed for monitoring of leakage current (residu-
al/ fault current) and protection against fi re e.g. due
to worsened insulation or sneak currents.
��Possibility of setting of residual current IΔn
and setting
of maximum inactivity time IΔt
by means of push-
buttons and the display (see table).
��Presentation of cause of trip and of current value of re-
sidual current on the display.
��Mounting on „U“ rail.
��Measurement by means of external transformer, it is
possible to connect up to 4 transformers.
��Circuit breaker switching off by shunt trip.
��Possibility of setting of characteristic S - selective.
Diagram
Type Order Description Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
5SV8200-6KK OEZ:42660Digital, setting IΔn and tΔn, 4-channel
thermostat 3 0.260 1
- connection of current transformer
Type 5SV8 000-6KK 5SV8 001-6KK 5SV8 200-6KKStandards EN 62020 EN 62020 EN 62020
IEC 62020 IEC 62020 IEC 62020
Approval marks
Number of independent circuits 1 1 4
Rated residual current 0,03 ÷ 5 A 0,03 ÷ 30 A 0,03 ÷ 30 A
Maximum inactivity time 0.02 ÷ 5 s 0.02 ÷ 10 s 0.02 ÷ 10 s
Type A (up to IΔn = 3A) A (up to IΔn = 3A) A (up to IΔn = 3A)
AC (IΔn od 3 up to 5 A) AC (IΔn od 3 up to 30 A) AC (IΔn od 3 up to 30 A)
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V
Operating voltage range AC 164 ÷ 284 V AC 164 ÷ 284 V AC 164 ÷ 284 V
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz
Input power 3 VA 6 VA 6 VA
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 - type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Degree of protection - on the front panel IP41 IP41 IP41
Degree of protection - of conductors terminal IP20 IP20 IP20
Other specifi cations
External remote trip/reset -/yes yes/yes yes/yes
Local signalling reaching of relative low value IΔn (ALARM) yes yes yes
Remote signalling reaching of relative low value IΔn (ALARM) - yes yes
Local signalling: supply yes yes yes
ALARM yes yes yes
Failure yes yes yes
value IΔn yes yes yes
Display - yes yes
Sealing of control panel setting yes yes yes
Transformer internal diameter 30 ÷ 210 mm 30 ÷ 210 mm 30 ÷ 210 mm
Max. length of conductors to the transformer (screened conductor) 10 m 10 m 10 m
Control circuit (inputs - external switching off / reset)
Rated operating voltage Uc - AC/DC 110 ÷ 230 V AC 230 V
Operating voltage range - AC/DC 110 ÷ 284 V AC 230 ÷ 284 V
Input power - 0.7 W 0.7 W
Control circuit (outputs)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001 002 40
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V
Rated current Ie 6 A 6 A 6 A
Max. switched power - AC-1 1 500 VA 1 500 VA 1 500 VA
Electrical endurance 10x 106 operating cycles 10x 106 operating cycles 10x 106 operating cycles
Rated frequency 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz
Connection
Connection - conductor Cu - rigid (solid, stranded) 1) 0.2 ÷ 2 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2 mm2
Torque 0.5 ÷ 0.6 Nm 0.5 ÷ 0.6 Nm 0.5 ÷ 0.6 Nm
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature °C -10 ÷ +50 °C -10 ÷ +50 °C -10 ÷ +50 °C
Relative humidity 5 ÷ 95 % 5 ÷ 95 % 5 ÷ 95 %
Max. sea level 2 000 m 2 000 m 2 000 m1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Minia
E53
5SV8 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Specifi cations
Minia
E54
5SV8 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Dimensions
Residual current monitor 5SV8000-6KK
Residual current monitor 5SV8001-6KK, 5SV8200-6KK
Measuring current transformers 5SV8700-0KK, 5SV8701-0KK Measuring current transformers 5SV87...-0KK
36
454545
68
446
54
454545
68
446
A
B
C
D
32
E
A
F
G
33
B
46
DC
H
Type A B C D
5SV8700-0KK 60 20 46 24
5SV8701-0KK 70 30 59 30
Type A B C D E F G H
5SV8702-0KK 100 79 26 49 35 35 43 6.5
5SV8703-0KK 130 110 32 66 70 52 57 6.5
5SV8704-0KK 170 146 38 94 105 72 73 6.5
5SV8705-0KK 230 196 49 123 140 97 98 6.5
5SV8706-0KK 299 284 69 161 210 141 142 6.5
Minia
E55
MMR-HL Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
��For control of maximum or minimum level of a conduc-
tive liquid in a tank.
��High rated current 16 A.
��They can be used for liquid fi lling (function UP) or draw-
ing off (function DOWN). If the tank is from a conduc-
tive material, it can be used instead of GND probe.
��Alternating current is used for measuring to eliminate
electrolysis of the liquid and oxidation of probes.
Working voltage in the measuring loop is 12 V.
��Light indication of presence of supply voltage (green
LED).
��Maximum distance of electrodes is 100 m with the set sen-
sitivity of 100 %. If sensitivity is decreased, it is possible to
extend the maximum length up to 1000 m. This is true
with cable capacity up to 100 nF/km. In both cases it is
necessary to exclude parallel run with power cables (the
distance shall be at least 20 cm between the cables).
�� After connection of the relay, we recommend setting
the sensitivity (knob SENSITIVITY) to maximum. If the
yellow LED is blinking, there is not suffi cient signal-to-
noise ratio, and it is necessary to decrease sensitivity
(by turning the SENSITIVITY knob to the left) until the
LED stops blinking.
�� If the LED is blinking even at minimum sensitivity, the
correct functionality is not guaranteed. In such as it is
necessary to take measure to reduce noise (other cable,
placing the relay closer to the monitored place, etc.). If
the LED is not blinking, the relay is ready to work.
�� It is suitable to check the signal-to-noise ratio regularly.
In worsening of conditions (noise increase) the yellow
LED will begin blinking.
�� The probes are not included in the delivery.
�� Functional even at temperature -20 °C.
Level relays MMR-HL
Specifi cations
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
MMR-HL-001-A230 OEZ:43246 1 0.091 1
Type MMR-HLStandards EN 60255-56
IEC 61010
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001
Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-1 250 V / 16 A
Max. switched power AC-1 4 000 VA
AC-3 1 kW
AC-5a 288 W (cos φ = 0.8)
AC-5b 1 kW
Max. switched voltage AC 400 V
Indication of contact state yellow LED
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm
Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles
Supply circuit
Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V
Input power max. 1.5 VA
Supply voltage indication green LED
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm
Measuring circuit
Error indication yellow LED is blinking
Operating voltage in measuring loop AC 12 V
Adjustable sensitivity 5 kΩ ÷ 100 kΩ
Delay for elimination of ripple 1.5 s
Method of setting control knobs on the front panel
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm
Other data
Galvanic isolation input/output 4 kV
input/probes 4 kV
output/probes 4 kV
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH35
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
NL
1816
MIN
MAX
15GND
1826
44
60
5
906845
MAX
15
18MIN
L
16
N
GNDL
Max Min
GND
16 18
N
15
AC 230 V
16 15 18
Minia
E56
MMR-HL Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Description
DimensionsMMR-HL-...
Graph
DiagramMMR-HL-...
Wiring diagram
Terminals L and N for connection of supply voltage��Uc: AC 230 V.
Indication of presence of supply voltage��Supply voltage presence is indicated by continuously
lighting green LED.
Indication of signal-to-noise ratio or relay closing��Yellow LED.
��Insuffi cient signal-to-noise ratio - blinking.
��Relay closed - lights.
Setting of function��UP … liquid fi lling.
��Down … liquid drawing off .
Sensitivity setting��5 ÷ 100 kΩ.
Terminals Max, Min and GND for probe connection��Range 0 ÷ 10 s step 1 s.
��It can be switched off .
Level monitoring MMR-HL-001-A230
max.
min.
R
LEVEL
tt
max.
min.
R
LEVEL
tt
UP
PUMPfunction
DOWN
liquid resistance = 5 Ω ÷ 100 kΩ
t = 1.5 s
Type MMR-T1Standards EN 60255-56
IEC 61010
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 001
Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-1 250 V / 8 A
Max. switched power AC-1 2 000 VA
AC-3 200 W
AC-5b 200 W
Max. switched voltage AC 400 V
Indication of contact state red LED
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm
Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles
Supply circuit
Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V
Input power max. 1.5 VA
Supply voltage indication green LED
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm
Measuring circuit
Error indication red LED
Resistance range of PTC thermistor, working state 50 Ω ÷ 3.3 kΩ
Resistance range of PTC thermistor, alarm state > 3.3 kΩ nebo < 50 Ω
Method of setting control knobs on the front panel
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm
Other data
Galvanic isolation input/output 4 kV
output/probes 4 kV
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH35
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Minia
E57
MMR-T1 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
��For the control of temperature of winding of a motor on
the basis of measuring the resistance of PTC thermis-
tor, which is built in the motor.
�� After exceeding the value of the thermistor resistance
3.3 kΩ the relay switches over the contact. The re-
switching is only possible after the thermistor resist-
ance decrease 1.8 kΩ in three ways:
– by pressing the RESET push-button
– by pressing the remote RESET push-button con-
nected to terminals T1-R1
– by automatic RESET (it is necessary to connect termi-
nals T1 and R1).
Thermistor relay MMR-T1
Specifi cations
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
MMR-T1-001-A230 OEZ:43247 1 0.091 1
26
44
60
5
906845
N
L
18
16
T2
T1
15
R1
18
T2
15
18T1
L
16
N
L
T1 T2
R1
16 18
N
15
U~
16 15 18
RESE
TAU
TOR
ESET
PTC
Minia
E58
MMR-T1 Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Description
Dimensions
Graph
Diagram Wiring diagram
Terminals L and N for connection of supply voltage��Uc: AC 230 V.
Indication of presence of supply voltage��Supply voltage presence is indicated by continuously
lighting green LED.
Indication of contact switching over��Contact switching over is indicated by red LED.
Terminal R1 for remote/automatic reset
Local reset push-button
Terminals T1 and T2 for probe connection��Probes are included in the engine.
Engine winding temperature monitoring MMR-T1-001-A230
PT C > 3k3
PT C < 1k8
R
MMR-T1-... MMR-T1-...
Minia
E59
MMR-T2, MMR-TD Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
��MMR-T2 control temperature independently for two
channels, compare it with a set reference temperature,
and switch the output contacts with hysteresis of 2 °C.
��MMR-TD multiple-function diff erential thermostats
equipped with six most frequently used functions
and four service functions.
��The delivery includes two 3 m OD-MMR-T3N probes.
��Accessory for MMR-T2 and MMR-TD.
��Temperature probe OD-MMR-T3N - standard temperature
probe with plastic cap for use up to max. temperature
of 100 °C. Cable length 3 m.
��Temperature probe OD-MMR-T3S - temperature probe
with metallic cap and silicon supply cable for use up
to max. temperature of 150 °C. Cable length 3 m.
Thermostats
Thermal probes
Type Order Number Weight Package
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
MMR-T2-001-A230 OEZ:43248 1 0.211 1
MMR-TD-001-A230 OEZ:43249 1 0.211 1
Type Order Cord Weight Package
code Lenght [kg] [pcs]
OD-MMR-T3N OEZ:43725 3 m 0.050 1
OD-MMR-T3S OEZ:43726 3 m 0.05 1
Diff erence setting
��For some of the functions.
Functions selection
��F1 … F6 thermal functions.
��F7 … F10 service functions.
Temperature setting T
��Upper disk defi nes temperature range -25 ÷ + 95 °C.
��Lower knob enables fi ne setting 0 + 14 °C with step
of 1 °C.
Description of MMR-TDTerminals L and N for connection of supply voltage
��Uc: AC 230 V.
Indication of presence of supply voltage
��Supply voltage presence is indicated by blinking green
LED.
Indication of contactswitching over
��Contact switching over is indicated by yellow and green
LED.
Terminals T1, T2 and C for probe connection
��OD-MMR-T3N … up to 100 °C.
��OD-MMR-T3S … up to 150 °C
Temperature setting T1
��Lower knob defi nes temperature range -25 ÷ + 95 °C.
��Upper disk enables fi ne setting 0 + 14 °C with step
of 1 °C.
Temperature setting T2
��Upper disk defi nes temperature range -25 ÷ + 95 °C.
��Lower knob enables fi ne setting 0 + 14 °C with step
of 1 °C.
Minia
E60
MMR-T2, MMR-TD Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Description MMR-T2Terminals L and N for connection of supply voltage
��Uc: AC 230 V.c: AC 230 V.
Indication of presence of supply voltage
��Supply voltage presence is indicated by blinking green
LED.
Indication of contact switching over
��Contact switching over is indicated by yellow LED and
green LED for contact 1 and contact 2 respectively.
Terminals T1, T2 and C for probe connection
��OD-MMR-T3N … up to 100 °C.
��OD-MMR-T3S … up to 150 °C
Operating states of MMR-T2, MMR-TD
Re2is
blinkingIndication of device switched on. Re1
is
blinkingFailure of one of the sensors.
Re2is
lighting Relé R2 switched on. Re2
is
blinking
Re1is
lighting Relé R1 switched on.
}
Type MMR-T2 MMR-TD
Standards EN 60255-56 EN 60255-56
IEC 61010 IEC 61010
Approval marks
Main circuit (contact)
Arrangement of contacts 1) 200 200
Rated operating voltage/current Ue/Ie AC-1 250 V / 16 A 250 V / 16 A
Max. switched power AC-1 4 000 VA 4 000 VA
AC-3 1 kW 1 kW
AC-5a 288 W (cos φ = 0,8) 288 W (cos φ = 0,8)
AC-5b 1 kW 1 kW
Max. switched voltage AC 400 V AC 400 V
Indication of contact state green/yellow LED green/yellow LED
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Mechanical endurance 3 000 000 operating cycles 3 000 000 operating cycles
Electrical endurance 10 000 operating cycles 10 000 operating cycles
Supply circuit
Rated voltage Uc AC 230 V AC 230 V
Input power max. 1.5 VA max. 1.5 VA
Supply voltage indication green LED is blinking green LED is blinking
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Measuring circuit
Error indication green/yellow LED is blinking green/yellow LED is blinking
Adjustable delay 0 s ÷ 10 s 0 s ÷ 10 s
Adjustable undervoltage level 2) 180 ÷ 220 V 180 ÷ 220 V
Adjustable overvoltage level 2) 225 ÷ 265 V 225 ÷ 265 V
Temperature measuring range -25 ÷ +95 °C -25 ÷ +95 °C
Method of setting control knobs on the front panel control knobs on the front panel
Connection – conductor rigid and flexible 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Other data
Galvanic isolation input/output 4 kV 4 kV
input/probes 4 kV 4 kV
output/probes 4 kV 4 kV
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH35 TH35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Specifi cations
Minia
E61
MMR-T2, MMR-TD Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
26
44
60
5
906845
18
N
L
18
15
28
T2
C
T1
25
MMR-TD-...MMR-T2-...
T2
15
18T1
L N
C
25
28 T2
15
18T1
L N
C
25
28
L
T1 T2
25
15 18
N
28
U~
15 18
25 28
R2
R1
C
t2t1
MMR-T2, MMR-TD
Dimensions
Diagram Wiring diagram MMR-T2-...
MMR-TD-...
Minia
E62
MMR-T2, MMR-TD Switching devices
MONITORING RELAY
Graphs of functions
Rt = -25 .. 95 °C
2 °Chystereze
t
T80 °C
60 °C
70 °C
T = 75 °C
t < T = > R1 ON
t ≥ T = > R1 OFF
t - 2 °C ≤ T = > R1 ON
15 (25)
18 (28)
t1 t2
Function F1Differential thermostat
T = -40 °C
t1 - t2 > D + 1 °C => R1 ON
t1 - t2 < D => R1 OFF
t2 - t1 > D + 1 °C => R2 ON
t2 - t1 < D => R2 OFF
T = -40 °C (T = 68 °C)
t1 - t2 > D + 1 °C
t2 < T
t1 - t2 < D °C => R1 OFF
t2 > T + 1 °C => R1 OFF
T = 60 °C
D = 11 °C
t1 < T - D => R1 ON
t1 > T => R1 OFF
T = 60 °C
D = 11 °C
t1 < T - D => R1, R2 ON
t1 > T => R1, R2 OFF
T = 25 °C
D = 7 °C
t1 > T => R1 ON
t1 < T - 2 °C => R1 OFF
t1 < T - D => R2 ON
t1 > T - D + 2 °C => R2 OFF
T - D < t1 < T => R1, R2 OFF
T = 60 °C
D = 11 °C
t1 > T => R1, R2 ON
T - D < t1 < T => R1 ON, R2 OFF
t1 < T - D => R1, R2 OFF
T = 60 °C
D = 11 °C
t1 > T => R1 OFF, R2 ON
T - D < t1 < T => R1 ON, R2 OFF
t1 < T - D => R1, R2 OFF
T = 60 °C
D = 11 °C
t1 < T - D => R1 ON
t1 > T => R1 OFF
t2 < T - D => R2 ON
t2 > T => R2 OFF
T1 T2
T1 T2
Function F2Two-stage thermostat
Function F3Two-stage thermostat
Function F4Single-channel zone thermostat
Function F5Two-channel zone thermostat
Function F6Thermostat is heating/cooling
Function F7Service relay 1
Relay 1 switched on
Function F8Service relay 2
Relay 2 switched on
D = 11 °C
t1 = 80 °C
t2=65°C
t2 = 69.1 °C
t2 = 67.9 °C
80 °C
60 °C
70 °C
D = 11 °C
D = 11 °C
D = 7 °C
60 °C
50°C
Hystereze = 1 °C
t1
t1
1518
R1
60 °C
50 °C
30 °C
25 °C
20 °C
15 °C
10 °C
1518
R1
2528
R2
1518
R1
2528
R2
is cooling is cooling
is heating
hyst 2 °C
hyst 2 °C
t1
60 °C
70 °C
50 °C
1518
R1
2528
R2
T = t + fine t = 60 °Ct1
T - D = 49 °C
D = 11 °C
60 °C
70 °C
50 °C
1518
R1
2528
R2
T = t + fine t = 60 °C
T = t + fine t = 60 °C
T = t + fine t = 60 °C
T = t + fine t = 25 °C
t1
T - D = 49 °C
D = 11 °C
60 °C
70 °C
50 °C
1518
R1
2528
R2
T = t + fine t = 60 °C
T - D = 49 °CT - D = 49 °C
T - D = 49 °C
T - D = 18 °C
D = 11 °C
Function F9Service sensor 1
Function F10Service sensor 2
Re1
Re1
Re1
Sensor without failure.
Sensor interrupted.
Sensor short-circuited.
Sensor without failure.
Sensor interrupted.
Sensor short-circuited.
Re1
Re1
Re1
}=> R1 ON
The function of the diff erential thermostat MMR-TD-200-A230
The function of the double thermostats MMR-T2 200-A230
Minia
F
��Switches ............................................................................................................................................ F2
��Switches and push-buttons ................................................................................................... F5
��Signal lights .................................................................................................................................. F12
��Electric bells .................................................................................................................................. F14
��Power supplies ............................................................................................................................ F15
��Socket outlets .............................................................................................................................. F18
��Terminal board ............................................................................................................................ F19
OTHER DEVICES Minia
Minia
F2
MSO, AVN-DC Other devices
SWITCHES
��For building, commercial and industrial installations
from 20 up to 125 A, AC 250/440 V.
��For electric circuit switching.
��Width of 1 module/pole in all rated currents up to 125 A.
��Possible interconnection by means of busbars.
��Optional installation of auxiliary switches on the side
of the device.
��AVN-DC design for photovoltaic applications with high
rated operating voltage up to DC 1 000 V.
��Possible interconnection by means of busbars.
��Optional installation of auxiliary switches on the side
of the device.
Switches MSO
Switch AVN-DC-63-4
Number Rated operating Type Order Number Weight Package
of poles current [A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
1
20 MSO-20-1 OEZ:42326 1 0.110 12
32 MSO-32-1 OEZ:42330 1 0.128 12
40 MSO-40-1 OEZ:42334 1 0.128 12
63 MSO-63-1 OEZ:42338 1 0.128 12
80 MSO-80-1 OEZ:42342 1 0.128 12
100 MSO-100-1 OEZ:42346 1 0.138 12
125 MSO-125-1 OEZ:42350 1 0.138 12
1 + N
20 MSO-20-1N OEZ:42328 2 0.228 6
32 MSO-32-1N OEZ:42332 2 0.228 6
40 MSO-40-1N OEZ:42336 2 0.228 6
63 MSO-63-1N OEZ:42340 2 0.228 6
80 MSO-80-1N OEZ:42344 2 0.228 6
100 MSO-100-1N OEZ:42348 2 0.228 6
125 MSO-125-1N OEZ:42352 2 0.228 6
3
20 MSO-20-3 OEZ:42327 3 0.328 4
32 MSO-32-3 OEZ:42331 3 0.350 4
40 MSO-40-3 OEZ:42335 3 0.350 4
63 MSO-63-3 OEZ:42339 3 0.350 4
80 MSO-80-3 OEZ:42343 3 0.350 4
100 MSO-100-3 OEZ:42347 3 0.380 4
125 MSO-125-3 OEZ:42351 3 0.380 4
3 + N
20 MSO-20-3N OEZ:42329 4 0.449 3
32 MSO-32-3N OEZ:42333 4 0.458 3
40 MSO-40-3N OEZ:42337 4 0.458 3
63 MSO-63-3N OEZ:42341 4 0.458 3
80 MSO-80-3N OEZ:42345 4 0.458 3
100 MSO-100-3N OEZ:42349 4 0.498 3
125 MSO-125-3N OEZ:42353 4 0.498 3
Rated operating current Type Order Number Weight Package
[A] code of modules [kg] [pcs]
63 AVN-DC-63-4 OEZ:39752 4 0.672 1
Accessories
Auxiliary switches PS-LT page B33
Locking inserts OD-LT-VU02 page B35
Sealing insert OD-LT-VP01 page B35
Interconnecting busbars S1L, S2L, S3L, S4L page B41
Terminal extension AS-50-S-AL01 page B43
Type MSO-20 MSO-32 MSO-40 MSO-63 MSO-80 MSO-100 MSO-125 AVN-DC 1)
Standards EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3 EN 60947-3
Approval marks
Number of poles 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 1, 1+N, 3, 3+N 4
Rated thermal current Ith 20 A 32 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 63 A
Rated operating current Ie 20 A 32 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 63 A
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V AC 250/440 V DC 1 000 V
Min. operating voltage/current Umin/Imin AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA AC 24 V/300 mA DC 24 V/300 mA
Powers losses/pole 0.3 W 0.7 W 0.9 W 2.2 W 3.5 W 5.5 W 8.6 W 4.4 W
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz -
Rated making capacity AC-22Acos φ = 0,65
60 A 96 A 120 A 196 A 240 A 300 A 375 A -
Rated breaking capacity AC-22Acos φ = 0,65
60 A 96 A 120 A 196 A 240 A 300 A 375 A -
Rated conditional short-circuit current with backup fuse gL/gG with max. Ie
Inc 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA -
Rated short-circuit making capacity DC 1 000 V 4-pole
Icm - - - - - - - 500 A
Mechanical endurance 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 20 000 op. cycles 10 000 op. cycles
Electrical endurance 10 000 op. cycles 10 000 op. cycles 10 000 op. cycles 5 000 op. cycles 1 000 op. cycles 1 000 op. cycles 1 000 op. cycles 5 000 op. cycles
Rated short-time withstand current 2) Icw up to 0.2 s 480 A 760 A 950 A 1 500 A 2 700 A 3 400 A 3 400 A -
up to 0.5 s 310 A 500 A 630 A 1 000 A 1 650 A 2 100 A 2 100 A -
up to 1 s 250 A 400 A 500 A 800 A 1 350 A 1 700 A 1 700 A -
up to 3 s 180 A 280 A 350 A 560 A 800 A 1 000 A 1 000 A -
Rated short-time withstand current DC 1 000 V 4-pole
Icw - - - - - - - 760 A
Rated power output (switching of resistan-
ce loads including slight overload AC-21)
1-pole 3 kW 5 kW 6,5 kW 10 kW 13 kW 16 kW 16 kW -
2-pole 5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 18 kW 22 kW 28 kW 28 kW -
3-pole/4-pole 9 kW 15 kW 15 kW 30 kW 39 kW 48 kW 48 kW -
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Degree of protection - with connected conductors IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Connection
Conductor see table below see table below see table below see table below 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2 4) 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2 4) 2.5 ÷ 50 mm2 4) 3)
Screw head type PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2
Torque 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3.5 Nm 3 Nm
Top or bottom connection top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -5 ÷ +40 °C -25 ÷ +40 °C1) Utilization category DC-21B2) To conductive route at power factor cos φ = 0.73) For detailed connection of conductors see table on page B25 (the same connection as in the case of LTN circuit breakers)4) Valid for rigid conductors (solid, stranded) and fl exible conductors with a sleeve
Specifi cations
Minia
F3
SWITCHES
Other devicesMSO, AVN-DC
Range of MSO connection for Ie range 20 ÷ 63 A
Number of connected conductors Rigid conductor (solid, stranded) Conductor flexible with a sleeve Conductor flexible without a sleeve 1)
1x conductor 1x (0.75 ÷ 35) mm2 1x (0.75 ÷ 25) mm2 1x (1 ÷ 35) mm2
2x conductor 2x (0.75 ÷ 10) mm2 2x (0.75 ÷ 4) mm2 2x (1 ÷ 4) mm2
1x conductor + 1x (10 ÷ 25) mm2 + interconnecting busbar 1x (6 ÷ 16) mm2 2) + interconnecting busbar -
interconnecting busbar pin thickness max. 1.5 mm pin thickness max. 1.5 mm 1) The conductor must be twisted before insertion to a terminal; individual conductor fi bres must not stick out of the terminal2) In case of use of a sleeve without plastic neck: conductor 1x (6 ÷ 25) mm2
If more conductors are used they must be of the same type and cross-section
Minia
F4
MSO, AVN-DC Other devices
SWITCHES
Dimensions
Diagram
Connection example AVN-DC
17.6 35. 2 52. 8 70.4 6.2 43.9
MSO-..-1N MSO-..-3MSO-..-1 MSO-..-3N 73. 2
64
68. 3
89.8
64
70
3590
670.4 44
45
AVN-DC-63-4 73.5
2 4 6
5
N2
N1
2
1
4
3
6
5
2
1
N2
N1
2
1
MSO-..-1 MSO-..-1N MSO-..-3 MSO-..-3N
51 31 3
8
7
62 4
AVN-DC-63-4
+-
+ +--
+-
LoadPhotovoltaic array
Photovoltaic array
Load
Both grounded and ungrounded systems DC 1 000 V Only ungrounded system DC 1 000 V
��Empty modules of tumbler switches are intended for
installation of any indicator light, see page F7.
Empty modules of tumbler switches
Minia
F5
SWITCHES AND PUSH-BUTTONS
Other devicesMSP, MSK, MST, MTX, MT2
Tumbler switches
��For switching of up to 4 electric circuits up to 25 A.
��They can be used in both building and industrial installa-
tions and in security technology.
Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
11 MSP-11 OEZ:35865 1 0.084 1
22 MSP-22 OEZ:35870 1 0.094 1
40 MSP-40 OEZ:35874 1 0.094 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Tumbler switches with signalling
��For electric circuit switching up to 25 A.
��They can be used in both building and industrial installa-
tions and in security technology.
��Installed indicator light of white colour AC 230 V can be
replaced by other one.
��White indicator light is connected between the contact
and the terminal (see the diagram).
Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
11 MSP-11-SG-A230 OEZ:37262 1 0.0940 1
20 MSP-20-SG-A230 OEZ:37263 1 0.0940 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
11 MSP-11N OEZ:35866 1 0.084 1
20 MSP-20N OEZ:35868 1 0.084 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Rocker-type switches and change-over switches
��For electric circuit switching up to 16 A.
��They can be used in both building and industrial
installations and in security technology.
��Switches with backlighting (glow lamp).
��Change-over switches with interposition.
��Change-over switches with interposition without arresting.
Design Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
Design 10 MSK-10 OEZ:35678 1 0.065 1Switch with red backlight 10 MSK-10-SC OEZ:35679 1 0.065 1Switch with green backlight 10 MSK-10-SE OEZ:35680 1 0.065 1Change-over switch 001 MSK-001-1X2 OEZ:35682 1 0.065 1Change-over switch with intermediate position 001 MSK-001-102 OEZ:35681 1 0.065 1
Change-over switch with intermediate
position without arrestment 001 MSK-001-1T2 OEZ:35683 1 0.065 1
1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts
Minia
F6
MSP, MSK, MST, MTX, MT2 Other devices
SWITCHES AND PUSH-BUTTONS
��They can be used in both building and industrial installati-
ons and in security technology.
��For electric circuit switching up to 25 A.
��The circuit is switched on permanently by upper green
push-button, and switched off by lower red push-button.
��Already installed push-button can be replaced.
��They can be used in both building and industrial installati-
ons and in security technology.
��For electric circuit switching up to 25 A.
��The installed push-button of black colour and indicator
lights of white colour AC 230 V can be replaced.
��They can be used in both building and industrial installati-
ons and in security technology.
��For switching two independent electric circuits
up to 25 A.
��The installed push-button black colour can be replaced.
��They can be used in both building and industrial installati-
ons and in security technology.
��For electric circuit switching up to 25 A.
��Already installed push-button can be replaced.
Push-button switches
Control push-buttons with signalling
Double control push-buttons
Control push-buttons
Colour Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of push-button of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
black 01 MTX-01-TB OEZ:37265 1 0.072 1
10 MTX-10-TB OEZ:37268 1 0.072 1
22 MTX-22-TB OEZ:37271 1 0.097 1
red 01 MTX-01-TC OEZ:37266 1 0.072 1
10 MTX-10-TC OEZ:37269 1 0.072 1
22 MTX-22-TC OEZ:37272 1 0.097 1
green 01 MTX-01-TE OEZ:37267 1 0.072 1
10 MTX-10-TE OEZ:37270 1 0.072 1
22 MTX-22-TE OEZ:37273 1 0.097 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
11 MTX-11-TB-SG-A230 OEZ:37274 1 0.107 1
20 MTX-20-TB-SG-A230 OEZ:37275 1 0.107 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
2x 11 MT2-11-TB OEZ:37264 1 0.097 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
Arrangement Type Order Number Weight Package
of contacts 1) code of modules [kg] [pcs]
11 MST-11 OEZ:35554 1 0,12 1
22 MST-22 OEZ:35555 1 0,12 1
40 MST-40 OEZ:35556 1 0,12 11) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts
��They are intended for replacement of the already
installed push-buttons.
��Indicator light power: 0.8 W
��Indicator light contains a LED.
��Indicator lights light permanently.
Push-buttons to MSP, MST, MTX, MT2
Indicator lights to MSP, MST, MTX, MT2, MKA
Accessories
Minia
F7
SWITCHES AND PUSH-BUTTONS
Other devicesMSP, MSK, MST, MTX, MT2
Colour Type Order Weight Package
code [kg] [pcs]
red TC OEZ:08930 0.002 12
green TE OEZ:08931 0.002 12
black TB OEZ:08932 0.002 12
white TG OEZ:08934 0.002 12
Colour Rated Type Order Weight Package
of cover voltage code [kg] [pcs]
red AC 230 V SC-A230 OEZ:11102 0.003 12
AC/DC 24 V SC-X024 OEZ:11106 0.003 12
green AC 230 V SE-A230 OEZ:11103 0.003 12
AC/DC 24 V SE-X024 OEZ:11107 0.003 12
yellow AC 230 V SD-A230 OEZ:11104 0.003 12
AC/DC 24 V SD-X024 OEZ:11108 0.003 12
white AC 230 V SG-A230 OEZ:11101 0.003 12
AC/DC 24 V SG-X024 OEZ:11105 0.003 12
Replacement of push-button and indicator light
��Installed push-button or indicator light can be replaced by other one (see accessories).
Push-button or indicator light demounting:
1) Insert demounting tool (e.g. paper-clip)
in the demounting hole to ensure that the push-button
or indicator light jumps up a little.
2) Remove push-button or the indicator light from control
push-button.
Installation of a push-button or indicator light:
3) Insert and press the push-button or the indicator light
in the hole in the control push-button.
demounting tool
11
22demounting hole
33
Minia
F8
MSP, MSK, MST, MTX, MT2 Other devices
SWITCHES AND PUSH-BUTTONS
Specifi cations
Type MSP-.. MSP-..-SG-A230
Standards EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1
Approval marks
Contacts
Arrangement of contacts 1) 11, 22, 40 11, 20
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V
Rated thermal current Ith 25 A 25 A
Rated operating current Ie AC-12 25 A 25 A
AC-15 6 A 6 A
DC-12 1 A 1 A
Mechanical endurance 30 000 operating cycles 30 000 operating cycles
Connection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2
Connection 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm
Light signalling
Power output - 0.8 W
Rated operating voltage Ue - AC/DC 24 V, AC 230 V
Colour of cover - white, red, green, yellow 2)
Light - permanent
Source - LED
Dispersion - by raster in front of LED
Connection - 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2
Torque - 0.8 Nm
Torque
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °C -25 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Tumbler switch with signalling contains a white indicator light. Other colours can be bought optionally as accessory and replaced
Dimensions
17.5 24
44
60 10
5.5
45 65.5
8689
75
1
2
6
4
8
3
MSP-..
Diagram
MSP-11
3
4
1
2
MSP-22
5 73
6 84
1
2
MSP-40
2 4 6 8
1 3 5 7
MSP-11-SG-A230 MSP-20-SG-A230
1 5
(+)2 64
5
4 6
1
(+)2
MSP-11N MSP-20N
1 5
(+)2 6
connector for indicator lights input
4
5
4 6
1
(+)2
Connection examples
5
5
4
4
6
6
1
1
L1
L1
N
N
L2
L2
2
2
MSP-20-SG
-A230
MSP-20-SG
-A230
load
load
load
load
��The indicator light can be connected in two ways:
– to indicate load connection
– to indicate voltage presence and to enable easy fi nding of the switch during the night-time
Indicator light indicates load connection Indicator light indicates presence of voltage
Specifi cations MSK
Dimensions
Diagram
Minia
F9
SWITCHES AND PUSH-BUTTONS
Other devicesMSP, MSK, MST, MTX, MT2
TypeMSK-10MSK-10-..
MSK-001-1X2MSK-001-102MSK-001-1T2
Standards EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1
EN 60669-1 EN 60669-1 EN 60669-1
EN 60073 EN 60073 EN 60073
EN 61058-1 EN 61058-1 EN 61058-1
Approval marks
Contacts
Arrangement of contacts 1) 10 001 001
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 250 V, DC 12 V 2) AC 250 V, DC 12 V AC 250 V, DC 12 V
Min. switched power 300 mW 300 mW 300 mW
Min. voltage Umin 12 V 12 V 12 V
Rated thermal current Ith 16 A 10 A 6 A
JRated operating current IeAC-1 16 A 10 A 6 A
AC-15 10 A 6 A 4 A
AC-5a - cosφ=0.5 6 A 4 A 3 A
AC-5a - cosφ=0.9 2 A 1.1 A 0.7 A
AC-5b 4.4 A 2.6 A 1.7 A
DC-1 10 A 10 A 10 A
Electrical endurance 50 000 operating cycles 50 000 operating cycles 50 000 operating cycles
Mechanical endurance 100 000 operating cycles 100 000 operating cycles 50 000 operating cycles
Connection 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Other data
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C -20 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make, break and break-make contacts2) Rated operating voltage of MSK-10-SC/SE design (with backlighting) AC 230 V
244.5
44
62 6.5
45 65.5
8688
17.5
MSK-..
4
1
1
1
2
MSK-10 MSK-10-.. MSK-001-1X2 MSK-001-102 MSK-001-1T2
21 1
4
2 1
I2
II4 1 1
2 2
II Ia
0 04 4
I I
Type MST-..
Standards EN 60947-5-1
Approval marks
Contacts
Arrangement of contacts 1) 11, 22, 40
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V
Rated thermal current Ith 25 A
Rated operating current Ie AC-12 25 A
AC-15 6 A
DC-12 1 A
Mechanical endurance 30 000 operating cycles
Connection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2
Torque 0.8 Nm
Push-buttons
Colour red, green 2)
Other data
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Push-button switch contains red and green push-buttons. The other colours can be bought as accessories and replaced
Minia
F10
MST Other devices
SWITCHES AND PUSH-BUTTONS
Specifi cations MST
Dimensions
17.5 24
44
62 7
5.5
89 45 65.5
86
75
1
2
6
4
8
3
MST-...
Diagram
MST-22
7531
8642
MST-40
7531
8642
MST-11
31
42blocking
mechanism
Type MTX-.. MTX-..-TB-SG-230 MT2-11-TB
Standards EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1 EN 60947-5-1
Approval marks
Contacts
Arrangement of contacts 1) 01, 10, 22 11, 20 2x 11
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V AC 230/400 V, DC 220 V
Rated thermal current Ith 25 A 25 A 25 A
Rated operating current Ie AC-12 25 A 25 A 25 A
AC-15 6 A 6 A 6 A
DC-12 1 A 1 A 1 A
Mechanical endurance 30 000 operating cycles 30 000 operating cycles 30 000 operating cycles
Connection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2
Torque 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm
Push-buttons
Colour black, red, green 2) black 3) black 4)
Light signalling
Power output - 0.8 W -
Rated operating voltage Ue - AC/DC 24 V, AC 230 V -
Colour of cover - white 3) -
Light - permanent -
Source - LED -
Dispersion - by raster in front of LED -
Connection - 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2 -
Torque - 0.8 Nm -
Other data
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °C -25 ÷ +55 °C -25 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) Each digit indicates successively the number of make and break contacts2) Control push-button contains black, red and green push-buttons. The other colours can be bought as accessories and replaced3) Control push-button with signalling contains black buttons and white indicator light. The other colours of buttons and indicator lights can be bought as accessories and replaced.4) Double control push-button contains black push-buttons. The other colours can be bought as accessories and replaced
Specifi cations MTX, MT2
Dimensions
Diagram
Minia
F11
SWITCHES AND PUSH-BUTTONS
Other devicesMSP, MSK, MST, MTX, MT2
17.5 17.524 24
44 44
62 627 7
5.5 5.5
89 8945 4565.5
65.5
86 86
7 75 5
1 1
2 2
6 6
4 4
8 8
3
S
3
MTX-.. MT2-..
MTX-10-..
1
2
1
2 S S
(+)
4 6
5
MTX-11-TB-SG-A230
1
2
(+)
4 6
5
MTX-20-TB-SG-A230 MT2-11-TB
1
2 6 4 8
5 3 71
2
MTX-01-..
2
1
4 6 8
3 5 7
MTX-22-..
Minia
F12
MKA Other devices
SIGNAL LIGHTS
��For signalling operating states, emergency lighting etc.
��They can be used in both building and industrial
installations and in security technology.
��Empty modules of signal lights enable arbitrary design.
Signal lights
Accessories
Specifi cations
Number of
indicator lights
Colour of Rated Type Order Number Weight Package
indicator light voltage code of modules [kg] [pcs]
1
redAC 230 V MKA-SC-A230 OEZ:37276 1 0.08 1
AC/DC 24 V MKA-SC-X024 OEZ:37277 1 0.08 1
greenAC 230 V MKA-SE-A230 OEZ:37278 1 0.08 1
AC/DC 24 V MKA-SE-X024 OEZ:37279 1 0.08 1
white AC 230 V MKA-SG-A230 OEZ:37280 1 0.08 1
2 red + green AC 230 V MKA-SC-SE-A230 OEZ:37281 1 0.09 1
Empty modules of signal lights
Number of holes Type Order Number Weight Package
for indicator lights code of modules [kg] [pcs]
1 MKA-1 OEZ:35558 1 0.07 1
2 MKA-2 OEZ:35559 1 0.07 1
Type MKA-..
Standards EN 60947-5-1
Approval marks
Light signalling
Power output 0.8 W
Rated operating voltage Ue AC/DC 24 V, AC 230 V
Colour of indicator light red, green, white 1)
Light permanent
Source LED
Dispersion by raster in front of LED
Connection 0.75 ÷ 6 mm2, 2x (0.75 ÷ 2.5) mm2
Torque 0.8 Nm
Other data
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary1) Signal lights contains red, green and white indicator lights. Other colours can be bought optionally as accessory and replaced
Indicator light SC-..., SE-..., SD-..., SG-... page F7
Dimensions
Diagram
Minia
F13
SIGNAL LIGHTS
Other devicesMKA
2 4 2S2 S2
S2 S2
S1
S1
4
MKA-SC-..MKA-SE-..MKA-SG-..
MKA-SC-SE-A230
3
(+)
(+) (+)
1 connectors for
indicator lights input
MKA-1 MKA-2
3
(+)
(+)(+)
1
2 4 2 4
17.5 24
44
62
5.5
89 45 65.5
86
1
2 4
3
S1
S2
MKA-..
Replacement of indicator lights
��Installed indicator lights can be replaced by other ones (see accessories).
demounting tool
11
22
demounting hole 33
Indicator light demounting:
1) Insert demounting tool (e.g. paper-clip) in the demounting hole and push to ensure that
the indicator light jumps up a little.
2) Remove the indicator light from the signal light.
Installation of indicator light:
3) Insert and press the indicator light in the hole in the signal light.
Type UMZ-..
Approval marks
Power supply
Rated operating voltage Ue AC 8 ÷ 12 V, AC 230 V
Input power 4.6 VA
Rated frequency fn 40 ÷ 60 Hz
Connection
Cross-section 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm
Conductor L and N libovolně na svorky
Other data
Loudness from a distance 0.5 m 90 dB (UMZ-..)
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature -20 ÷ +55 °C
Working position arbitrary
Minia
F14
UMZ Other devices
ELECTRIC BELLS
Specifi cations
Dimensions Diagram
88 8665,5
45
62
44
2417,5 4,5
UMZ-.. UMZ
��For acoustic signalling of device status and the like
��Mechanical design.
��Without sparking.
��Minimum service life 300 hr.
��They are not intended for continuous operation
(continuous duty max. 1 hour).
��There are intended for installation in switchboards.
Electric bells
Rated operating Type Order Number Weight Package
voltage Ue code of modules [kg] [pcs]
AC 8 ÷ 12 V UMZ-A012 OEZ:35691 1 0.075 1
AC 230 V UMZ-A230 OEZ:35692 1 0.075 1
Minia
F15
POWER SUPPLIES
Other devicesUTZ, UNZ, UNZR
Rated primary Rated secondary Type Order Number Weight Package
voltage UPRI voltage USEC code of modules [kg] [pcs]
AC 230 V AC 6, 8, 12 V UTZ-4-A OEZ:35688 3 0.475 1
Rated primary Rated secondary Type Order Number Weight Package
voltage UPRI voltage USEC code of modules [kg] [pcs]
AC 230 VAC/DC 12 V UNZ-10T-X012 OEZ:35685 3 0.36 1AC/DC 24 V UNZ-10T-X024 OEZ:35686 3 0.36 1
Rated primary Rated secondary Type Order Number Weight Package
voltage UPRI voltage USEC code of modules [kg] [pcs]
AC 230 V AC 24 V, DC 1,2 ÷ 24 V UNZR-10T-X024 OEZ:35687 3 0.36 1
��For safe isolation and power supply of circuits of the power
input up to 4 VA with safe low voltage AC 6, 8, 12 V.
��For power supply of door bells, gongs, telephones,
auxiliary circuits of contactors, lighting, relays etc.
��The transformer is unconditionally short-circuit-proof
– withstands continuous short-circuit even without a
backup protection device, and continues to perform all its
functions as soon as the overload or short-circuit ceases.
��For safe isolation and power supply of circuits of the power
input up to 10 VA with safe low voltage AC/DC 12, 24 V.
��For power supply of door bells, gongs, telephones, door
openers, transducers, auxiliary circuits of contactors,
lighting, relays etc.
��On the secondary side it is equipped with a PTC thermistor,
which limits the overcurrent in the secondary winding
at overload.
��Current limitation is signalled by two-colour LED, which
goes red.
��Presence of UPRI
is signalled by two-colour LED going
green.
��Protection of outputs by blocking capacitors against
interference.
��Equipped with voltage stabilizers.
��For safe isolation and power supply of circuits of the
power input up to 10 VA with safe low voltage AC 24 V
and regulated voltage DC 1.2 ÷ 24 V.
��For power supply of door bells, gongs, telephones, door
openers, transducers, auxiliary circuits of contactors,
lighting, relays etc.
��On the secondary side it is equipped with a PTC thermistor,
which limits the overcurrent in the secondary winding
at overload.
��Current limitation is signalled by two-colour LED, which
goes red.
��Presence of UPRI
is signalled by two-colour LED going
green.
��Protection of outputs by blocking capacitors against
interference.
��Equipped with voltage stabilizers.
Safety bell transformer
Safety power supply
Controlled safety power supply
Type UTZ-4-A UNZ-10T-.. UNZR-10T-X024
Standards EN 61558-1 EN 61558-1 EN 61558-1
EN 61558-2-8 EN 61558-2-8 EN 61558-2-8
Approval marks
Power output 4 VA 10 VA 1) 10 VA 1)
Rated primary voltage UPRI AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V
Rated secondary voltage AC 2)/current USEC/ISEC AC 6 V/0.33 A AC 12 V/0.8 A AC 24 V/0.36 A
AC 8 V/0.33 A AC 24 V/0.36 A
AC 12 V/0.33 A
Rated secondary voltage DC 2)/current USEC/ISEC - DC 12 V/0.4 A DC 1.2 ÷ 24 V/0.08 ÷ 0.3 A
DC 24 V/0.2 A
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz
Protection class II II II
Light indication presence UPRI - green LED green LED
Light indication current limitation - red LED red LED
Connection
Cross-section 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm2
Torque 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm 0.5 Nm
Other data
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35 TH 35 TH 35
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature -30 ÷ +35 °C -10 ÷ +35 °C -10 ÷ +35 °C
Working position arbitrary arbitrary arbitrary 1) At simultaneous loading of both AC and DC outputs the sum of both power inputs must not exceed 8 VA2) The transformers have a higher voltage at off -load connection. The shown voltages are those at rated load
Minia
F16
UTZ, UNZ, UNZR Other devices
POWER SUPPLIES
Specifi cations
Dimensions
Diagram
UTZ-4-A UNZ-10T-.. UNZR-10T-X024
3
1 2
230 V
8 V4
6 V
12 V
6
DC
3
-
1 2
USEC
USEC
UPRI
AC+
4 5 6 6
2
54
+
-
REGU
DC
3 1
SECU
AC
PRIU
5
24
44
62 3
45 65.5
86
5.3
88
52.5 52.5 52.5
UTZ-4-A UNZ-10T-.. UNZR-10T-X024
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
0 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600
At ambient temperature +23 °CLoad characteristic UNZ-10T-.., UNZR-10T-X024 - AC outlet
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400
USE
C [V]
Load characteristic UTZ-4-A
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]
Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]
USE
C [V]
USE
C [V]
USE
C [V]
Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]
Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]Isec [mA]
At ambient temperature +23 °CLoad characteristic UNZ-10T-.. - DC outlet
Load characteristic UNZR-10T-X024-DC outlet
00 5050 100100 150150 200200 250250 300300 350350 400400
0
55
1010
1515
2020
2525
24 V
20 V
15 V
5 V
1,2 V
10 V
UNZ-10T-X012 - DC 12 V
UNZ-10T-X024 - DC 24 V
UNZ-10T-X012 - AC 12 V
UNZ-10T-X024 - AC 24 V
UNZR-10T-X024 - AC 24 V
USEC = 6 V
USEC = 8 V
USEC = 12 V
Minia
F17
POWER SUPPLIES
Other devicesUTZ, UNZ, UNZR
Characteristics
�� Imax
��Notice: at simultaneous loading of both AC and DC outputs the sum of both power inputs must not exceed 8 VA!
��At overload the red indicator light LIM on the front panel of the device goes on. Output current will drop to approx. 100 mA
��It is necessary to disconnect the load at the output to renew the function
Minia
F18
ZSE, ZSF Other devices
SOCKET OUTLETS
Dimensions Diagram
44
9045
4.5
60
41
ZSE-..
44
62.5
90
4.5 41
45
ZSF-..
ZSE-.., ZSF-..
Type ZSE-.., ZSF-..
Standards IEC 60884-1, DIN 49440
Standards
Rated operating voltage/current Ue/In AC 230 V/16 A
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +55 °C
Degree of protection IP20
Connection 1 ÷ 16 mm2, 2x (1 ÷ 4) mm2
Specifi cations
��Modular design with fastening on the „U“ rail wide
35 mm according to EN 60715.
��ZSE-.. according to IEC 60884-1 – a connector of type E;
ensures contact by means of the connector with two
round plug contacts and central earthing pin. This
type is sometimes referred to as French one.
��ZSF-.. according to DIN 49440 - a connector of type F
(Schuko), sometimes referred to as German one. It
diff ers in the design of the earthing contact, which
consists of two contact metal strips placed on the
connector perimeter.
Socket outlets
Type Connection Order Number Weight Weight
code of modules [kg] [pcs]
ZSE-03 bottom OEZ:37290 2.5 0.15 1
ZSE-06 bottom and top OEZ:37291 2.5 0.15 1
ZSF-03 bottom OEZ:37292 2.5 0.15 1
ZSF-06 bottom and top OEZ:37293 2.5 0.15 1
Type CS-PE, CS-N, CS-L
Standards EN 60998-1
Approval marks
Rated current 63 A
Mounting on “U” rail according to EN 60715 – type TH 35
Connection 1 ÷ 16 mm2
Torque 1.5 ÷ 2 Nm
Ambient temperature -25 ÷ +60 °C
Minia
F19
TERMINAL BOARD
Other devicesCS
Terminal board
��For branching or connection of PEN, PE, N and L conductors.
��They are used in switchboards, which are not delivered
with terminal blocks.
��Fastening on the „U“ rail wide 35 mm according
to EN 60715.
��Colour: green, blue, grey.
Dimensions
CS-L7
13
53
266
CS-L15
13
107
266
CS-L12
13
88
266
23
6
104
51.5
5.5
4.525
23.5
CS-N15, CS-PE15
51.5
5.5
4.525
23.523
CS-N7, CS-PE7
23
6
8551.5
5.5 23.5
4.525
CS-N12, CS-PE12
Specifi cations
Colour Number Type Order Weight Package of terminals code [kg] [pcs]
7x 16 mm2 CS-N7 OEZ:35901 0.026 10
blue 12x 16 mm2 CS-N12 OEZ:35902 0.030 10
15x 16 mm2 CS-N15 OEZ:35903 0.048 10
7x 16 mm2 CS-PE7 OEZ:35904 0.026 10
green 12x 16 mm2 CS-PE12 OEZ:35905 0.030 10
15x 16 mm2 CS-PE15 OEZ:35906 0.048 10
7x 16 mm2 CS-L7 1) OEZ:35898 0.026 10
grey 12x 16 mm2 CS-L12 1) OEZ:35899 0.030 10
15x 16 mm2 CS-L15 1) OEZ:35900 0.048 101) covered design
Minia
F20
Other devices
NOTES
Minia
G1
Modular devices
GLOSSARY
Note: Precise defi nitions and texts relating to the specifi ed terms, are contained in relevant standards see Name.
Name Symbol Interpretation
Rated operating voltage
EN 60898-1; 5.2.1.1
EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.1
Ue
The value of voltage stated by the manufacturer. Relevant tests or utilization categories relate to it.
Together with rated (operating) current, it determines the use of the device. Maximum value of rated
operating voltage must never be higher than the value of rated insulation voltage.
Max. operating voltage Umax
Maximum value of operating voltage, at which device function is not endangered.
Min. operating voltage Umin
Minimum value of voltage conditioning correct function (of circuit breakers, switches etc.) or test
of correct function (residual current circuit breakers).
Rated current
EN 60898-1; 5.2.2
IEC 755; 4.2.5
EN 61008-1; 5.2.2
EN 61009-1; 5.2.2
In
The value of current assigned to a circuit breaker or residual current circuit breaker by the manufacturer,
which the device can conduct continuously. For circuit breakers and residual current circuit breakers
with overcurrent release also at a reference temperature.
Rated operating current
EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3
Ie
Rated operating current of the device is stated by the manufacturer with regard to rated operating
voltage, rated frequency, rated duty, utilization category and enclosure type, if applicable.
Utilization category
EN 60947-1; 4.4; Supplement A
AC-xx
DC-xx
Utilization category of a device defi nes its assumed use. It is characterized by one or several operating
conditions: current expressed as multiple of Ie, voltage expressed as multiple of U
e, power factor or time
constant, short-circuit behaviour, selectivity, other operating conditions depending on circumstances.
Rated thermal current without cover
EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.1
Ith
Maximum value of current, which can be transferred by open device in eight-hour operation without
exceeding its permissible temperature rise.
Rated thermal current with cover
EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.2
Ithe
Maximum value of current, which can be transferred by a device in specifi ed enclosure in eight-hour
operation without exceeding its permissible temperature rise.
Rated short-circuit ultimate breaking
capacity
EN 60898-1; 3.5.5.1
Icu
The value of short-circuit current expressed as root-mean-square value of alternating component
of prospective short-circuit current in place of utilization of the circuit breaker, which it must be able to
switch off repeatedly. After the test the circuit breaker need not be able to conduct 0.85 multiple of its
non-switching current for an agreed time.
Rated short-circuit service breaking capacity
EN 60898-1; 3.5.5.2
Ics
The value of short-circuit current expressed as root-mean-square value of alternating component
of prospective short-circuit current in place of utilization of the circuit breaker, which it must be able to
switch off repeatedly under test conditions (EN 60 898-1; 9.12.11.4.2 and 9.12.12.1). After the test the
circuit breaker shall be able to conduct 0.85 multiple of its non-switching current for an agreed time.
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity
EN 60898-1; 5.2.4
Icn
The value of rated short-circuit ultimate breaking capacity stated for this circuit breaker by the
manufacturer in accordance with test conditions (EN 60 898-1; 9.12.11.4.2 and 9.12.12.1)
The following must apply: Icn
≥ Ik“
Energy limitation class
EN 60898-1; Supplement ZA
It determines maximum value of I2t [A2s] released by the circuit breaker depending on its In, I
cn and type
of tripping characteristic. It makes it possible to state selectivity with a backup fuse (I2t released by the
circuit breakers must be less than blowing current I2t of the fuse) and short-circuit protection of the
cable (I2t released by the circuit breaker must be less or equal to S2k2 of the cable). On the basis of classes
of energy limitation it is not possible to state unambiguously selectivity of two circuit breakers in series.
Rated frequency
EN 60898-1; 5.2.3
EN 60947-1; 4.3.3
IEC 755; 4.2.5
fn
Network frequency the device is designed for and the other characteristic values correspond to.
Minia
G2
Modular devices
GLOSSARY
Name Symbol Interpretation
Rated conditional short-circuit current
EN 60947-1; 4.3.6.4
IEC 755; 4.3.2
Inc
The value of prospective short-circuit current stated by the manufacturer, which can be reliably
transferred by a short-circuit protection device stated by the manufacturer for the time of operation
of this device.
The following must apply: Inc
≥ Ik“
Initial peak short-circuit current
EN 60909-0; 1.3.5
Ik
“ The value of short-circuit current at the moment of its origin in given point of wiring expressed as root-
mean-square value of alternating symmetric component of prospective short-circuit current.
Prospective current
EN 60898-1; 3.5.2
Ip
Current, which would have passed through the circuit, if every pole of the circuit breaker be replaced
by a conductor of a negligible impedance.
Rated residual operating current
IEC 755; 4.2.2
EN 61008-1; 5.2.3
EN 61009-1; 5.2.3
IΔn
Root-mean-square value of residual operating current stated for the residual current circuit breaker
by the manufacturer, at which the residual current circuit breaker must operate under stated conditions.
Rated impulse withstand voltage
EN 60664-1; 1.3.8.1; 1.3.9.2
EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.3
EN 60898-1; 5.2.1.3
EN 61008-1; 5.2.1.Z1
Uimp
Peak value of voltage impulse of a prescribed shape and polarity, which the device is able to withstand
without failure under stated conditions and to which the values of aerial distances relate. Uimp
of the
device must be equal to or higher than the value stated for transient overvoltage in the point of the
circuit (overvoltage category) the device is used in.
Overvoltage category
EN 60664-1; 2.2.2.1
EN 60947-1; 2.5.60
EN 60898-1; 3.6.5
EN 61008-1; 3.Z1.5
EN 61009-1; 3.Z1.5
Numerically defi ned level of transient overvoltage i.e. overvoltage originating from atmospheric or
switching overvoltage. Standard EN 60664-1 states for electric equipment overvoltage categories:
Overvoltage category IV: beginning of installation, outside lead
Overvoltage category III: fi xed wiring
Overvoltage category II: appliances
Overvoltage category I: light-current appliance
Maximum constant operating voltage
EN 61643-11; 3.11
Uc
Maximum root-mean-square value of alternating or direct current voltage, which can be permanently
applied to the arrester terminals. It must be equal to or higher than rated network voltage.
Voltage protection level
EN 61643-11; 3.15
Up
Maximum instantaneous value of voltage on the arrester, determined by appropriate tests. It
characterizes arrester action in voltage limitation on its terminals.
Rated discharge current
EN 61643-11; 3.8
In
Peak value of current with impulse shape 8/20 μs, for which the arrester is rated. It can pass through it
repeatedly. (It relates to T2.)
Maximum discharge current
EN 61643-11; 3.10
Imax
Peak value of current with impulse shape 8/20 μs, at which the surge voltage arrester still is not
damaged. This current can pass through the arrester twice, while the disconnecting device can only
react at the second impulse. (It relates to T2.)
Lightning current
EN 61643-11; 3.9
Iimp
It is defi ned by three parameters – peak current Ipeak, charge Q and specifi c energy W/R. Lightning
current arresters must be able to release impulse current at least twice without their damage. (It relates
to T1.)
Quenching follow-current
EN 61643-11; 3.41
Ifi
Short-circuit current, the arrester itself is able to interrupt. (It relates to T1.)
Rated loading current
EN 61643-11; 3.14
IL
Maximum permanent rated root-mean-square or direct current, which can fl ow in a load connected
to protected output terminals of the surge voltage arrester. (It relates tok T3.)
Minia
NOTES
Modular devices
Minia Modular devices
NOTES
Minia
NOTES
Modular devices
Minia Modular devices
NOTES
OEZ s.r.o.Šedivská 339561 51 LetohradCzech Republictel.: +420 465 672 111 +420 465 672 101fax: +420 465 672 398 +420 465 672 151e-mail: oeztrade.cz@oez.comwww.oez.com
Any changes reserved
N1-2015-A
www.oez.com
top related